SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

1290 Funds, et al. – ‘485BPOS’ on 11/4/14

On:  Tuesday, 11/4/14, at 5:13pm ET   ·   Effective:  11/4/14   ·   Private-to-Public:  Document/Exhibit  –  Release Delayed   ·   Accession #:  1193125-14-396485   ·   File #s:  811-22959, 333-195390

Previous ‘485BPOS’:  None   ·   Next:  ‘485BPOS’ on 11/19/14   ·   Latest:  ‘485BPOS’ on 2/22/24   ·   10 References:   

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

11/04/14  1290 Funds                        485BPOS11/04/14   18:3.3M                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund Class A (TNVAX) — Class I (TNVIX) — Class R (TNVRX) — Class T (TNVCX)1290 High Yield Bond Fund Class A (TNHAX) — Class I (TNHIX) — Class R (TNHRX) — Class T (TNHCX)1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund Class A (TNBAX) — Class I (TNBIX) — Class R (TNBRX) — Class T (TNBCX)

Post-Effective Amendment
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 485BPOS     1290 Funds                                          HTML   1.48M 
16: COVER     ¶ Comment-Response or Cover Letter to the SEC         HTML      3K 
17: CORRESP   ¶ Comment-Response or Other Letter to the SEC         HTML      8K 
18: CORRESP   ¶ Comment-Response or Other Letter to the SEC         HTML      5K 
 2: EX-99.(D)(1)  Investment Advisory Agreement Between 1290 Funds  HTML     47K 
                and 1290 Asset Managers                                          
 3: EX-99.(D)(2)  Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement Between 1290    HTML     61K 
                Asset Managers and Axa Im                                        
 4: EX-99.(D)(3)  Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement Between 1290    HTML     63K 
                Asset Managers and Axa Rosenberg                                 
 5: EX-99.(D)(4)  Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement Between 1290    HTML     57K 
                Asset Managers and Gamco                                         
 6: EX-99.(E)(1)  Distribution Agreement Between 1290 Funds and     HTML     61K 
                Alps                                                             
 7: EX-99.(G)(1)  Global Custody Agreement Between 1290 Funds and   HTML    178K 
                Jpmorgan Chase Bank                                              
 8: EX-99.(H)(1)  Mutual Funds Service Agreement Between 1290       HTML     97K 
                Funds and Fmg LLC                                                
 9: EX-99.(H)(2)  Expense Limitation Agreement Between 1290 Funds   HTML     24K 
                and 1290 Asset Managers                                          
10: EX-99.(H)(3)  Organizational Expenses Agreement Between 1290    HTML     13K 
                Funds and Fmg LLC                                                
11: EX-99.(H)(4)  Transfer Agency and Service Agrmnt Btw 1290       HTML    171K 
                Funds and Boston Fin Data Servs, Inc                             
12: EX-99.(I)(1)  Opinion and Consent of K&L Gates LLP With         HTML     15K 
                Respect to the Funds                                             
13: EX-99.(J)(1)  Consent of Independent Registered Public          HTML      9K 
                Accounting Firm                                                  
14: EX-99.(N)(1)  Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18F-3 Under  HTML     21K 
                the 1940 Act                                                     
15: EX-99.(P)(5)  Code of Ethics of Alps                            HTML    125K 


‘485BPOS’   —   1290 Funds
Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential)   (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page  –  Filing Submission
"1. About the Funds
"1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund
"1290 High Yield Bond Fund
"1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund
"2. More Information on Fees and Expenses
"Management Fees
"Administration Fees
"Expense Limitation Agreement
"3. More Information on Strategies and Risks
"Strategies
"Risks
"4. Management of the Funds
"1290 Funds
"The Adviser
"The Sub-Advisers
"Legal Proceedings
"5. Investing in the Funds
"6. How Sales Charges are Calculated
"7. Ways to Reduce or Eliminate Sales Charges
"8. It's Easy to Open an Account
"9. Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares
"10. How Fund Shares are Priced
"11. Dividends and Other Distributions and Tax Consequences
"12. Additional Information
"13. Glossary of Terms
"14. Financial Highlights
"Description of the 1290 Funds
"1290 Funds Investment Policies
"Investment Strategies and Risks
"Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy
"Management of the 1290 Funds
"Investment Management and Other Services
"Brokerage Allocation and Other Strategies
"Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
"Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares
"Taxation
"Other Information
"Other Services
"Financial Statements
"Statement of Assets and Liabilities
"Statement of Operations
"Notes to Financial Statements
"Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
"Appendix A -- Ratings of Corporate Debt Securities
"Appendix B -- Portfolio Manager Information
"Appendix C -- Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



  1290 Funds  

Registration Nos. 333-195390 and 811-22959

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 4, 2014

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933    /    /
Pre-Effective Amendment No.    /    /
Post-Effective Amendment No. 2    /X/
and/or   
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940    /    /
Amendment No. 4    /X/

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

1290 FUNDS

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10104

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including area code: (212) 554-1234

Patricia Louie, Esq.

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10104

(Name and address of agent for service)

Please send copies of all communications to:

Clifford J. Alexander, Esq.

Mark C. Amorosi, Esq.

K&L Gates LLP

1601 K Street N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20006

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: Effective Date of this

Post-Effective Amendment

Title of Securities Being Registered: Class A, Class C, Class I, and Class R Shares of Beneficial Interest

It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

  X    immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)

         on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)

         60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)

         on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 485

         75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)

if appropriate, check the following box:

        This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.


1290 FUNDS

CONTENTS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT

This registration statement is comprised of the following:

Cover Sheet

Contents of Registration Statement

Part A – Prospectus for 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, 1290 High Yield Bond Fund and 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund (collectively, the “Funds”).

Part B – Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

Part C – Other Information

Signature Page

Exhibits


1290 Funds

 

Prospectus dated November 4, 2014

 

 

 

This Prospectus describes the Funds listed below. Each Fund has its own investment objective and strategies that are designed to meet different investment goals. This Prospectus contains information you should know before investing. Please read this Prospectus carefully before investing and keep it for future reference.

 

Fund

  Share Class (Ticker)

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

  Class A (TNVAX)
  Class C (TNVCX)*
  Class I (TNVIX)
  Class R (TNVRX)

1290 High Yield Bond Fund

  Class A (TNHAX)
  Class C (TNHCX)*
  Class I (TNHIX)
  Class R (TNHRX)

1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund

  Class A (TNBAX)
  Class C (TNBCX)*
  Class I (TNBIX)
  Class R (TNBRX)

 

  * Class C shares currently are not offered for sale.

 

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission have not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

A/C/I/R Master

(711996)

 

1290 Funds


Table of contents

 

 

 

1.    About the Funds

     1   

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

     1   

1290 High Yield Bond Fund

     4   

1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund

     8   

2.    More Information on Fees and Expenses

     12   

Management Fees

     12   

Administration Fees

     12   

Expense Limitation Agreement

     12   

3.    More Information on Strategies and Risks

     13   

Strategies

     13   

Risks

     17   

4.    Management of the Funds

     29   

1290 Funds

     29   

The Adviser

     29   

The Sub-Advisers

     30   

Legal Proceedings

     30   

5.    Investing in the Funds

     32   

6.    How Sales Charges are Calculated

     34   

7.    Ways to Reduce or Eliminate Sales Charges

     38   

8.    It’s Easy to Open an Account

     40   

9.    Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares

     41   

10.  How Fund Shares are Priced

     47   

11.  Dividends and Other Distributions and Tax Consequences

     48   

12.  Additional Information

     49   

13.  Glossary of Terms

     50   

14.  Financial Highlights

     51   

 

1290 Funds   Table of contents   1


1. About the Funds

 

 

 

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund – Class A, C, I and R Shares

 

Investment Objective: Seeks to maximize capital appreciation.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUND

 

The following table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in 1290 Funds’ funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the “How Sales Charges are Calculated” and “Ways to Reduce or Eliminate Sales Charges” sections of the Fund’s Prospectus, and the “Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares” section of the Fund’s statement of additional information.

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

 
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid
Cap Value Fund
  Class A
Shares
    Class C
Shares
    Class I
Shares
    Class R
Shares
 

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as percentage of offering price)

    5.50%        None        None        None   

Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of original purchase price or redemption proceeds, whichever is lower)

    1.00%1        1.00%2        None        None   

Redemption fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)

    None        None        None        None   

Maximum account fee (deducted from accounts with a balance of less than $1,000)

    $25        $25        $25        $25   

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of
your investment)

 
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid
Cap Value Fund
  Class A
Shares3
    Class C
Shares3
    Class I
Shares3
    Class R
Shares3
 

Advisory Fee

    0.75%        0.75%        0.75%        0.75%   

Distribution and/or Service Fees (12b-1 fees)

    0.25%        1.00%        0.00%        0.50%   

Other Expenses

    0.56%        0.56%        0.56%        0.56%   

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

    1.56%        2.31%        1.31%        1.81%   

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement4

    0.21%        0.21%        0.21%        0.21%   

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement

    1.35%        2.10%        1.10%        1.60%   
1   

On shares purchased without an initial sales charge and redeemed within 12 months of purchase.

2   

There is no contingent deferred sales charge on Class C shares after one year.

3   

Based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

4   

Pursuant to a contract, 1290 Asset Managers has agreed to make payments or waive its management, administrative and other fees to limit the expenses of the Fund through February 28, 2016 (unless the Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this arrangement) (“Expense Limitation Arrangement”) so that the annual operating expenses of the Fund (exclusive of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, capitalized expenses (other than offering costs), fees and expenses of other investment companies in which the Fund invests, 12b-1 fees, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed an annual rate of average daily net assets of 1.35% for Class A shares, 2.10% for Class C shares, 1.10% for Class I shares and 1.60% for Class R Shares of the Fund. The Expense Limitation Arrangement may be terminated by 1290 Asset Managers at any time after February 28, 2016.

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of these periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same and that the expense limitation arrangement is not renewed. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year     3 Years  

Class A Shares

  $ 680      $ 996   

Class C Shares

  $ 313      $ 701   

Class I Shares

  $ 112      $ 395   

Class R Shares

  $ 163      $ 549   

 

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

 

     1 Year     3 Years  

Class C Shares

  $ 213      $ 701   

 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance.

 

INVESTMENTS, RISKS, AND PERFORMANCE

 

Principal Investment Strategy: Under normal circumstances, the Fund intends to invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies. For the Fund, small-capitalization companies generally are companies with a market capitalization less than $3 billion at the time of investment, and mid-capitalization companies generally are companies with a market capitalization between $3 billion and $12 billion at the time of investment.

 

1290 Funds   About the Funds   1


The Fund intends to invest primarily in common stocks, but it also may invest in other securities that the Fund’s sub-adviser believes provide opportunities for capital growth, such as preferred stocks and warrants. The Fund also may invest up to 20% of its net assets in foreign securities.

 

GAMCO Asset Management, Inc. (“GAMCO” or the “Sub-Adviser”) utilizes a value-oriented investment style that emphasizes companies deemed to be currently underpriced according to certain financial measurements, which may include price-to-earnings and price-to-book ratios and dividend income potential. In choosing investments, the Sub-Adviser utilizes a process of fundamental analysis that involves researching and evaluating individual companies for potential investment by the Fund. The Sub-Adviser uses a proprietary research technique to determine which stocks have a market price that is less than the “private market value” or what an investor would pay for the company. This approach will often lead the Fund to focus on “strong companies” in out-of-favor sectors or out-of-favor companies exhibiting a catalyst for change. The Sub-Adviser may sell a security for a variety of reasons, such as because it becomes overvalued or shows deteriorating fundamentals.

 

1290 Asset Managers (the “Adviser”) has been granted relief by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to hire, terminate and replace sub-advisers and amend sub-advisory agreements subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees and without obtaining shareholder approval. However, changes to advisory contracts that result in an increase in the aggregate advisory fee rate paid by the Fund are still subject to shareholder approval. In addition, the Adviser may not enter into a sub-advisory agreement on behalf of the Fund with an “affiliated person” of the Adviser, unless the sub-advisory agreement is approved by the Fund’s shareholders. The Adviser is responsible for overseeing sub-advisers and recommending their hiring, termination and replacement to the Board of Trustees.

 

Principal Risks: An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. You may lose money by investing in the Fund. Performance may be affected by one or more of the following risks.

 

Equity Risk: In general, stocks and other equity security values fluctuate, and sometimes widely fluctuate, in response to changes in a company’s financial condition as well as general market, economic and political conditions and other factors.

 

Foreign Securities Risk: Investments in foreign securities, including depositary receipts, involve risks not associated with investing in U.S. securities. Foreign markets, particularly emerging markets, may be less liquid, more volatile and subject to less government supervision than domestic markets. Security values also may be negatively affected by changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Differences between U.S. and foreign legal, political and economic systems, regulatory regimes and market practices also may impact security values and it may take more time to clear and settle trades involving foreign securities.

 

Currency Risk: Investments in foreign currencies and in securities that trade in, or receive revenues in, or in derivatives that provide exposure to foreign currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Any such decline may erode or reverse any potential gains from an investment in securities denominated in foreign currency or may widen existing loss. Currency rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by governments, central banks or supranational entities, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the U.S. or abroad.

 

Investment Style Risk: The Sub-Adviser may use a particular style or set of styles — in this case “value” styles — to select investments. Those styles may be out of favor or may not produce the best results over short or longer time periods. Value stocks are subject to the risks that notwithstanding that a stock is selling at a discount to its perceived true worth, the market will never fully recognize their intrinsic value. In addition, there is the risk that a stock judged to be undervalued may actually be appropriately priced.

 

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Company Risk: The Fund’s investments in mid- and small-capitalization companies may involve greater risks than investments in larger, more established issuers because they generally are more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments. Such companies generally have narrower product lines, more limited financial resources and more limited markets for their stock as compared with larger companies. As a result, the value of such securities may be more volatile than the securities of larger companies, and because the securities generally trade in lower volumes than larger cap securities, the Fund may experience difficulty in purchasing or selling such securities at the desired time and price or in the desired amount. In general, these risks are greater for small-capitalization companies than for mid-capitalization companies.

 

New Fund Risk: The Fund is newly established and, as of the date of this Prospectus, has no operating history. The Fund may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy or may not employ a successful investment strategy, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders. Until the Fund is fully capitalized it may not be pursuing its investment objective or executing its principal investment strategies.

 

2   About the Funds   1290 Funds


Risk/Return Bar Chart and Table

 

The Fund is newly offered. Performance information will be available in the Prospectus after the Fund has been in operation for one full calendar year.

 

WHO MANAGES THE FUND

 

Investment Adviser: 1290 Asset Managers

 

Portfolio Managers: The members of the team that are jointly and primarily responsible for the selection, monitoring and oversight of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser are:

 

Name    Title    Date Began
Managing
the Fund

Kenneth T. Kozlowski, CFP®, CLU, ChFC

   Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser    November 2014

Alwi Chan, CFA®

   Senior Vice President and Deputy Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser    November 2014

 

Sub-Adviser: GAMCO

 

Portfolio Manager: The individual primarily responsible for the management of the Fund is:

 

Name    Title    Date Began
Managing
the Fund

Mario J. Gabelli

   Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Value Portfolios of GAMCO    November 2014

 

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

 

You may purchase and redeem shares of the Fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading at the Fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of your request in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge. Initial purchases must be effected through your financial intermediary. Subsequently, you may purchase or redeem shares either by having your financial intermediary process your purchase or redemption, or by telephone 1-888-310-0416, by overnight mail (1290 Funds, c/o Boston Financial Data Services, 30 Dan Road, Canton, MA 02021-2809), or by mail (1290 Funds, PO Box 8947, Boston, MA 02266-8947). All redemption requests will be processed and payment with respect thereto will normally be made within seven days after tender.

 

The initial and subsequent minimums for purchasing shares of the Fund generally are as follows, although the Fund may reduce or waive the minimums in some cases:

 

     A Class   C Class   I Class   R Class

Minimum Initial Investment

 

$2,000 for all accounts except:

• $1,000 for certain fee-based programs

• $1,000, if establishing an Automatic Bank Draft Plan

• No minimum for certain employer-sponsored retirement plans

 

$2,000 for all accounts except:

• $1,000 for certain fee-based programs

• $1,000, if establishing an Automatic Bank Draft Plan

• No minimum for certain employer- sponsored retirement plans

 

$1,000,000 for certain institutions and individuals

 

$1,000 for certain employees (or their immediate family members) of AXA Financial or its subsidiaries

 

Class I shares are available to clients of registered investment advisers who have $250,000 invested in the Fund

  No
minimum

Minimum Additional Investment

  $100 for all accounts   $100 for all accounts  

No

subsequent

minimum

  No
subsequent
minimum

 

Your financial intermediary may impose different investment minimums.

 

TAX INFORMATION

 

The Fund’s dividends and other distributions may be subject to federal income taxes and may be taxed as ordinary income or long-term capital gains, unless you are a tax-exempt investor or are investing through a retirement plan or account; in the latter case, you may be subject to federal income tax upon withdrawal from the plan or account.

 

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

 

If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares, shareholder services and other purposes. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your investment professional to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s web site for more information.

 

1290 Funds   About the Funds   3


1290 High Yield Bond Fund – Class A, C, I and R Shares

 

Investment Objective: Seeks to maximize current income.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUND

 

The following table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in 1290 Funds’ funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the “How Sales Charges are Calculated” and “Ways to Reduce or Eliminate Sales Charges” sections of the Fund’s Prospectus, and the “Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares” section of the Fund’s statement of additional information.

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

 
1290 High Yield
Bond Fund
 

Class A

Shares

   

Class C

Shares

   

Class I

Shares

   

Class R

Shares

 

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as percentage of offering price)

    4.50%        None        None        None   

Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of original purchase price or redemption proceeds, whichever is lower)

    1.00%1        1.00%2        None        None   

Redemption fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)3

    2.00%        2.00%        2.00%        2.00%   

Maximum account fee (deducted from accounts with a balance of less than $1,000)

    $25        $25        $25        $25   

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of
your investment)

 
1290 High Yield
Bond Fund
 

Class A

Shares4

   

Class C

Shares4

   

Class I

Shares4

   

Class R

Shares4

 

Advisory Fee

    0.60%        0.60%        0.60%        0.60%   

Distribution and/or Service Fees (12b-1 fees)

    0.25%        1.00%        0.00%        0.50%   

Other Expenses

    0.56%        0.56%        0.56%        0.56%   

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

    1.41%        2.16%        1.16%        1.66%   

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement5

    0.36%        0.36%        0.36%        0.36%   

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement

    1.05%        1.80%        0.80%        1.30%   
1   

On shares purchased without an initial sales charge and redeemed within 12 months of purchase.

2   

There is no contingent deferred sales charge on Class C shares after one year.

3   

Shares of the Fund that are redeemed or exchanged in 30 or fewer calendar days are subject to a redemption fee based upon the current net asset value of those shares.

4   

Based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

5   

Pursuant to a contract, 1290 Asset Managers has agreed to make payments or waive its management, administrative and other fees to limit the expenses of the Fund through February 28, 2016 (unless the Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this arrangement) (“Expense Limitation Arrangement”) so that the annual operating expenses of the Fund (exclusive of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, capitalized expenses (other than offering costs), fees and expenses of other investment companies in which the Fund invests, 12b-1 fees, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed an annual rate of average daily net assets of 1.05% for Class A shares, 1.80% for Class C shares, 0.80% for Class I shares and 1.30% for Class R Shares of the Fund. The Expense Limitation Arrangement may be terminated by 1290 Asset Managers at any time after February 28, 2016.

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of these periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same and that the expense limitation arrangement is not renewed. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year     3 Years  

Class A Shares

  $ 552      $ 842   

Class C Shares

  $ 283      $ 641   

Class I Shares

  $ 82      $ 333   

Class R Shares

  $ 132      $ 488   

 

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

 

     1 Year     3 Years  

Class C Shares

  $ 183      $ 641   

 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance.

 

INVESTMENTS, RISKS, AND PERFORMANCE

 

Principal Investment Strategy: Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in a broad range of high-yield, below investment-grade bonds. For purposes of this investment policy, a debt security is considered a “bond.” Debt securities represent an issuer’s obligation to repay a loan of money that generally pays interest to the holder. Bank loans, bonds, loan participations, notes and debentures are examples of debt securities. It is expected that the Fund will invest primarily in high-yield corporate bonds as well as floating rate loans, and participations in and assignments of loans. Securities below investment grade include those securities that at the time of purchase are rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or BB+ or lower by Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) or by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or, if unrated, deemed to be of comparable quality. The Fund may invest in debt securities issued by small-, mid- and large- capitalization companies. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets in debt

 

4   About the Funds   1290 Funds


securities of issuers located outside the United States, including emerging markets issuers and U.S. dollar-denominated securities of non-U.S. issuers.

 

The Fund may invest in securities of any maturity because the sub-adviser, AXA Investment Managers, Inc. (“AXA IM” or the “Sub-Adviser”), places greater emphasis on credit risk in selecting securities than either maturity or duration. Certain debt instruments in which the Fund may invest may be structured as pay-in-kind securities. The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

1290 Asset Managers (the “Adviser”) has been granted relief by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to hire, terminate and replace Sub-Advisers and amend sub-advisory agreements subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees and without obtaining shareholder approval. However, changes to advisory contracts that result in an increase in the aggregate advisory fee rate paid by the Fund are still subject to shareholder approval. In addition, the Adviser may not enter into a sub-advisory agreement on behalf of the Fund with an “affiliated person” of the Adviser, unless the sub-advisory agreement is approved by the Fund’s shareholders. The Adviser is responsible for overseeing sub-advisers and recommending their hiring, termination and replacement to the Board of Trustees.

 

Principal Risks: An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. You may lose money by investing in the Fund. Performance may be affected by one or more of the following risks.

 

Bank Loans Risk: Loans are subject to additional risks including liquidity risk, prepayment risk (the risk that when interest rates fall, debt securities may be repaid more quickly than expected and the Fund may be required to reinvest in securities with a lower yield), extension risk (the risk that when interest rates rise, debt securities may be repaid more slowly than expected and the value of the Fund’s holdings may decrease), the risk of subordination to other creditors, restrictions on resale, and the lack of a regular trading market and publicly available information. In addition, liquidity risk may be more pronounced for a fund investing in loans because certain loans may have a more limited secondary market. These loans may be difficult to value.

 

Convertible Securities Risk: The value of convertible securities fluctuates in relation to changes in interest rates and the credit quality of the issuer and, in addition, fluctuates in relation to the underlying common stock. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument, which may be different than the current market price of the security. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Investments by the Fund in convertible debt securities may not be subject to any ratings restrictions, although in such cases the Fund’s Sub-Adviser will consider such ratings, and any changes in such ratings, in its determination of whether the Fund should invest in and/or continue to hold the securities. Convertible securities are subject to equity risk, interest rate risk and credit risk and are often lower-quality securities, which means that they are subject to the same risks as an investment in lower rated debt securities. Since it derives a portion of its value from the common stock into which it may be converted, a convertible security is also subject to the same types of market and issuer-specific risks that apply to the underlying common stock.

 

Credit Risk: The risk that the issuer or the guarantor of a fixed income security, or the counterparty to a derivatives contract, repurchase agreement, loan of portfolio securities or other transaction, is unable or unwilling, or is perceived (whether by market participants, ratings agencies, pricing services or otherwise) as unable or unwilling, to make timely principal and/or interest payments, or otherwise honor its obligations. Securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk, which are often reflected in their credit ratings. The downgrade of the credit rating of a security may decrease its value.

 

Foreign Securities Risk: Investments in foreign securities, including depositary receipts, involve risks not associated with investing in U.S. securities. Foreign markets, particularly emerging markets, may be less liquid, more volatile and subject to less government supervision than domestic markets. Security values also may be negatively affected by changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Differences between U.S. and foreign legal, political and economic systems, regulatory regimes and market practices also may impact security values and it may take more time to clear and settle trades involving foreign securities.

 

Currency Risk: Investments in foreign currencies and in securities that trade in, or receive revenues in, or in derivatives that provide exposure to foreign currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Any such decline may erode or reverse any potential gains from an investment in securities denominated in foreign currency or may widen existing loss. Currency rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by governments, central banks or supranational entities, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the U.S. or abroad.

 

Emerging Markets Risk: There are greater risks involved in investing in emerging market countries and/or their securities markets. Investments in these countries and/or markets may present market, credit, currency, liquidity, legal, political, technical and other risks different from, or greater than, the risks of investing in developed countries. In addition, the risks associated with investing in a narrowly defined geographic area are generally more pronounced with respect to investments in emerging market countries.

 

European Economic Risk: The European Union’s (the “EU”) Economic and Monetary Union (the “EMU”) requires member countries to comply with restrictions on interest rates, deficits, debt levels, and inflation rates, and other factors, each of which may significantly impact every European country. The economies of EU member countries and their trading partners may be adversely affected by changes in the euro’s exchange rate, changes in EU or governmental regulations on trade, and the threat of de-

 

1290 Funds   About the Funds   5


fault or default by an EU member country on its sovereign debt, which could negatively impact a Portfolio’s investments and cause it to lose money. Recently, the European financial markets have been negatively impacted by rising government debt levels; possible default on or restructuring of sovereign debt in several European countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain; and economic downturns. A European country’s default or debt restructuring would adversely affect the holders of the country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to the country’s creditworthiness and could negatively impact global markets more generally. Recent events in Europe have adversely affected the euro’s exchange rate and value and may continue to impact the economies of every European country.

 

Interest Rate Risk: The risk that fixed income securities will decline in value because of changes in interest rates. When interest rates decline, the value of the Fund’s debt securities generally rises. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of the Fund’s debt securities generally declines. A fund with a longer average duration will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, usually making it more volatile than a fund with a shorter average duration. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.

 

Investment Grade Securities Risk: Debt securities commonly are rated by national bond ratings agencies. Investment grade securities are securities rated BBB or higher by S&P or Fitch or Baa or higher by Moody’s. Securities rated in the lower investment grade rating categories (e.g., BBB or Baa) are considered investment grade securities, but are somewhat riskier than higher rated obligations because they are regarded as having only an adequate capacity to pay principal and interest, and are considered to lack outstanding investment characteristics.

 

New Fund Risk: The Fund is newly established and, as of the date of this Prospectus, has no operating history. The Fund may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy or may not employ a successful investment strategy, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders. Until the Fund is fully capitalized it may not be pursuing its investment objective or executing its principal investment strategies.

 

Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk: Bonds rated below investment grade (i.e., BB+ or lower by S&P or Fitch, Ba1 or lower by Moody’s or, if unrated, are deemed to be of comparable quality by a Sub-Adviser) are speculative in nature and are subject to additional risk factors such as increased possibility of default, illiquidity of the security, and changes in value based on changes in interest rates. Non-investment grade bonds, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” are usually issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings, or by those companies with questionable credit strength.

 

Large-Cap Company Risk: Larger more established companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges such as changes in technology and consumer tastes. Many larger companies also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.

 

Leveraging Risk: When a fund leverages its holdings, the value of an investment in that fund will be more volatile and all other risks will tend to be compounded. For example, the Fund may take on leveraging risk when it engages in derivatives transactions, invests collateral from securities loans or borrows money. The Fund may experience leveraging risk in connection with investments in derivatives because its investments in derivatives may be purchased with a fraction of the assets that would be needed to purchase the securities directly, so that the remainder of the assets may be invested in other investments. Such investments may have the effect of leveraging the Fund because the Fund may experience gains or losses not only on its investments in derivatives, but also on the investments purchased with the remainder of the assets. If the value of the Fund’s investments in derivatives is increasing, this could be offset by declining values of the Fund’s other investments. Conversely, it is possible that the rise in the value of the Fund’s non-derivative investments could be offset by a decline in the value of the Fund’s investments in derivatives. In either scenario, the Fund may experience losses. In a market where the value of the Fund’s investments in derivatives is declining and the value of its other investments is declining, the Fund may experience substantial losses.

 

Liquidity Risk: Certain investments may be difficult or impossible for the Fund to purchase or sell at an advantageous time or price or in sufficient amounts to achieve the desired level of exposure, which may result in a loss or may be costly to the Fund.

 

Loan Participation and Assignments Risk: The Fund’s investments in loan participations and assignments are subject to the risk that the financial institution acting as agent for all interests in a loan might fail financially. It is also possible that the Fund could be held liable, or may be called upon to fulfill other obligations, as a co-lender.

 

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Company Risk: The Fund’s investments in mid- and small-capitalization companies may involve greater risks than investments in larger, more established issuers because they generally are more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments. Such companies generally have narrower product lines and more limited financial resources as compared with larger companies. As a result, the value of such securities may be more volatile than the securities of larger companies, and the Fund may experience difficulty in purchasing or selling such securities at the desired time and price or in the desired amount. In general, these risks are greater for small-capitalization companies than for mid-capitalization companies.

 

Portfolio Turnover Risk: High portfolio turnover (generally, turnover in excess of 100% in any given fiscal year) may result in increased transaction costs to the Fund, which may result in higher fund expenses and lower total return.

 

Redemption Risk: The Fund may experience periods of heavy redemptions that could cause the Fund to sell assets at inopportune times or at a loss or depressed value. Redemption risk is heightened during periods of declining or illiquid markets. Heavy redemptions could hurt the Fund’s performance.

 

Market developments and other factors, including a general rise in interest rates, have the potential to cause investors to move out of fixed income

 

6   About the Funds   1290 Funds


securities on a large scale, which may increase redemptions from mutual funds that hold large amounts of fixed income securities. Such a move, coupled with a reduction in the ability or willingness of dealers and other institutional investors to buy or hold fixed income securities, may result in decreased liquidity and increased volatility in the fixed income markets.

 

Zero Coupon and Pay-in-Kind Securities Risk: A zero coupon or pay-in-kind security pays no interest in cash to its holder during its life. Accordingly, zero coupon securities usually trade at a deep discount from their face or par value and, together with pay-in-kind securities, will be subject to greater fluctuations in market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities that make current distribution of interest in cash.

 

Risk/Return Bar Chart and Table

 

The Fund is newly offered. Performance information will be available in the Prospectus after the Fund has been in operation for one full calendar year.

 

WHO MANAGES THE FUND

 

Investment Adviser: 1290 Asset Managers

 

Portfolio Managers: The members of the team that are jointly and primarily responsible for the selection, monitoring and oversight of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser and the selection of investments in exchange traded funds for the Fund are:

 

Name    Title   

Date Began

Managing
the Fund

Kenneth T. Kozlowski, CFP®, CLU, ChFC

   Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser    November 2014

Alwi Chan, CFA®

   Senior Vice President and Deputy Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser    November 2014

 

Sub-Adviser: AXA Investment Managers, Inc. (“AXA IM”)

 

Portfolio Manager: The individual primarily responsible for the management of the Fund is:

 

Name    Title    Date Began
Managing
the Fund

Carl Whitbeck, CFA®

   Head of U.S. High Yield, Portfolio Manager/Analyst of AXA IM    November 2014

 

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

 

You may purchase and redeem shares of the Fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading at the Fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of your request in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge. Initial purchases must be effected through your financial intermediary. Subsequently, you may purchase or redeem shares either by having your financial intermediary process your purchase or redemption, or by telephone 1-888-310-0416, by overnight mail (1290 Funds, c/o Boston Financial Data Services, 30 Dan Road, Canton, MA 02021-2809), or by mail (1290 Funds, PO Box 8947, Boston, MA 02266-8947). All redemption requests will be processed and payment with respect thereto will normally be made within seven days after tender.

 

The initial and subsequent minimums for purchasing shares of the Fund generally are as follows, although the Fund may reduce or waive the minimums in some cases:

 

     A Class   C Class   I Class   R Class

Minimum Initial Investment

  $2,000 for all
accounts
except:

•  $1,000
for cer
tain fee-
based
programs

•  $1,000,
if estab
lishing an
Automatic
Bank
Draft
Plan

•  No mini
mum for
certain
employer-
sponsored
retirement
plans

  $2,000 for all
accounts
except:

•  $1,000
for cer
tain fee-
based
programs

•  $1,000,
if estab
lishing an
Automatic
Bank
Draft
Plan

•  No mini
mum for
certain
employer-
sponsored
retirement
plans

  $1,000,000
for certain
institutions
and
individuals

 

$1,000 for
certain
employees
(or their
immediate
family
members)
of AXA
Financial or
its
subsidiaries

 

Class I
shares are
available
to clients
of
registered
investment
advisers
who have

$250,000
invested in
the Fund

  No
minimum

Minimum Additional Investment

  $100 for all
accounts
  $100 for all
accounts
  No
subsequent
minimum
  No
subsequent
minimum

 

Your financial intermediary may impose different investment minimums.

 

TAX INFORMATION

 

The Fund’s dividends and other distributions may be subject to federal income tax and may be taxed as ordinary income or long-term capital gains, unless you are a tax-exempt investor or are investing through a retirement plan or account; in the latter case, you may be subject to federal income tax upon withdrawal from the plan or account.

 

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

 

If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares, shareholder services and other purposes. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your investment professional to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s web site for more information.

 

1290 Funds   About the Funds   7


1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund – Class A, C, I and R Shares

 

Investment Objective: Seeks to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUND

 

The following table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in 1290 Funds’ funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the “How Sales Charges are Calculated” and “Ways to Reduce or Eliminate Sales Charges” sections of the Fund’s Prospectus, and the “Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares” section of the Fund’s statement of additional information.

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

 
1290 SmartBeta
Equity Fund
  Class A
Shares
    Class C
Shares
   

Class I

Shares

    Class R
Shares
 

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as percentage of offering price)

    5.50%        None        None        None   

Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of original purchase price or redemption proceeds, whichever is lower)

    1.00%1        1.00%2        None        None   

Redemption fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)

    None        None        None        None   

Maximum account fee (deducted from accounts with a balance of less than $1,000)

    $25        $25        $25        $25   

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of
your investment)

 
1290 SmartBeta
Equity Fund
  Class A
Shares3
    Class C
Shares3
    Class I
Shares3
    Class R
Shares3
 

Advisory Fee

    0.70%        0.70%        0.70%        0.70%   

Distribution and/or Service Fees (12b-1 fees)

    0.25%        1.00%        0.00%        0.50%   

Other Expenses

    0.56%        0.56%        0.56%        0.56%   

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

    1.51%        2.26%        1.26%        1.76%   

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement4

    0.16%        0.16%        0.16%        0.16%   

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement

    1.35%        2.10%        1.10%        1.60%   
1   

On shares purchased without an initial sales charge and redeemed within 12 months of purchase.

2   

There is no contingent deferred sales charge on Class C shares after one year.

3   

Based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

4   

Pursuant to a contract, 1290 Asset Managers has agreed to make payments or waive its management, administrative and other fees to limit the expenses of the Fund through February 28, 2016 (unless the Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this arrangement) (“Expense Limitation Arrangement”) so that the annual operating expenses of the Fund (exclusive of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, capitalized expenses (other than offering costs), fees and expenses of other investment companies in which the Fund invests, 12b-1 fees, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed an annual rate of average daily net assets of 1.35% for Class A shares, 2.10% for Class C shares, 1.10% for Class I shares and 1.60% for Class R Shares of the Fund. The Expense Limitation Arrangement may be terminated by 1290 Asset Managers at any time after February 28, 2016.

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of these periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same and that the expense limitation arrangement is not renewed. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     1 Year     3 Years       

Class A Shares

  $ 680      $ 986       

Class C Shares

  $ 313      $ 691       

Class I Shares

  $ 112      $ 384       

Class R Shares

  $ 163      $ 539       

 

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

 

     1 Year     3 Years       

Class C Shares

  $ 213      $ 691       

 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance.

 

INVESTMENTS, RISKS, AND PERFORMANCE

 

Principal Investment Strategy: Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities. The Fund invests primarily in equity securities of U.S. companies and foreign companies in developed markets. The Fund may invest in large-, mid- and small-capitalization companies and will be broadly diversified across companies and industries. Equity securities in which the Fund may invest include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, American Depositary Receipts and similar instruments.

 

AXA Rosenberg Investment Management LLC (“AXA Rosenberg” or the “Sub-Adviser”) believes that investing in equity markets using a traditional indexing approach exposes the investor to general market risk, including concentration in the largest capitalization securities in the applicable index, volatility and unpredictable earnings that, over a market

 

8   About the Funds   1290 Funds


cycle, do not necessarily provide optimal returns. In the Sub-Adviser’s view, market return, or “beta,” can be achieved with less exposure to general market risk. The Sub-Adviser’s SmartBeta Equity strategy seeks to achieve, over a full market cycle, above-market returns with less volatility compared to the equity markets as a whole. Generally, a full market cycle consists of a period of increasing stock prices and strong performance (a bull market) followed by a period of weak performance and falling prices (a bear market), and a return to a bull market.

 

The Sub-Adviser’s strategy differs from a traditional indexing approach under which a fund generally invests in all or a representative sample of the securities in the applicable index and weights those securities according to their market capitalization weightings. In constructing the Fund, the Sub-Adviser begins with a universe of global developed market equity securities. The Sub-Adviser then uses computer-aided quantitative analysis to identify securities for investment. This is accomplished through the application of proprietary filters that interact to analyze individual issuer data for such risk factors as lower earnings quality, higher price volatility, speculation and distress. Those securities that pass the filters are assigned a preliminary weighting in the fund. The Sub-Adviser next applies a proprietary diversification methodology that is designed to produce a weighting scheme that reduces concentration risk by applying a greater level of diversification to the largest securities (by market capitalization) that progressively lessens with smaller capitalization companies. The Sub-Adviser may apply this investment selection process to invest in emerging market equity securities. The Sub-Adviser may sell a security for a variety of reasons, such as if its fundamentals no longer meet the Sub-Adviser’s criteria, to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into securities believed to offer superior investment opportunities.

 

1290 Asset Managers (the “Adviser”) has been granted relief by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to hire, terminate and replace Sub-Advisers and amend sub-advisory agreements subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees and without obtaining shareholder approval. However, changes to advisory contracts that result in an increase in the aggregate advisory fee rate paid by the Fund are still subject to shareholder approval. In addition, the Adviser may not enter into a sub-advisory agreement on behalf of the Fund with an “affiliated person” of the Adviser, unless the sub-advisory agreement is approved by the Fund’s shareholders. The Adviser is responsible for overseeing sub-advisers and recommending their hiring, termination and replacement to the Board of Trustees.

 

Principal Risks: An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. You may lose money by investing in the Fund. Performance may be affected by one or more of the following risks.

 

Equity Risk: In general, stocks and other equity security values fluctuate, and sometimes widely fluctuate, in response to changes in a company’s financial condition as well as general market, economic and political conditions and other factors.

 

Foreign Securities Risk: Investments in foreign securities, including depositary receipts, involve risks not associated with investing in U.S. securities. Foreign markets, particularly emerging markets, may be less liquid, more volatile and subject to less government supervision than domestic markets. Security values also may be negatively affected by changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Differences between U.S. and foreign legal, political and economic systems, regulatory regimes and market practices also may impact security values and it may take more time to clear and settle trades involving foreign securities.

 

Currency Risk: Investments in foreign currencies and in securities that trade in, or receive revenues in, or in derivatives that provide exposure to foreign currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Any such decline may erode or reverse any potential gains from an investment in securities denominated in foreign currency or may widen existing loss. Currency rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by governments, central banks or supranational entities, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the U.S. or abroad.

 

Depositary Receipts Risk: Investments in depositary receipts (including American Depositary Receipts, European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts) are generally subject to the same risks of investing in the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. In addition, issuers underlying unsponsored depositary receipts may not provide as much information as U.S. issuers and issuers underlying sponsored depositary receipts. Unsponsored depositary receipts also may not carry the same voting privileges as sponsored depositary receipts.

 

Investment Strategy Risk: The market may reward certain investment characteristics for a period of time and not others. The returns for a specific investment characteristic may vary significantly relative to other characteristics and may increase or decrease significantly during different phases of a market cycle. A fund comprised of stocks intended to reduce exposure to uncompensated risk may not produce investment exposure that is less sensitive to a change in the broad market price level and may not accurately estimate the risk/return outcome of stocks. Fund stocks may exhibit higher volatility than the Sub-Adviser expects or underperform the markets. The Sub-Adviser’s strategy may result in the Fund underperforming the general securities markets, particularly during periods of strong positive market performance.

 

Large-Cap Company Risk: Larger more established companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges such as changes in technology and consumer tastes. Many larger companies also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.

 

1290 Funds   About the Funds   9


Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Company Risk: The Fund’s investments in mid- and small-capitalization companies may involve greater risks than investments in larger, more established issuers because they generally are more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments. Such companies generally have narrower product lines, more limited financial resources and more limited markets for their stock as compared with larger companies. As a result, the value of such securities may be more volatile than the securities of larger companies, and the Fund may experience difficulty in purchasing or selling such securities at the desired time and price or in the desired amount. In general, these risks are greater for small-capitalization companies than for mid-capitalization companies.

 

New Fund Risk: The Fund is newly established and, as of the date of this Prospectus, has no operating history. The Fund may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy or may not employ a successful investment strategy, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders. Until the Fund is fully capitalized it may not be pursuing its investment objective or executing its principal investment strategies.

 

Quantitative Investing Risk: The success of the Fund’s investment strategy depends largely on the effectiveness of the Sub-Adviser’s quantitative model for screening securities for investment. Securities selected using quantitative analysis can react differently to issuer, political, market, and economic developments than the market as a whole or securities selected using only fundamental analysis, which could adversely affect value. The factors used in quantitative analysis and the weight placed on those factors may not be predictive of a security’s value. In addition, factors that affect a security’s value can change over time and these changes may not be reflected in the quantitative model.

 

Risk/Return Bar Chart and Table

 

The Fund is newly offered. Performance information will be available in the Prospectus after the Fund has been in operation for one full calendar year.

 

WHO MANAGES THE FUND

 

Investment Adviser: 1290 Asset Managers

 

Portfolio Managers: The members of the team that are jointly and primarily responsible for the selection, monitoring and oversight of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser are:

 

Name    Title   

Date Began

Managing
the Fund

Kenneth T. Kozlowski, CFP®, CLU, ChFC

   Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser    November 2014

Alwi Chan, CFA®

   Senior Vice President and Deputy Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser    November 2014

 

Sub-Adviser: AXA Rosenberg

 

Portfolio Managers: The members of the team primarily responsible for the management of the Fund are:

 

Name    Title   

Date Began

Managing
the Fund

Kevin Chen, CFA®

   Pan Asia Chief Investment Officer    November 2014

Gideon Smith, CFA®

  

Europe Chief Investment

Officer

   November 2014

Will Jump, CFA®

   Americas Chief Investment Officer    November 2014

 

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

 

You may purchase and redeem shares of the Fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading at the Fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of your request in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge. Initial purchases must be effected through your financial intermediary. Subsequently, you may purchase or redeem shares either by having your financial intermediary process your purchase or redemption, or by telephone 1-888-310-0416, by overnight mail (1290 Funds, c/o Boston Financial Data Services, 30 Dan Road, Canton, MA 02021-2809), or by mail (1290 Funds, PO Box 8947, Boston, MA 02266-8947). All redemption requests will be processed and payment with respect thereto will normally be made within seven days after tender.

 

The initial and subsequent minimums for purchasing shares of the Fund generally are as follows, although the Fund may reduce or waive the minimums in some cases:

 

     A Class   C Class   I Class   R Class

Minimum Initial Investment

  $2,000 for all
accounts
except:

•  $1,000 for
certain fee-
based
programs

•  $1,000, if
establishing
an
Automatic
Bank Draft
Plan

•  No mini
mum for
certain
employer-
sponsored
retirement
plans

  $2,000 for
all accounts
except:

• $1,000 for
certain
fee-based
programs

• $1,000, if
establishing
an Auto
matic
Bank
Draft Plan

• No mini
mum for
certain
employer-
sponsored
retirement
plans

 

$1,000,000 for certain institutions and individuals

 

$1,000 for certain employees (or their immediate family members) of AXA Financial or its subsidiaries

 

Class I shares are available to clients of registered investment advisers who have $250,000 invested in the Fund

  No
minimum

Minimum Additional Investment

  $100 for all
accounts
  $100 for all
accounts
 

No subsequent minimum

  No
subsequent
minimum

 

Your financial intermediary may impose different investment minimums.

 

10   About the Funds   1290 Funds


TAX INFORMATION

 

The Fund’s dividends and distributions may be subject to federal income tax and may be taxed as ordinary income or long-term capital gains, unless you are a tax-exempt investor or are investing through a retirement plan or account; in the latter case, you may be subject to federal income tax upon withdrawal from the plan or account.

 

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

 

If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares, shareholder services and other purposes. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your investment professional to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s web site for more information.

 

1290 Funds   About the Funds   11


2. More information on fees and expenses

 

 

 

Management Fees

 

Each Fund pays a fee to AXA Equitable Funds Management Group LLC d/b/a 1290 Asset Managers (“1290 Asset Managers” or the “Adviser”) for advisory services. The contractual rate of the advisory fee (as an annual percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets) payable by each Fund is:

 

Fund   First
$1 Billion
    Next
$1 Billion
    Next
$3 Billion
    Next
$5 Billion
    Thereafter  

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value

    0.750%        0.700%        0.675%        0.650%        0.625%   

1290 SmartBeta Equity

    0.700%        0.650%        0.625%        0.600%        0.575%   

 

Fund    First
$4 Billion
     Next
$4 Billion
     Thereafter  

1290 High Yield Bond

     0.600%         0.580%         0.560%   

 

The Sub-Advisers are paid by the Adviser. Changes to the sub-advisory fees may be negotiated, which could result in an increase or decrease in the amount of the advisory fee retained by the Adviser, without shareholder approval. A discussion of the basis for the decision by the Board of Trustees to approve the investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements with respect to the Funds will be available in the 1290 Funds’ Annual Report to Shareholders for the period ending October 31, 2014.

 

Administration Fees

 

The Adviser also currently serves as the Administrator of the Funds. The administrative services provided to the Funds by the Adviser include, among others, coordination of 1290 Funds’ audit, financial statements and tax returns; expense management and budgeting; legal administrative services and compliance monitoring; portfolio accounting services, including daily net asset value accounting; operational risk management; and oversight of 1290 Funds’ proxy voting policies and procedures and anti-money laundering program. For administrative services, in addition to the management fee, each Fund pays the Adviser an asset-based administration fee, which is equal to an annual rate of 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, plus an additional $30,000 per Fund and $30,000 for each allocated portion (or sleeve) of a Fund, as applicable.

 

Expense Limitation Agreement

 

In the interest of limiting through February 28, 2016 (unless the Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this arrangement) the expenses of each Fund, the Adviser has entered into an expense limitation agreement with 1290 Funds with respect to the Funds (“Expense Limitation Agreement”). Pursuant to the Expense Limitation Agreement, the Adviser has agreed to make payments or waive its management, administrative and other fees to limit the expenses of the Funds listed below so that the annual operating expenses of each Fund (other than interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, fees and expenses of other investment companies in which a Fund invests, 12b-1 fees, other expenditures that are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (other than offering costs), and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of each Fund’s business) as a percentage of average daily net assets do not exceed the following respective expense ratios:

 

Expense Limitation Provisions

 

      Total Annual Operating Expenses
Limited to

(% of average daily net assets)
 
Funds    Class A
Shares
     Class C
Shares
     Class I
Shares
     Class R
Shares
 

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value

     1.35%         2.10%         1.10%         1.60%   

1290 High Yield Bond

     1.05%         1.80%         0.80%         1.30%   

1290 SmartBeta Equity

     1.35%         2.10%         1.10%         1.60%   

 

The Adviser may be reimbursed the amount of any such payments and waivers in the future provided that the payments or waivers are reimbursed within three years of the payment or waiver being made and the combination of the Fund’s expense ratio and such reimbursements do not exceed the Fund’s expense cap. If the actual expense ratio is less than the expense cap and the Adviser has recouped any eligible previous payments made, the Fund will be charged such lower expenses.

 

12   More information on fees and expenses   1290 Funds


3. More information on strategies and risks

 

 

 

Strategies

 

Changes in Investment Objectives and Principal Investment Strategies

 

As described in this Prospectus, each Fund has its own investment objective, policies and strategies. There is no assurance that a Fund will achieve its investment objective. The investment objective of each Fund may be changed without shareholder approval. Except as otherwise noted, the investment policies and strategies of a Fund are not fundamental policies and may be changed without a shareholder vote. In addition, to the extent a Fund is new or is undergoing a transition (such as a rebalancing, or experiences large inflows or outflows) or takes a temporary defensive position, it may not be pursuing its investment objective or executing its principal investment strategies.

 

The 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund has a non-fundamental policy that, under normal circumstances, it intends to invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies. For this Fund, small-capitalization companies generally are companies with a market capitalization less than $3 billion at the time of investment, and mid-capitalization companies generally are companies with a market capitalization between $3 billion and $12 billion at the time of investment. The 1290 High Yield Bond Fund has a non-fundamental policy that, under normal circumstances, it will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in a broad range of high-yield, below investment-grade bonds. The 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund has a non-fundamental policy that, under normal market conditions, it will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities. These policies are subject to change only upon at least sixty (60) days’ prior notice to shareholders of the affected Fund.

 

Each Sub-Adviser has complete discretion to select portfolio securities for its Fund’s assets (or portion thereof), subject to the Fund’s investment objective, restrictions and policies and other parameters that may be developed from time to time by the Adviser. In selecting investments, the Sub-Advisers use their proprietary investment strategies, which are summarized above in the section “About the Funds — Investments, Risks, and Performance” for each Fund.

 

Additional Information about the Investment Strategies

 

The following provides additional information regarding the principal investment strategies discussed in the “About the Funds — Investments, Risks, and Performance — Principal Investment Strategy” section for each Fund, and additional investment strategies that a Fund may employ in pursuing its investment objective. The Funds also may make other types of investments to the extent permitted by applicable law. For further information about investment strategies, please see the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

Bank Loans. The 1290 High Yield Bond Fund may invest in bank loans. A bank loan represents an interest in a loan or other direct indebtedness that entitles the acquirer of such interest to payments of interest, principal and/or other amounts due under the structure of the loan. The Fund may acquire a bank loan through a participation interest, which gives the Fund the right to receive payments of principal, interest and/or other amounts only from the lender selling the participation interest and only when the lender receives the payments from the borrower, or through an assignment in which the Fund succeeds to the rights of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement. Bank loans are typically borrowers’ senior debt obligations and, as such, are considered to hold a senior position in the borrower’s capital structure. The senior capital structure position generally gives the holders of bank loans a priority claim on some or all of the borrower’s assets in the event of a default. In many situations, the assets or cash flow of the borrowing corporation, partnership or other business entity may serve as collateral for the bank loan. Bank loans may be issued in connection with acquisitions, refinancings and recapitalizations.

 

Cash Management. Each Fund may invest its uninvested cash in high-quality, short-term debt securities, including repurchase agreements and high-quality money market instruments, and also may invest uninvested cash in money market funds, including money market funds managed by the Adviser. To the extent a Fund invests in a money market fund, it generally is not subject to the limits placed on investments in other investment companies, as discussed in “Securities of Other Investment Companies.” Generally, these securities offer less potential for gains than other types of securities.

 

Convertible Securities. The 1290 High Yield Bond Fund may invest in convertible securities, including both convertible debt and convertible preferred stock. A convertible security is a generally a bond, preferred stock or other security that may be converted within a specified period of time and at a pre-stated price or formula into the common stock of the same or a different issuer. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities are subordinate in rank to any senior debt obligations of the same issuer and, therefore, an issuer’s convertible securities entail more risk than its senior debt obligations. Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics in that they generally: (1) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities; (2) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying stock because they have fixed income characteristics; and (3) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.

 

1290 Funds   More information on strategies and risks   13


Currency. Each Fund may enter into foreign currency transactions for hedging and non-hedging purposes on a spot (i.e., cash) basis or through the use of derivatives. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“forward contract”) are a type of derivative that may be utilized by a Fund. A forward contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are principally traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large, commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no margin deposit requirement and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Investments in foreign currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.

 

Derivatives. Each Fund may use “derivative” instruments to hedge its portfolio against market, economic, currency, issuer and other risks, to gain or manage exposure to the markets, sectors and securities in which the Fund may invest and to other economic factors that affect the Fund’s performance (such as interest rate movements), to increase total return or income, to reduce transaction costs, to manage cash, and for other fund management purposes. In general terms, a derivative instrument is an investment contract the value of which is linked to (or is derived from), in whole or in part, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index (e.g., stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, interest rates and market indexes). Certain derivative securities may have the effect of creating financial leverage by multiplying a change in the value of the asset underlying the derivative to produce a greater change in the value of the derivative security. This creates an opportunity for increased return but, at the same time, creates the possibility for greater loss (including the likelihood of greater volatility in the net asset value of the shares of a Fund). Futures and options contracts (including futures and options on individual securities and equity and bond market indexes and options on futures contracts), swaps and forward contracts, and structured securities, including forward currency contracts, are examples of derivatives in which a Fund may invest. A Fund that engages in derivatives transactions may maintain a significant percentage of its assets in cash and cash equivalent instruments, which may serve as margin or collateral for the Fund’s obligations under derivative transactions.

 

Equity Securities. Each Fund may invest in equity securities. Equity securities may be bought on stock exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. Equity securities generally include common stock, preferred stock, warrants, securities convertible into common stock, securities of other investment companies and securities of real estate investment trusts.

 

Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”). Each Fund may invest in ETFs. ETFs are investment companies or other investment vehicles whose shares are listed and traded on U.S. stock exchanges or otherwise traded in the over-the-counter market and may be purchased and sold throughout the trading day based on their market price. Generally, each ETF seeks to track a securities index or a basket of securities that an “index provider” (such as Standard & Poor’s, Dow Jones, Russell or Morgan Stanley Capital International) selects as representative of a market, market segment, industry sector, country or geographic region. An ETF generally holds the same stocks or bonds as the index it tracks (or it may hold a representative sample of such securities). Accordingly, each ETF is designed so that its performance, before fees and expenses, will correspond closely with that of the index it tracks. By investing in a Fund that invests in ETFs, you will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the ETFs in which the Fund invests in addition to the Fund’s direct fees and expenses.

 

Generally, a Fund’s investments in other investment companies are subject to statutory limitations in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”), including in certain circumstances a prohibition against acquiring shares of another investment company if, immediately after such acquisition, the Fund and its affiliated persons (i) would hold more than 3% of such other investment company’s total outstanding shares, (ii) would have invested more than 5% of its total assets in such other investment company, or (iii) would have invested more than 10% of its total assets in investment companies. However, many ETFs have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC to permit other investment companies (such as the Funds) to invest in their shares beyond the statutory limits, subject to certain conditions and pursuant to contractual arrangements between the ETFs and the investing funds. A Fund may rely on these exemptive orders in investing in ETFs.

 

Fixed Income Securities. Each Fund may invest in short- and long-term fixed income securities in pursuing its investment objective and for other fund management purposes, such as to manage cash. Fixed income securities are debt securities such as bonds, notes, debentures and commercial paper. Domestic and foreign governments, banks and companies raise cash by issuing or selling debt securities to investors. Most debt securities pay fixed or adjustable rates of interest at regular intervals until they mature, at which point investors receive their principal back.

 

Foreign Securities. Each Fund may invest in foreign securities, including securities of companies in emerging markets. Generally, foreign securities are issued by companies organized outside the U.S. or by foreign governments or international organizations, are traded primarily in markets outside the U.S., and are denominated in a foreign currency. Foreign securities may include securities of issuers in developing countries or emerging markets, which generally involve greater risk because the economic structures of these countries and markets are less developed and their political systems are less stable. In addition, foreign securities may include depositary receipts of foreign companies. American Depositary Receipts are receipts typically issued by an American bank or trust company that evidence underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. European Depositary Receipts (issued in Europe) and Global Depositary Receipts (issued throughout the world) each evidence a similar

 

14   More information on strategies and risks   1290 Funds


ownership arrangement. Depositary receipts also may be convertible into securities of foreign issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted.

 

Futures. The 1290 High Yield Bond Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts on individual securities or securities indexes. In purchasing a futures contract, the buyer agrees to purchase a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. In selling a futures contract, the seller agrees to sell a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. The price at which the purchase and sale will take place is fixed when the buyer and seller enter into the contract. Futures can be held until their delivery dates, or can be closed out before then if a liquid market is available. The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of its underlying instrument. Therefore, purchasing futures contracts will tend to increase a fund’s exposure to positive and negative price fluctuations in the underlying instrument, much as if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly. When a fund sells a futures contract, by contrast, the value of its futures position will tend to move in a direction contrary to the market. Selling futures contracts, therefore, will tend to offset both positive and negative market price changes, much as if the underlying instrument had been sold. Futures contracts in which the Fund will invest are highly standardized contracts that typically trade on futures exchanges.

 

There is no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular futures contract at any particular time. Exchanges may establish daily price fluctuation limits for futures contracts, and may halt trading if a contract’s price moves upward or downward more than the limit in a given day. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached or a trading halt is imposed, it may be impossible to enter into new positions or close out existing positions. If the market for a contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or other market conditions, it could prevent prompt liquidation of unfavorable positions, and potentially could require a fund to continue to hold a position until delivery or expiration regardless of changes in its value. As a result, a fund’s access to other assets held to cover its futures positions could also be impaired.

 

The use of futures contracts and similar instruments may be deemed to involve the use of leverage because the Fund is not required to invest the full market value of the futures contract upon entering into the contract. Instead, the Fund, upon entering into a futures contract (and to maintain its open position in a futures contract), is required to post collateral for the contract, known as “initial margin” and “variation margin,” the amount of which may vary but which generally equals a relatively small percentage (e.g., less than 5%) of the value of the contract being traded. While the use of futures contracts may involve the use of leverage, the Fund generally does not intend to use leverage to increase its net exposure to debt securities above approximately 100% of the Fund’s net asset value or below 0%.

 

Illiquid Securities. Each Fund may invest up to 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities. Illiquid securities are securities that have no ready market.

 

Inflation-Indexed Bonds. The 1290 High Yield Bond Fund and 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund may invest in inflation-indexed bonds. Inflation-indexed bonds (other than municipal inflation indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds, which are more fully described below) are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The U.S. Treasury Department uses the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers as the inflation measure. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. If the index measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds (other than municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds) will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury Department inflation-indexed bonds. For bonds that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

 

With regard to municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds, the inflation adjustment is reflected in the semi-annual coupon payment. As a result, the principal value of municipal inflation-indexed bonds and such corporate inflation-indexed bonds does not adjust according to the rate of inflation. The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates may rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond is considered taxable ordinary income to an investing Fund, which generally must distribute the amount of that income for federal income tax purposes, even though it does not receive the increased principal until maturity.

 

Because market convention for bonds is to use nominal yields to measure duration, duration for real return bonds, which are based on real yields, are converted to nominal durations through a conversion factor. The resulting nominal duration typically can range from 20% and 90% of the respective real duration. All security holdings will be measured in effective (nominal) duration terms. Similarly, the effective duration of the relevant index (e.g., the Barclays World Government Inflation-Linked Index (hedged)) will be calculated using the same conversion factors.

 

Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”). Each Fund may participate in the IPO market, and a significant portion of the Funds’ returns may be attributable to their investment in IPOs, which have a magnified impact

 

1290 Funds   More information on strategies and risks   15


on Funds with small asset bases, which the Funds will be for some time. An IPO is generally the first sale of stock by a company to the public. Companies offering an IPO are sometimes new, young companies or sometimes companies which have been around for many years but are deciding to go public. Prior to an IPO, there is generally no public market for an issuer’s common stock and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or be sustained following the IPO. Therefore, the market price for the securities may be subject to significant fluctuations and a Fund may be affected by such fluctuations.

 

Investment Grade Securities. Each Fund may invest in investment grade debt securities. Investment grade securities are rated in one of the four highest rating categories by Moody’s or S&P, comparably rated by another rating agency or, if unrated, determined by the applicable Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality. Securities with lower investment grade ratings, while normally exhibiting adequate protection parameters, have speculative characteristics. This means that changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case for higher rated debt securities.

 

Junk Bonds or Lower Rated Securities. The 1290 High Yield Bond Fund may invest in below investment grade debt securities. Securities rated below investment grade (i.e., BB or lower by S&P or Fitch, Ba or lower by Moody’s or deemed to be of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser) are speculative in nature, involve greater risk of default by the issuing entity and may be subject to greater market fluctuations than higher rated fixed income securities. “Junk bonds” are usually issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings or by those companies with questionable credit strength. The retail secondary market for these “junk bonds” may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities and adverse conditions could make it difficult at times to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Fund’s net asset value.

 

Large-Cap Companies. Each Fund may invest in the securities of large-capitalization companies. These companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges such as changes in technology and consumer tastes.

 

Loan Participations and Assignments. The 1290 High Yield Bond Fund may invest in loan participations and assignments. These investments are typically secured or unsecured fixed or floating rate loans arranged through private negotiations between a borrowing corporation, government or other entity and one or more financial institutions, and may be in the form of participations in loans or assignments of all or a portion of loans from third parties.

 

Mid-Cap, Small-Cap and Micro-Cap Companies. Each Fund may invest in the securities of mid-, small- and micro-capitalization companies. These companies are more likely than larger companies to have limited product lines, markets or financial resources or to depend on a small, inexperienced management group. Generally, they are more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and their securities may be less well-known, trade less frequently and in more limited volume than the securities of larger more established companies.

 

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities. The 1290 High Yield Bond Fund may invest in mortgage- and asset-backed securities. A mortgage-backed security may be an obligation of the issuer backed by a mortgage or pool of mortgages or a direct interest in an underlying pool of mortgages. Some mortgage-backed securities make payments of both principal and interest at a variety of intervals; others make semiannual interest payments at a predetermined rate and repay principal at maturity (like a typical bond). Mortgage-backed securities are based on different types of mortgages including those on commercial real estate or residential properties.

 

Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to mortgage-backed securities. However, the underlying assets are not first lien mortgage loans or interests therein but include assets such as motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other installment sales contracts, home equity loans, leases of various types of real and personal property and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements. Such assets are securitized through the use of trusts or special purpose corporations. Payments or distributions of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to a certain amount and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or pool insurance policy issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the issuer, or other credit enhancements may be present.

 

Options. The 1290 High Yield Bond Fund may write and purchase put and call options, including exchange-traded or over-the-counter put and call options on securities indices and put and call options on ETFs tracking certain securities indices, for hedging and non-hedging purposes and for the purpose of achieving its objective. In general, options give the purchaser the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell in the future an asset at a predetermined price during the term of the option. A securities index option and an ETF option are option contracts whose values are based on the value of a securities index at some future point in time. A securities index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the securities included in the index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing securities index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the Fund’s investment portfolio correlate with price movements of the securities index. By writing (selling) a call option, the Fund forgoes, in exchange for the premium less the commission, the opportunity to profit during the option period from an increase in the market value of an index above the exercise price. By writing (selling) a put option, the Fund, in exchange for the net premium received, accepts the risk of a decline in the market value of the index below the exercise price.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The Funds do not restrict the frequency of trading to limit expenses. A Fund may engage in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities to achieve its investment objective. Frequent trading can result in a portfolio turnover in excess of 100% (high portfolio

 

16   More information on strategies and risks   1290 Funds


turnover). A high portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account.

 

Preferred Stocks. Each Fund may invest in preferred stocks. Although preferred stocks represent a partial ownership interest in a company, preferred stocks generally do not carry voting rights and have economic characteristics similar to fixed-income securities. Preferred stocks generally are issued with a fixed par value and pay dividends based on a percentage of that par value at a fixed or variable rate. Preferred stocks often have a liquidation value that generally equals the original purchase price of the preferred stock at the date of issuance.

 

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”). Certain Funds may invest in REITs, which are pooled vehicles that invest primarily in income-producing real estate or loans related to real estate.

 

Temporary Defensive Investments. For temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions each Fund may invest, without limit, in cash, money market instruments or high quality short-term debt securities, including repurchase agreements. To the extent a Fund is invested in these instruments, the Fund will not be pursuing its investment goal.

 

U.S. Government Securities. Each Fund may invest in U.S. government securities, which include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury Department (such as Treasury bills, notes or bonds) and obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest (but not as to market value) by the U.S. government, its agencies or its instrumentalities. U.S. government securities include mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by government agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. Other U.S. government securities may be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government or supported primarily or solely by the creditworthiness of the government-related issuer or, in the case of mortgage-backed securities, by pools of assets.

 

In August 2011, S&P downgraded its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. from “AAA” to “AA+”. The downgrade by S&P could lead to subsequent downgrades by S&P or downgrades by other credit rating agencies. Both Fitch and Moody’s, which currently have assigned their highest credit ratings to the U.S., have a negative outlook for those credit ratings. These developments, and the government’s credit concerns in general, could cause an increase in interest rates and borrowing costs, which may negatively impact both the perception of credit risk associated with the debt securities issued by the U.S. and the country’s ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms. In addition, these developments could create broader financial turmoil and uncertainty, which could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets. These events could result in significant adverse impacts on issuers of securities held by a Fund.

 

Zero Coupon and Pay-in-Kind Securities. Zero coupon securities are debt securities that do not pay regular interest at regular intervals, but are issued at a discount from face value. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue from the date of issuance to maturity. Pay-in-kind securities normally give the issuer an option to pay cash at a coupon payment date or to give the holder of the security a similar security with the same coupon rate and a face value equal to the amount of the coupon payment that would have been made. Convertible securities, corporate debt securities, mortgage- and asset-backed securities, U.S. government securities, foreign securities and other types of debt instruments may be structured as zero coupon or pay-in-kind securities.

 

Risks

 

Risk is the chance that you will lose money on your investment or that it will not earn as much as you expect. In general, the greater the risk, the more money your investment can earn for you and the more you can lose. Like other investment companies, the value of each Fund’s shares may be affected by the Fund’s investment objective(s), principal investment strategies and particular risk factors. Consequently, each Fund may be subject to different risks than another investment company. Some of the risks, including principal risks, of investing in the Funds are discussed below. However, other factors may also affect each Fund’s investment results. There is no guarantee that a Fund will achieve its investment objective(s) or that it will not lose value.

 

General Investment Risks: Each Fund is subject to the following risks:

 

Sub-Adviser Selection Risk: The risk that the Adviser’s process for selecting or replacing a Sub-Adviser and its decision to select or replace a Sub-Adviser does not produce the intended results.

 

Asset Class Risk: There is the risk that the returns from the asset classes, or types of securities in which a Fund invests will underperform the general securities markets or different asset classes. Different asset classes tend to go through cycles of outperformance and underperformance in comparison to each other and to the general securities markets.

 

Issuer-Specific Risk: The value of an individual security or particular type of security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the market as a whole. The value of a security may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods or services, as well as the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of its assets. A change in the financial condition of a single issuer may affect securities markets as a whole. Certain unanticipated events, such as natural disasters, can have a dramatic adverse effect on the value of an issuer’s securities.

 

Market Risk: The risk that the securities markets will move down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably based on overall economic conditions and other factors. The value of a security may decline due to general market conditions which are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in

 

1290 Funds   More information on strategies and risks   17


interest or currency rates or adverse investment sentiment generally. Changes in the financial condition of a single issuer can impact a market as a whole. The value of a security may also decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. During a general downturn in the securities markets, multiple asset classes may decline in value simultaneously. Terrorism and related geo-political risks have led, and may in the future lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on world economies and markets generally. In addition, markets and market-participants are increasingly reliant upon both publicly available and proprietary information data systems. Data imprecision, software or other technology malfunctions, programming inaccuracies, unauthorized use or access, and similar circumstances may impair the performance of these systems and may have an adverse impact upon a single issuer, a group of issuers, or the market at-large. In certain cases, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on either specific securities or even the entire market, which may result in a Fund being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or accurately price its investments.

 

Portfolio Management Risk: The risk that strategies used by the Adviser or the Sub-Advisers and their securities selections fail to produce the intended results.

 

Recent Market Conditions Risk: The financial crisis in the U.S. and many foreign economies over the past several years, including the European sovereign debt and banking crises, has resulted, and may continue to result, in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestic and foreign, and in the net asset values of many mutual funds, including to some extent the Funds. The values of some sovereign debt and of securities of issuers that hold that sovereign debt have fallen. Conditions in the U.S. and many foreign economies have resulted, and may continue to result, in fixed income instruments experiencing unusual liquidity issues, increased price volatility and, in some cases, credit downgrades and increased likelihood of default. These events have reduced the willingness and ability of some lenders to extend credit, and have made it more difficult for borrowers to obtain financing on attractive terms, if at all. In some cases, traditional market participants have been less willing to make a market in some types of debt instruments, which has affected the liquidity of those instruments. As a result, the values of many types of securities, including, but not limited to, mortgage-backed, asset-backed, and corporate debt securities, have been reduced. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury Department, causing the prices of these securities to rise and the yields to decline.

 

The reduced liquidity in fixed income and credit markets may negatively affect many issuers worldwide. In addition, global economies and financial markets are becoming increasingly interconnected, which increases the possibilities that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. In response to the crisis, the U.S. and other governments and the Federal Reserve and certain foreign central banks have taken steps to support financial markets. Where economic conditions are recovering, they are nevertheless perceived as still fragile. Withdrawal of government support, failure of efforts in response to the crisis, or investor perception that such efforts are not succeeding, could adversely impact the value and liquidity of certain securities. The severity or duration of adverse economic conditions may also be affected by policy changes made by governments or quasi-governmental organizations, including changes in tax laws. In particular, the impact of U.S. financial regulation legislation on the markets and the practical implications for market participants may not be fully known for some time. In addition, political events within the U.S. and abroad, such as the U.S. government’s recent inability to agree on a long-term budget and deficit reduction plan, the federal government shutdown and threats to not increase the federal government’s debt limit, may affect investor and consumer confidence and may adversely impact financial markets and the broader economy, perhaps suddenly and to a significant degree. High public debt in the U.S. and other countries creates ongoing systemic and market risks and policymaking uncertainty. Although the U.S. government has honored its credit obligations, it remains possible that the United States could default on its obligations. While it is impossible to predict the consequences of such an unprecedented event, it is likely that a default by the United States would be highly disruptive to the United States and global securities markets and could significantly impair the value of a Fund’s investments. Uncertainty surrounding the sovereign debt of a number of European Union countries and the viability of the European Union have disrupted and may continue to disrupt markets in the U.S. and around the world. If one or more countries leave the European Union or the European Union dissolves, the world’s securities markets likely will be significantly disrupted. Because the situation in the markets is widespread, it may be difficult to identify both risks and opportunities using past models of the interplay of market forces, or to predict the duration of these market conditions. Changes in market conditions will not have the same impact on all types of securities.

 

As indicated in “About the Funds — Investments, Risks, and Performance,” a particular Fund may be subject to the following as principal risks. In addition, to the extent a Fund invests in a particular type of investment, it will be subject to the risks of such investment as described below:

 

Bank Loans Risk: Loans are subject to additional risks including liquidity risk, prepayment risk (the risk that when interest rates fall, debt securities may be repaid more quickly than expected and a Fund may be required to reinvest in securities with a lower yield), extension risk (the risk that when interest rates rise, debt securities may be repaid more slowly than expected and the value of a Fund’s holdings may decrease), the risk of subordination to other creditors, restrictions on resale, and the lack of a regular trading market and publicly available information. In addition, liquidity risk may be more pronounced for a Fund investing in loans because certain loans may have a more limited secondary market. These loans may be difficult to value.

 

18   More information on strategies and risks   1290 Funds


A Fund’s investments in bank loans are subject to the risk that the Fund will not receive payment of interest, principal and other amounts due in connection with these investments and will depend primarily on the financial condition of the borrower. Fully secured bank loans offer a Fund more protection than unsecured bank loans in the event of nonpayment of scheduled interest or principal, although there is no assurance that the liquidation of a secured bank loan’s collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation or that the collateral could be readily liquidated. In addition, a Fund’s access to collateral may be limited by bankruptcy or other insolvency laws. In the event of a default, a Fund may not recover its principal, may experience a substantial delay in recovering its investment and may not receive interest during the delay. Unsecured bank loans are subject to a greater risk of default than secured bank loans, especially during periods of deteriorating economic conditions. Unsecured bank loans also have a greater risk of nonpayment in the event of a default than secured bank loans since there is no recourse for the lender to collateral. If a Fund acquires a participation interest in a loan, the Fund may not be able to control the exercise of any remedies that the lender would have under the loan and likely would not have any rights against the borrower directly. Loans in which a Fund may invest may be made to finance highly leveraged corporate transactions. The highly leveraged capital structure of the borrowers in such transactions may make such loans especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions. In addition, bank loan interests may be unrated, and the Fund’s Sub-Adviser may be required to rely exclusively on their analysis of the borrower in determining whether to acquire, or to continue to hold, a loan.

 

Banking Industry Sector Risk: To the extent a Fund invests in the banking industry, it is exposed to the risks generally associated with such industry, including interest rate risk, credit risk and the risk that regulatory developments relating to the banking industry may affect its investment.

 

Cash Management Risk: Upon entering into certain derivatives contracts, such as futures contracts, and to maintain open positions in certain derivatives contracts, a Fund may be required to post collateral for the contract, the amount of which may vary. As such, the Fund may maintain cash balances, including foreign currency balances, which may be significant, with counterparties such as 1290 Funds’ custodian or its affiliates. A Fund would thus be subject to counterparty risk and credit risk with respect to these arrangements.

 

Convertible Securities Risk: The value of convertible securities fluctuates in relation to changes in interest rates and the credit quality of the issuer and, in addition, fluctuates in relation to the underlying common stock and the credit quality of the issuer. A convertible security tends to perform more like a stock when the underlying stock price is high relative to the conversion price (because more of the security’s value resides in the option to convert) and more like a debt security when the underlying stock price is low relative to the conversion price (because the option to convert is less valuable). Because its value can be influenced by many different factors, a convertible security generally is not as sensitive to interest rate changes as a similar non-convertible debt security, and generally has less potential for gain or loss than the underlying stock. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument, which may be less than the current market price of the security. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Convertible securities are subject to equity risk, interest rate risk and credit risk and are often lower-quality securities, which means that they are subject to the same risks as an investment in lower rated debt securities. Since it derives a portion of its value from the common stock into which it may be converted, a convertible security is also subject to the same types of market and issuer-specific risks that apply to the underlying common stock. In addition, because companies that issue convertible securities are often small- or mid-cap companies, to the extent a Fund invests in convertible securities, it will be subject to the risks of investing in these companies. The stocks of small- and mid-capitalization companies are often more volatile and less liquid than the stocks of larger companies. Convertible securities are normally “junior” securities which means an issuer usually must pay interest on its non-convertible debt before it can make payments on its convertible securities. If an issuer stops making interest or principal payments, these securities may become worthless and the Fund could lose its entire investment. In the event of a liquidation of the issuing company, holders of convertible securities may be paid before the company’s common stockholders but after holders of any senior debt obligations of the company.

 

Credit Risk: The risk that the issuer or the guarantor of a fixed income security, or the counterparty to a derivatives contract, repurchase agreement, loan of portfolio securities or other transaction, is unable or unwilling, or is perceived (whether by market participants, ratings agencies, pricing services or otherwise) as unable or unwilling, to make timely principal and/or interest payments, or otherwise honor its obligations. Securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk, which are often reflected in their credit ratings. The downgrade of the credit rating of a security may decrease its value. When a fixed-income security is not rated, a Fund’s Sub-Adviser may have to assess the risk of the security itself. Securities rated below investment grade (e.g., “junk bonds”) may include a substantial risk of default. U.S. government securities held by a Fund are supported by varying degrees of credit, and their value may fluctuate in response to political, market or economic developments. U.S. government securities, especially those that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury Department, such as securities supported only by the credit of the issuing governmental agency or government-sponsored enterprise, carry at least some risk of nonpayment, and the maximum potential liability of the issuers of such securities may greatly exceed their current resources. There is no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to the issuing

 

1290 Funds   More information on strategies and risks   19


entity if not obligated to do so by law. Further, any government guarantees on U.S. government securities that a Fund owns extend only to the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal on the securities themselves and do not extend to the market value of the securities or to shares of the Fund.

 

Debt Securities Ratings Risk: The use of credit ratings in evaluating debt securities can involve certain risks. Ratings represent the rating agency’s opinion regarding the quality of the security and are not a guarantee of quality. A credit rating may not reflect the issuer’s current financial condition or events since the security was last rated by a rating agency. Credit ratings also may be influenced by conflicts of interest. Proposed legislation and regulations to reform rating agencies may adversely impact a Fund’s investments or investment process.

 

Derivatives Risk: A derivative instrument is an investment contract the value of which is linked to (or is derived from), in whole or in part, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate, index or event (e.g., stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, interest rates and market indexes). Derivatives include options, swaps, futures, options on futures, forward contracts and structured securities. Investing in derivatives involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary mutual fund securities transactions and may involve increased transaction costs.

 

The successful use of derivatives will usually depend on the Adviser’s or a Sub-Adviser’s ability to accurately forecast movements in the market relating to the underlying asset, reference rate, index or event. If the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser does not predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates and other economic factors, a Fund’s derivatives position could lose value. A Fund’s investment in derivatives may rise or fall more rapidly in value than other investments and may reduce the Fund’s returns. Changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly, or at all, with the underlying asset, reference rate or index, and a Fund could lose more than the principal amount invested. Derivatives also may be subject to certain other risks such as leveraging risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, market risk, credit risk, the risk that a counterparty may be unable or unwilling to honor its obligations, management risk and the risk of mispricing or improper valuation. Derivatives also may not behave as anticipated by a Fund, especially in abnormal market conditions. The use of derivatives may increase the volatility of a Fund’s net asset value. Derivatives may be leveraged such that a small investment in derivative securities can have a significant impact on a Fund’s exposure to stock market values, interest rates, currency exchange rates or other investments. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a derivatives contract may cause an immediate and substantial loss or gain. It may be difficult or impossible for a Fund to purchase or sell certain derivatives in sufficient amounts to achieve the desired level of exposure, which may result in a loss or may be costly to the Fund. In addition, the possible lack of a liquid secondary market for certain derivatives and the resulting inability of a Fund to sell or otherwise close-out a derivatives position could expose the Fund to losses and could make such derivatives more difficult for the Fund to value accurately. Assets segregated to cover these transactions may decline in value and may become illiquid. Some derivatives are more sensitive to market price fluctuations and to interest rate changes than other investments. A Fund also could suffer losses related to its derivatives positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which losses are potentially unlimited. A Fund also may be exposed to losses if the counterparty in the transaction does not fulfill its contractual obligation. In addition, derivatives traded over-the-counter do not benefit from the protections provided by exchanges in the event that a counterparty is unable to fulfill its contractual obligation. Such over-the-counter derivatives therefore involve greater counterparty and credit risk and may be more difficult to value than exchange-traded derivatives. When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that a Fund holds, any loss generated by the derivative should generally be offset by gains on the hedged instrument, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it also can reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the hedged investment, and there can be no assurance that a Fund’s hedging transactions will be effective. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. There can be no assurance that a Fund will engage in derivative transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that might be beneficial.

 

The federal income tax treatment of a derivative may not be as favorable as a direct investment in an underlying asset and may adversely affect the timing, character and amount of income a Fund realizes from its investments. As a result, a larger portion of a Fund’s distributions may be treated as ordinary income rather than long-term capital gains. In addition, certain derivatives are subject to mark-to-market or straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”). If such provisions are applicable, there could be an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by a Fund.

 

There have been numerous recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to implement a new regulatory framework for the derivatives markets. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) substantially increased regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market and participants in that market, imposing various requirements on transactions involving instruments that fall within the Dodd- Frank Act’s definition of “swap” and “security-based swap.” In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act may limit the availability of certain derivatives, may make the use of derivatives by a Fund more costly, and may otherwise adversely impact the performance and value of derivatives. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, a Fund also may be subject to additional recordkeeping and reporting requirements. In addition, the federal income tax treatment of certain derivatives, such as swaps, is unsettled and may be subject to future legislation, regulation or administrative pronouncements issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). Other future regulatory developments may also impact a Fund’s ability to invest or remain invested in certain derivatives. Legislation or

 

20   More information on strategies and risks   1290 Funds


regulation may also change the way in which a Fund itself is regulated. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of any new governmental regulation that may be implemented on the ability of a Fund to use swaps or any other financial derivative product, and there can be no assurance that any new governmental regulation will not adversely affect a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

 

Distressed Companies Risk: A Fund may invest in distressed securities, including loans, bonds and notes, many of which are not publicly traded and that may involve a substantial degree of risk. Debt obligations of distressed companies typically are unrated, lower-rated or close to default. Distressed securities include securities of companies that are in financial distress and that may be in or about to enter bankruptcy. In certain periods, there may be little or no liquidity in the markets for these securities or other instruments. In addition, the prices of such securities may be subject to periods of abrupt and erratic market movements and above-average price volatility. It may be difficult to obtain financial information regarding the financial condition of a borrower or issuer, and its financial condition may be changing rapidly. It may be more difficult to value such securities and the spread between the bid and asked prices of such securities may be greater than normally expected. A Fund may lose a substantial portion or all of its investment or it may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than the Fund’s original investment.

 

Dividend Risk: Dividends a Fund receives on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the companies in which a Fund invests will declare dividends in the future or that if declared they will remain at current levels or increase over time. A portion of the distributions that a Fund receives may be a return of capital.

 

Equity Risk: In general, stocks and other equity security values fluctuate, and sometimes widely fluctuate, in response to changes in a company’s financial condition as well as general market, economic and political conditions and other factors. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed-income securities.

 

Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) Risk: A Fund that invests in ETFs will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by those ETFs, in addition to the Fund’s direct fees and expenses. The cost of investing in such a Fund, therefore, may be higher than the cost of investing in a mutual fund that solely invests directly in individual stocks and bonds. In addition, a Fund’s net asset value will be subject to fluctuations in the market values of the ETFs in which it invests. The Fund is also subject to the risks associated with the securities in which the ETFs invest and the ability of the Fund to meet its investment objective will directly depend on the ability of the ETFs to meet their investment objectives. The Fund and the ETFs are subject to certain general investment risks, including market risk, asset class risk, issuer-specific risk, investment style risk and fund management risk. In addition, to the extent a Fund invests in ETFs that invest in equity securities, fixed income securities and/or foreign securities, the Fund is subject to the risks associated with investing in such securities such as equity risk, market capitalization risk, investment grade securities risk, interest rate risk, credit/ default risk, foreign and emerging markets securities risk and lower-rated securities risk. The extent to which the investment performance and risks associated with the Fund correlates to those of a particular ETF will depend upon the extent to which the Fund’s assets are allocated from time to time for investment in the ETF, which will vary. ETFs may change their investment objectives or policies without the approval of the Fund. If that were to occur, the Fund might be forced to sell its investment in an ETF at a time and price that is unfavorable to the Fund. In addition, many ETFs invest in securities included in, or representative of, underlying indexes regardless of investment merit or market trends and, therefore, these ETFs do not change their investment strategies to respond to changes in the economy, which means that an ETF may be particularly susceptible to a general decline in the market segment relating to the relevant index. Imperfect correlation between an ETF’s securities and those in the index it seeks to track, rounding of prices, changes to the indices and regulatory policies may cause an ETF’s performance to not match the performance of its index. An ETF’s use of a representative sampling approach will result in it holding a smaller number of securities than are in the index it seeks to track. As a result, an adverse development respecting an issuer of securities held by the ETF could result in a greater decline in net asset value than would be the case if the ETF held all of the securities in the index. To the extent the assets in the ETF are smaller, these risks will be greater. No ETF fully replicates its index and an ETF may hold securities not included in its index. Therefore, there is a risk that the investment strategy of the ETF manager may not produce the intended results. Moreover, there is the risk that an ETF may value certain securities at a higher price than it can sell them for. Secondary market trading in shares of ETFs may be halted by a national securities exchange because of market conditions or for other reasons. In addition, trading in these shares is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to “circuit breaker” rules. There can be no assurance that the requirements necessary to maintain the listing of the shares will continue to be met or will remain unchanged. In addition, although ETFs are listed for trading on national securities exchanges, certain foreign exchanges and in over-the-counter markets, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained, in which case the liquidity and value of a Fund’s investment in the ETFs could be substantially and adversely affected. In addition, because ETFs are traded on these exchanges and in these markets, the purchase and sale of their shares involve transaction fees and commissions. The market price of an ETF may be different from the net asset value of such ETF (i.e., an ETF may trade at a discount or premium to its net asset value). The performance of a Fund that invests in such an ETF could be adversely impacted.

 

Foreign Securities Risk: Investments in foreign securities, including depositary receipts, involve risks not associated with, or more prevalent than those that may be associated with, investing in U.S. securities. The

 

1290 Funds   More information on strategies and risks   21


economies of certain foreign markets may not compare favorably with the economy of the United States with respect to such issues as growth of gross national product, reinvestment of capital, resources and balance of payments position. Over a given period of time, foreign securities may underperform U.S. securities — sometimes for years. A Fund could also underperform if it invests in countries or regions whose economic performance falls short. Foreign markets, particularly emerging markets, may be less liquid, more volatile and subject to less government supervision and regulation than domestic markets. Security values also may be negatively affected by changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Differences between U.S. and foreign legal, political and economic systems, regulatory regimes and market practices also may impact security values and it may take more time to clear and settle trades involving foreign securities. Securities issued by U.S. entities with substantial foreign operations can involve risks relating to conditions in foreign countries.

 

Currency Risk: Investments in foreign currencies and in securities that trade in, or receive revenues in, or in derivatives that provide exposure to foreign currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar. Any such decline may erode or reverse any potential gains from an investment in securities denominated in foreign currency or may widen existing loss. In the case of hedging positions, there is the risk that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by governments, central banks or supranational entities, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the U.S. or abroad.

 

Depositary Receipts Risk: Investments in depositary receipts (including American Depositary Receipts, European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts) are generally subject to the same risks of investing in the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. In addition, issuers underlying unsponsored depositary receipts may not provide as much information as U.S. issuers and issuers underlying sponsored depositary receipts. Unsponsored depositary receipts also may not carry the same voting privileges as sponsored depositary receipts.

 

Emerging Markets Risk: Emerging market countries generally are located in Asia, the Middle East, Eastern Europe, Central and South America and Africa. The Funds consider emerging market countries to include, but are not limited to, those countries that are included in the MSCI Emerging Markets Index. There are greater risks involved in investing in emerging market countries and/or their securities markets. Investments in these countries and/or markets may present market, credit, currency, liquidity, legal, political, technical and other risks different from, or greater than, the risks of investing in developed countries. For instance, these countries may be more likely than developed countries to experience rapid and significant adverse developments in their political or economic structures. Some emerging market countries restrict foreign investments, impose high withholding or other taxes on foreign investments, impose restrictive exchange control regulations, or may nationalize or expropriate the assets of private countries. Therefore, a Fund may be limited in its ability to make direct or additional investments in an emerging markets country or could lose the entire value of its investment in the affected market. Such restrictions also may have negative impacts on transaction costs, market price, investment returns and the legal rights and remedies of a Fund. In addition, the securities markets of emerging markets countries generally are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than those of developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and less reliable clearance and settlement, registration and custodial procedures which could result in ownership registration being completely lost. There are generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions, transfer taxes, and higher custodial costs. A Fund may not know the identity of trading counterparties, which may increase the possibility of the Fund not receiving payment or delivery of securities in a transaction. Emerging market countries also may be subject to high inflation and rapid currency devaluations and currency-hedging techniques may be unavailable in certain emerging market countries. In addition, some emerging market countries may be heavily dependent on international trade, which can materially affect their securities markets. The risks associated with investing in a narrowly defined geographic area also generally are more pronounced with respect to investments in emerging market countries. Investments in frontier markets may be subject to greater levels of these risks than investments in more developed and traditional emerging markets.

 

European Economic Risk: The European Union’s (the “EU”) Economic and Monetary Union (the “EMU”) requires Euro zone countries to comply with restrictions on interest rates, deficits, debt levels, and inflation rates, and other factors, each of which may significantly impact every European country and their economic partners. The economies of EU member countries and their trading partners may be adversely affected by changes in the euro’s exchange rate, changes in EU or governmental regulations on trade and other areas, and the threat of default or default by an EU member country on its sovereign debt, which could negatively impact a Fund’s investments and cause it to lose money. Recently, the European financial markets have been negatively impacted by rising government debt levels; possible default on or restructuring of sovereign debt in several European countries, including Cyprus, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain; and economic downturns. A European country’s default or debt restructuring would adversely affect the holders of the country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to the country’s

 

22   More information on strategies and risks   1290 Funds


creditworthiness and could negatively impact global markets more generally. Recent events in Europe may adversely affect the euro’s exchange rate and value and may continue to impact the economies of every European country and their economic partners. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro, the common currency of the European Union, and/or withdraw from the European Union. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far reaching.

 

Geographic Concentration Risk: A Fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in securities of companies domiciled, or exercising the predominant part of their economic activity, in one country or geographic region assumes the risk that economic, political, social and environmental conditions in that particular country or region will have a significant impact on the Fund’s investment performance and that the Fund’s performance will be more volatile than the performance of more geographically diversified funds. The economies and financial markets of certain regions can be highly interdependent and may decline all at the same time. In addition, certain areas are prone to natural disasters such as earthquakes, volcanoes, droughts or tsunamis and are economically sensitive to environmental events.

 

International Fair Value Pricing Risk: A Fund that invests in foreign securities is subject to the risk that its share price may be exposed to arbitrage attempts by investors seeking to capitalize on differences in the values of foreign securities trading on foreign exchanges that may close before the time the Fund’s net asset value is determined. If such arbitrage attempts are successful, the Fund’s net asset value might be diluted. A Fund’s use of fair value pricing in certain circumstances (by adjusting the closing market prices of foreign securities to reflect what the Board of Trustees believes to be their fair value) may help deter such arbitrage activities. The effect of such fair value pricing is that foreign securities may not be priced on the basis of quotations from the primary foreign securities market in which they are traded, but rather may be priced by another method that the Board of Trustees believes reflects fair value. As such, fair value pricing is based on subjective judgment and it is possible that fair value may differ materially from the value realized on a sale of a foreign security. It is also possible that use of fair value pricing will limit an investment adviser’s ability to implement a Fund’s investment strategy (e.g., reducing the volatility of the Fund’s share price) or achieve its investment objective.

 

Political/Economic Risk: Changes in economic and tax policies, government instability, war or other political or economic actions or factors may have an adverse effect on a Fund’s foreign investments.

 

Regulatory Risk: Less information may be available about foreign companies. In general, foreign companies are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or to other regulatory practices and requirements as are U.S. companies. Many foreign governments do not supervise and regulate stock exchanges, brokers and the sale of securities to the same extent as does the United States and may not have laws to protect investors that are comparable to U.S. securities laws. In addition, some countries may have legal systems that may make it difficult for the Fund to vote proxies, exercise shareholder rights, and pursue legal remedies with respect to its foreign investments.

 

Settlement Risk: Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the United States. Foreign settlement and clearance procedures and trade regulations also may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically associated with the settlement of U.S. investments. At times, settlements in certain foreign countries have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions. These problems may make it difficult for a Fund to carry out transactions. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, it may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of its assets may be uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a sale of securities, it may lose money if the value of the security then declines or, if it has contracted to sell the security to another party, the Fund could be liable for any losses incurred.

 

Transaction Costs Risk: The costs of buying and selling foreign securities, including tax, brokerage and custody costs, generally are higher than those involving domestic transactions.

 

Futures Contract Risk: The primary risks associated with the use of futures contracts are (a) the imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the instruments held by a Fund and the price of the futures contract; (b) liquidity risks, including the possible absence of a liquid secondary market for a futures contract and the resulting inability to close a futures contract when desired; (c) losses (potentially unlimited) caused by unanticipated market movements; (d) a sub-adviser’s inability to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors; (e) the possibility that a counterparty, clearing member or clearinghouse will default in the performance of its obligations; (f) if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities from its portfolio to meet daily variation margin requirements, and the Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so; and (g) transaction costs associated with investments in futures contracts may be significant, which could cause or increase losses or reduce gains.

 

Inflation-Indexed Bonds Risk: Inflation-indexed bonds decline in value when real interest rates rise. In certain interest rate environments, such as when real interest rates are rising faster than nominal interest rates, inflation-indexed bonds may experience greater losses than other

 

1290 Funds   More information on strategies and risks   23


fixed income securities with similar durations. Interest payments on inflation-linked debt securities will vary as the principal and/or interest is adjusted for inflation and can be unpredictable. In periods of deflation, a Fund may have no income at all from such investments.

 

Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) Risk: Securities issued in IPOs are subject to many of the same risks as investing in companies with smaller market capitalizations. Securities issued in IPOs have no trading history, and information about the companies may be available for very limited periods. In addition, the prices of securities sold in IPOs may be highly volatile. Therefore, a Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. At any particular time or from time to time, a Fund may not be able to invest in securities issued in IPOs, or invest to the extent desired, because, for example, only a small portion (if any) of the securities being offered in an IPO may be made available to the Fund. In addition, under certain market conditions, a relatively small number of companies may issue securities in IPOs. Similarly, as the number of Funds to which IPO securities are allocated increases, the number of securities issued to any one Fund may decrease. To the extent a Fund invests in IPOs, a significant portion of its returns may be attributable to its investments in IPOs, which have a magnified impact on Funds with small asset bases. The impact of IPOs on a Fund’s performance will likely decrease as the Fund’s asset size increases, which could reduce the Fund’s returns. There is no guarantee that as a Fund’s assets grow it will continue to experience substantially similar performance by investing in profitable IPOs.

 

Interest Rate Risk: The risk that fixed income securities will decline in value because of changes in interest rates. When interest rates decline, the value of a Fund’s debt securities generally rises. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a Fund’s debt securities generally declines. A Fund with a longer average duration will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, usually making it more volatile than a fund with a shorter average duration. During periods of falling interest rates, an issuer of a callable bond may “call” or repay a security before its stated maturity and a Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower interest rates, resulting in a decline in Fund income. Conversely, when interest rates rise, certain obligations will be paid off by the issuer more slowly than anticipated, causing the value of these obligations to fall. Inflation-indexed bonds decline in value when real interest rates rise. In certain interest rate environments, such as when real interest rates are rising faster than nominal interest rates, inflation-indexed bonds may experience greater losses than other fixed income securities with similar durations. Preferred stocks may also be sensitive to changes in interest rates. When interest rates rise, the value of preferred stocks will generally decline. Variable and floating rate securities generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes but may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Conversely, floating rate securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline. When a Fund holds variable or floating rate securities, a decrease in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities and the net asset value of the Fund’s shares. As of the date of this Prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at or near historic lows, which may increase a Fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates.

 

Investment Grade Securities Risk: Debt securities commonly are rated by national bond ratings agencies. A Fund considers securities to be investment grade if they are rated BBB or higher by S&P or Fitch or Baa or higher by Moody’s or, if unrated, are deemed to be of comparable quality by a Sub-Adviser. Securities rated in the lower investment grade rating categories (e.g., BBB or Baa) are considered investment grade securities, but are somewhat riskier than higher rated obligations because they are regarded as having only an adequate capacity to pay principal and interest, and are considered to lack outstanding investment characteristics and may possess certain speculative characteristics as well.

 

Investment Strategy Risk: The market may reward certain investment characteristics for a period of time and not others. The returns for a specific investment characteristic may vary significantly relative to other characteristics and may increase or decrease significantly during different phases of a market cycle. A fund comprised of stocks intended to reduce exposure to uncompensated risk may not produce investment exposure that is less sensitive to a change in the broad market price level and may not accurately estimate the risk/return outcome of stocks. Fund stocks may exhibit higher volatility than the Sub-Adviser expects or underperform the markets. The Sub-Adviser’s strategy may result in a Fund underperforming the general securities markets, particularly during periods of strong positive market performance.

 

Investment Style Risk: A Sub-Adviser may use a particular style or set of styles, for example, growth, value, momentum or quantitative investing styles, to select investments. Those styles may be out of favor or may not produce the best results over short or longer time periods. They may also increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price.

 

Growth investing generally focuses on companies that, due to their strong earnings and revenue potential, offer above-average prospects for capital growth, with less emphasis on dividend income. Earnings predictability and confidence in earnings forecasts are an important part of the selection process. As a result, the price of growth stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the prices of other stocks. A Sub-Adviser using this approach generally seeks out companies experiencing some or all of the following: high sales growth, high unit growth, high or improving returns on assets and equity, and a strong balance sheet. Such a Sub-Adviser also prefers companies with a competitive advantage such as unique management, marketing or research and development. Growth investing is also subject to the risk that the stock price of one or more companies will fall or will fail to appreciate as anticipated by the Sub-Adviser, regardless of movements in the securities market. Growth stocks tend to be more volatile than value stocks, so in a declining market their prices may decrease more than value stocks in general. Growth stocks also may increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price.

 

24   More information on strategies and risks   1290 Funds


Value investing attempts to identify strong companies selling at a discount from their perceived true worth. A Sub-Adviser using this approach generally selects stocks at prices that, in its view, are temporarily low relative to the company’s earnings, assets, cash flow and dividends. Value investing is subject to the risk that a stock’s intrinsic value may never be fully recognized or realized by the market, or its price may go down. In addition, there is the risk that a stock judged to be undervalued may actually be appropriately priced. Value investing generally emphasizes companies that, considering their assets and earnings history, are attractively priced and may provide dividend income.

 

Large-Cap Company Risk: Larger more established companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges such as changes in technology and consumer tastes. Many larger companies also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.

 

Leveraging Risk: When a Fund leverages its holdings, the value of an investment in that Fund will be more volatile and all other risks will tend to be compounded. For example, a Fund may take on leveraging risk when it takes a short position, engages in derivatives transactions, invests collateral from securities loans or borrows money. Leveraged holdings generally require corresponding holdings of cash and cash equivalents, which may impair a Fund’s ability to pursue its objectives.

 

A Fund may experience leveraging risk in connection with investments in derivatives because its investments in derivatives may be purchased with a fraction of the assets that would be needed to purchase the securities directly, so that the remainder of the assets may be invested in other investments. Such investments may have the effect of leveraging a Fund because the Fund may experience gains or losses not only on its investments in derivatives, but also on the investments purchased with the remainder of the assets. If the value of a Fund’s investments in derivatives is increasing, this could be offset by declining values of the Fund’s other investments. Conversely, it is possible that the rise in the value of a Fund’s non-derivative investments could be offset by a decline in the value of the Fund’s investments in derivatives. In either scenario, a Fund may experience losses. In a market where the value of a Fund’s investments in derivatives is declining and the value of its other investments is declining, the Fund may experience substantial losses. The use of leverage may cause a Fund to liquidate fund positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations or to meet any required asset segregation requirements.

 

Liquidity Risk: Certain investments may be difficult or impossible for a Fund to purchase or sell at an advantageous time or price or in sufficient amounts to achieve the desired level of exposure, which may result in a loss or may be costly to the Fund. Investments in foreign securities, particularly those of issuers located in emerging markets, tend to have greater exposure to liquidity risk than domestic securities. Judgment plays a greater role in pricing illiquid investments than it does in pricing investments having more active markets and there is a greater risk that the investments may not be sold for the price at which the Fund is carrying them. Certain securities that were liquid when purchased may later become illiquid, particularly in times of overall economic distress.

 

Loan Participation and Assignments Risk: A Fund’s investments in loan participations and assignments are subject to the risk that the financial institution acting as agent for all interests in a loan might fail financially. It is also possible that the Fund could be held liable, or may be called upon to fulfill other obligations, as a co-lender.

 

Mid-Cap, Small-Cap and Micro-Cap Company Risk: A Fund’s investments in mid-, small- and micro-capitalization companies may involve greater risks than investments in larger, more established issuers because they generally are more vulnerable than larger companies to adverse business or economic developments. Such companies generally have narrower product lines, more limited financial resources and more limited markets for their stock as compared with larger companies. Their securities may be less well-known and trade less frequently and in limited volume compared with the securities of larger, more established companies. As a result, the value of such securities may be more volatile than the securities of larger companies, and the Fund may experience difficulty in purchasing or selling such securities at the desired time and price or in the desired amount. Mid-, small- and micro-capitalization companies also are typically subject to greater changes in earnings and business prospects than larger companies. Consequently, the prices of mid-, small- and micro-capitalization company stocks tend to rise and fall in value more frequently than the stocks of larger companies. Although investing in mid-, small- and micro-capitalization companies offers potential for above-average returns, the companies may not succeed and the value of their stock could decline significantly. In general, these risks are greater for small-and micro-capitalization companies than for mid-capitalization companies.

 

Money Market Risk: Although a money market fund is designed to be a relatively low risk investment, it is not free of risk. Despite the short maturities and high credit quality of a money market fund’s investments, increases in interest rates and deteriorations in the credit quality of the instruments the Fund has purchased may reduce the Fund’s yield and can cause the price of a money market security to decrease. In addition, a money market fund is subject to the risk that the value of an investment may be eroded over time by inflation.

 

Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities Risk: The principal on mortgage- and asset-backed securities held by a Fund may be prepaid, which generally will reduce the yield and market value of these securities. Small movements in interest rates (both increases and decreases) may quickly and significantly reduce the value of certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. If interest rates fall, the rate of prepayments tends to increase as borrowers are motivated to pay off debt and refinance at new lower rates. An increased rate of prepayments on a Fund’s mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities will result in an unforeseen loss of interest income to a Fund as the Fund may be required to reinvest assets at a lower interest rate. Because prepayments increase when interest rates fall, the prices of

 

1290 Funds   More information on strategies and risks   25


mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities do not increase as much as other fixed-income securities when interest rates fall. When interest rates rise, borrowers are less likely to prepay their mortgage loans. A decreased rate of prepayments lengthens the expected maturity of a mortgage-backed security. Therefore, the prices of mortgage-backed securities may decrease more than prices of other fixed-income securities when interest rates rise. Rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of these securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. This is known as extension risk. Rising interest rates also may increase the risk of default by borrowers. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, a Fund that holds these types of securities may experience additional volatility and losses. Moreover, declines in the credit quality of and defaults by the issuers of mortgage- and asset-backed securities or instability in the markets for such securities may affect the value and liquidity of such securities, which could result in losses to the Fund. If a Fund purchases mortgage- or asset-backed securities that are “subordinated” to other interests in the same pool, the Fund as a holder of those securities may only receive payments after the pool’s obligations to other investors have been satisfied. For example, an unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the Fund as a holder of such subordinated securities, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless. Certain mortgage- and asset-backed securities may include securities backed by pools of loans made to “subprime” borrowers or borrowers with blemished credit histories; the risk of defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include such subprime mortgages. The underwriting standards for subprime loans are more flexible than the standards generally used by banks for borrowers with non-blemished credit histories with regard to the borrowers’ credit standing and repayment ability. Borrowers who qualify generally have impaired credit histories, which may include a record of major derogatory credit items such as outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies. In addition, they may not have the documentation required to qualify for a standard loan. As a result, the loans in the pool are likely to experience rates of delinquency, foreclosure, and bankruptcy that are higher, and that may be substantially higher, than those experienced by loans underwritten in a more traditional manner. In addition, changes in the values of the assets underlying the loans (if any), as well as changes in interest rates, may have a greater effect on the delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy, and loss experience of the loans in the pool than on loans originated in a more traditional manner. Moreover, instability in the markets for mortgage- and asset-backed securities may affect the liquidity of such securities, which means that a Fund may be unable to sell such securities at an advantageous time and price. As a result, the value of such securities may decrease and a Fund may incur greater losses on the sale of such securities than under more stable market conditions. Furthermore, instability and illiquidity in the market for lower-rated mortgage- and asset-backed securities may affect the overall market for such securities, thereby impacting the liquidity and value of higher-rated securities.

 

New Fund Risk: The Funds offered by this Prospectus are new and, as of the date of this Prospectus, have no operating history. One or more of the Funds may not be successful in implementing its investment strategy or may not employ a successful investment strategy. There can be no assurance that any Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, which could result in a Fund’s being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders.

 

Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk: Bonds rated below investment grade (i.e., BB+ or lower by S&P or Fitch, Ba1 or lower by Moody’s or, if unrated, are deemed to be of comparable quality by a Sub-Adviser) are speculative in nature, involve greater risk of default by the issuing entity and may be subject to greater market fluctuations than higher rated fixed income securities. Non-investment grade bonds, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” are usually issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings, or by those companies with questionable credit strength. The retail secondary market for these “junk bonds” may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities and adverse conditions could make it difficult at times to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating a Fund’s net asset value. A Fund investing in “junk bonds” may also be subject to greater credit risk because it may invest in debt securities issued in connection with corporate restructuring by highly leveraged issuers or in debt securities not current in the payment of interest or principal or in default. If the issuer of a security is in default with respect to interest or principal payments, a Fund may lose its entire investment. Because of the risks involved in investing in below investment grade securities, an investment in a Fund that invests substantially in such securities should be considered speculative. “Junk Bonds” may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, the Fund would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return. Conversely, a junk bond’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of the Fund’s assets. The credit rating of a below investment grade security does not necessarily address its market value risk and may not reflect its actual credit risk. Ratings and market value may change from time to time, positively or negatively, to reflect new developments regarding the issuer.

 

Portfolio Turnover Risk: High portfolio turnover (generally, turnover in excess of 100% in any given fiscal year) may result in increased transaction costs to a Fund, which may result in higher fund expenses and lower total return as well as larger taxable distributions to shareholders.

 

Prepayment and Extension Risks: Prepayment risk is the risk that the principal on securities held by a Fund may be paid off by the issuer more quickly than originally anticipated, and the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in an investment offering a lower yield, may not benefit from any increase in value that might otherwise result from declining interest rates and may lose any premium it paid to acquire the

 

26   More information on strategies and risks   1290 Funds


security. If interest rates fall, the rate of prepayments tends to increase as borrowers are motivated to pay off debt and refinance at new lower rates. Extension risk is the risk that the principal on securities held by a Fund may be paid off by the issuer more slowly than originally anticipated. Higher interest rates generally result in slower payoffs, which effectively increase duration, heighten interest rate risk, and increase the potential for price declines. The prices of variable and floating rate securities (including loans) can be less sensitive to prepayment risk.

 

Preferred Stock Risk: Preferred stock is subject to many of the risks associated with debt securities, including interest rate risk. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, dividends on preferred stock are generally payable at the discretion of the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred shareholders may have certain rights if dividends are not paid but generally have no legal recourse against the issuer. Shareholders may suffer a loss of value if dividends are not paid. In certain situations an issuer may call or redeem its preferred stock or convert it to common stock. The market prices of preferred stocks are generally more sensitive to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than are the prices of debt securities. To the extent that a Fund invests a substantial portion of its assets in convertible preferred stocks, declining common stock values may also cause the value of the Fund’s investments to decline.

 

Quantitative Investing Risk: The success of the 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund’s investment strategy depends largely on the effectiveness of the Sub-Adviser’s quantitative model for screening securities for investment. Securities selected using quantitative analysis can react differently to issuer, political, market, and economic developments than the market as a whole or securities selected using only fundamental analysis, which could adversely affect value. The factors used in quantitative analysis and the weight placed on those factors may not be predictive of a security’s value. In addition, factors that affect a security’s value can change over time and these changes may not be reflected in the quantitative model. Data for some companies, particularly for non-U.S. companies, may be less available and/or less current than data for companies in other markets. There may also be errors in the computer code for the quantitative model or issues relating to the computer systems used to screen securities. The Sub-Adviser’s stock selection can be adversely affected if it relies on erroneous or outdated data or flawed models or computer systems. As a result, the Fund may have a lower return than if the Fund were managed using a fundamental analysis or an index based strategy that did not incorporate quantitative analysis.

 

Real Estate Investing Risk: Investing in REITs exposes investors to the risks of owning real estate directly, as well as to risks that relate specifically to the way in which REITs are organized and operated. Real estate is a cyclical business, highly sensitive to supply and demand, general and local economic developments and characterized by intense competition and periodic overbuilding. Real estate income and values also may be greatly affected by demographic trends, such as population shifts or changing tastes and values. Losses may occur from casualty or condemnation and government actions, such as tax increases, zoning law changes, regulatory limitations on rents, or environmental regulations, also may have a major impact on real estate. The availability of mortgages and changes in interest rates may also affect real estate values. Changing interest rates and credit quality requirements also will affect the cash flow of real estate companies and their ability to meet capital needs. REITs generally invest directly in real estate (equity REITs), in mortgages secured by interests in real estate (mortgage REITs) or in some combination of the two (hybrid REITs). Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REIT, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Equity and mortgage REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, and self-liquidations. Operating REITs requires specialized management skills, and a Fund or portion thereof indirectly bears REIT management and administration expenses along with the direct expenses of the Fund. Individual REITs may own a limited number of properties and may concentrate in a particular region or property type. REITs also must satisfy specific Internal Revenue Code requirements in order to qualify for the tax-free pass through of income and net realized gains. In addition, even the larger REITs in the industry tend to be small- to medium-sized companies in relation to the equity markets as a whole. Moreover, shares of REITs may trade less frequently and, therefore, are subject to more erratic price movements than securities of larger issuers.

 

Redemption Risk: A Fund may experience periods of heavy redemptions that could cause the Fund to sell assets at inopportune times or at a loss or depressed value. Redemption risk is heightened during periods of declining or illiquid markets. Heavy redemptions could hurt a Fund’s performance.

 

Following the financial crisis that began in 2007, the Federal Reserve has attempted to stabilize the economy and support the economic recovery by keeping the federal funds rate (the interest rate at which depository institutions lend reserve balances to other depository institutions overnight) at or near zero percent. In addition, as part of its monetary stimulus program known as quantitative easing, the Federal Reserve has purchased on the open market large quantities of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. As the Federal Reserve “tapers” or reduces the amount of securities it purchases pursuant to quantitative easing, and/or if the Federal Reserve raises the federal funds rate, there is a risk that interest rates will rise. Market developments and other factors, including a general rise in interest rates, have the potential to cause investors to move out of fixed income securities on a large scale, which may increase redemptions from mutual funds that hold large amounts of fixed income securities. Such a move, coupled with a reduction in the ability or willingness of dealers and other institutional investors to buy or hold fixed income securities, may result in decreased liquidity and increased volatility in the fixed income markets.

 

Repurchase Agreements Risk: A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements under which it purchases a security that a seller has agreed

 

1290 Funds   More information on strategies and risks   27


to repurchase from the Fund at a later date at the same price plus interest. If a seller defaults and the security declines in value, the Fund might incur a loss. If the seller declares bankruptcy, the Fund may not be able to sell the security at the desired time.

 

Restricted Securities Risk: Restricted securities are subject to legal restrictions on their sale and may not be sold to the public without an effective registration statement. Before they are registered, such securities may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. Difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund.

 

The SEC has adopted Rule 144A, which is designed to facilitate efficient trading among institutional investors by permitting the sale of certain unregistered securities to qualified institutional buyers. To the extent restricted securities held by a Fund qualify under Rule 144A and an institutional market develops for those securities, the Fund likely will be able to dispose of the securities without registering them. To the extent that institutional buyers become, for a time, uninterested in purchasing these securities, investing in Rule 144A securities could increase the level of a Fund’s illiquidity. The Adviser or Sub-Adviser may determine that certain securities qualified for trading under Rule 144A are liquid.

 

Where registration of a security is required, a Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses, and a considerable period may elapse between the time the Fund desires to sell (and therefore decides to seek registration of) the security, and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell the security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, a Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it desired to sell. The risk that securities may not be sold for the price at which a Fund is carrying them is greater with respect to restricted securities than it is with respect to registered securities.

 

Risk Management: The Manager and Advisers undertake certain analyses with the intention of identifying particular types of risks and reducing a Fund’s exposure to them. However, risk is an essential part of investing, and the degree of return an investor might expect is often tied to the degree of risk the investor is willing to accept. By its very nature, risk involves exposure to the possibility of adverse events. Accordingly, no risk management program can eliminate a Fund’s exposure to such events; at best, it can only reduce the possibility that the Fund will be affected by adverse events, and especially those risks that are not intrinsic to the Fund’s investment program. While the prospectus describes material risk factors associated with a Fund’s investment program, there is no assurance that as a particular situation unfolds in the markets, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser will identify all of the risks that might affect the Fund, rate their probability or potential magnitude correctly, or be able to take appropriate measures to reduce the Fund’s exposure to them. Measures taken with the intention of decreasing exposure to identified risks might have the unintended effect of increasing exposure to other risks.

 

Securities Selection Risk: The securities selected for a Fund may not perform as well as other securities that were not selected for a Fund. As a result, a Fund may underperform the markets, its benchmark index(es) or other funds with the same objective or in the same asset class.

 

Unrated Debt Securities Risk: Unrated debt securities determined by a Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality to rated securities may be subject to a greater risk of illiquidity or price changes. Less public information is typically available about unrated securities or issuers.

 

Unseasoned Companies Risk: These are companies that have been in operation less than three years, including operations of any predecessors. These securities may have limited liquidity and their prices may be very volatile.

 

Zero Coupon and Pay-in-Kind Securities Risk: A zero coupon or pay-in-kind security pays no interest in cash to its holder during its life. Accordingly, zero coupon securities usually trade at a deep discount from their face or par value and, together with pay-in-kind securities, will be subject to greater fluctuations in market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities that make current distribution of interest in cash.

 

28   More information on strategies and risks   1290 Funds


4. Management of the Funds

 

 

 

This section gives you information on 1290 Funds, the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers for the Funds.

 

1290 Funds

 

1290 Funds is organized as a Delaware statutory trust and is registered with the SEC as an open-end management investment company. 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees is responsible for the overall management of 1290 Funds and the Funds. 1290 Funds issues shares of beneficial interest that are currently divided among three (3) Funds, each of which have authorized Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares. This Prospectus describes the Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares of each of the three (3) Funds. Each Fund has its own investment objective, investment strategies and risks, which have been previously described in this Prospectus.

 

The Adviser

 

AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC d/b/a 1290 Asset Managers is located at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104, and is the investment adviser to each Fund. 1290 Asset Managers is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. 1290 Asset Managers also is registered with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”) under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended; however, 1290 Asset Managers currently claims an exclusion (under CFTC Rule 4.5) from registration as a CPO with respect to each Fund offered by this Prospectus. Being subject to dual regulation by the SEC and the CFTC may increase compliance costs and may affect Fund returns. 1290 Asset Managers serves as the investment adviser to mutual funds and other pooled investment vehicles, and had $103.0 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2013. 1290 Funds is part of a family of mutual funds advised by 1290 Asset Managers which also includes EQ Advisors Trust and AXA Premier VIP Trust.

 

The Adviser has a variety of responsibilities for the general management and administration of 1290 Funds. With respect to each Fund, the Adviser’s management responsibilities include the selection and monitoring of Sub-Advisers for the Fund.

 

The Adviser plays an active role in monitoring each Fund (or portion thereof) and Sub-Adviser and uses portfolio analytics systems to strengthen its evaluation of performance, style, risk levels, diversification and other criteria. The Adviser also monitors each Sub-Adviser’s portfolio management team to determine whether its investment activities remain consistent with the Funds’ investment style and objectives.

 

Beyond performance analysis, the Adviser monitors significant changes that may impact the Sub-Adviser’s overall business. The Adviser monitors continuity in the Sub-Adviser’s operations and changes in investment personnel and senior management. The Adviser performs due diligence reviews with each Sub-Adviser no less frequently than annually.

 

The Adviser obtains detailed, comprehensive information concerning Fund (or portion thereof) and Sub-Adviser performance and Fund (or portion thereof) operations that is used to supervise and monitor the Sub-Advisers and the Fund (or portion thereof) operations. A team is responsible for conducting ongoing investment reviews with each Sub-Adviser and for developing the criteria by which Fund (or portion thereof) performance is measured.

 

The Adviser selects Sub-Advisers from a pool of candidates, including its affiliates, to manage the Funds (or portion thereof). The Adviser may appoint, dismiss and replace Sub-Advisers and amend sub-advisory agreements subject to the approval of 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees. The Adviser also may allocate a Fund’s assets to additional Sub-Advisers subject to the approval of 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees and has discretion to allocate each Fund’s assets among a Fund’s current Sub-Advisers. The Adviser recommends Sub-Advisers for each Fund to 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees based upon its continuing quantitative and qualitative evaluation of each Sub-Adviser’s skills in managing assets pursuant to specific investment styles and strategies. Short-term investment performance, by itself, is not a significant factor in selecting or terminating an Sub-Adviser, and the Adviser does not expect to recommend frequent changes of Sub-Advisers.

 

If the Adviser appoints, dismisses or replaces a Sub-Adviser to a Fund or adjusts the asset allocation among Sub-Advisers in a Fund the affected Fund may experience a period of transition during which the securities held in the Fund may be repositioned in connection with the change in Sub-Adviser(s). A Fund may not pursue its principal investment strategies during such a transition period and may incur increased brokerage commissions and other transaction costs in connection with the change(s). Generally, transitions may be implemented before or after the effective date of the new Sub-Adviser’s appointment as a sub-adviser to the Fund, and may be completed in several days to several weeks, depending on the particular circumstances of the transition. In addition, the past performance of a Fund is not necessarily an indication of future performance. This may be particularly true for any Funds that have undergone Sub-Adviser changes and/or changes to the investment objectives or policies of the Fund.

 

The Adviser is responsible for overseeing Sub-Advisers and recommending their hiring, termination and replacement to the Board of Trustees.

 

A committee of the Adviser investment personnel is primarily responsible for the selection, monitoring and oversight of each Fund’s Sub-Adviser.

 

Kenneth T. Kozlowski, CFP®, CHFC, CLU has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser since June 2012 and as Senior Vice President of AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (“AXA Equitable”) since September 2011. He was Senior Vice President of the Adviser from May 2011 to June 2012 and a Vice President of AXA Equitable from February 2001 to August 2011.

 

1290 Funds   Management of the Funds   29


Alwi Chan, CFA® has served as Senior Vice President and Deputy Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser since June 2012 and as Vice President of AXA Equitable since February 2007. He served as Vice President of the Adviser from May 2011 to June 2012. Prior to that, he served as an Assistant Vice President (2005-2007) and Senior Investment Analyst (2002-2005) of AXA Equitable.

 

The Adviser has received an exemptive order from the SEC to permit it and 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees to appoint, dismiss and replace Sub-Advisers and to amend the sub-advisory agreements between the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers without obtaining shareholder approval. However, changes to advisory contracts that result in an increase in the aggregate advisory fee rate paid by the Fund are still subject to shareholder approval. Accordingly, the Adviser is able, subject to the approval of 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees, to appoint, dismiss and replace Sub-Advisers and to amend sub-advisory agreements without obtaining shareholder approval. If a new Sub-Adviser is retained for a Fund, shareholders will receive notice of such action. However, the Adviser may not enter into an sub-advisory agreement with an “affiliated person” of the Adviser (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) (“Affiliated Adviser”), unless the sub-advisory agreement with the Affiliated Sub-Adviser, including compensation, is also approved by the affected Fund’s shareholders.

 

The Sub-Advisers

 

Each Fund’s investments are selected by the Sub-Advisers, which act independently of one another. The following describes each Fund’s Sub-Advisers and portfolio managers and each portfolio manager’s business experience. Information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of securities of the Fund is available in 1290 Funds’ SAI.

 

AXA IM, One Fawcett Place, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830, serves as the Sub-Adviser to the 1290 High Yield Bond Fund. AXA IM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Investment Managers, S.A. which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The AXA Group. As of December 31, 2013, AXA IM had approximately $72 billion in assets under management.

 

Carl Whitbeck, CFA® head of U.S. High Yield at AXA IM is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the 1290 High Yield Bond Fund. Mr. Whitbeck joined AXA IM in 2002 as a US high yield analyst. Over the past ten years he has served in various capacities within the US High Yield team, including research analyst, head of research as well as portfolio manager for US High Yield portfolios and several Global High Yield portfolios. As Head of US High Yield, Mr. Whitbeck oversees management of over $25 billion of client assets.

 

AXA Rosenberg, 4 Orinda Way, Bldg. E, Orinda, California 94563, serves as the Sub-Adviser to the 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund. AXA Rosenberg is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Rosenberg Group LLC, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Investment Managers SA. As of December 31, 2013, AXA Rosenberg had approximately $27 billion in assets under management.

 

Will Jump, CFA® is Americas Chief Investment Officer of AXA Rosenberg and is primarily responsible for the management of the 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund. Since joining AXA Rosenberg in 1990, he has held a number of positions including Director of Market Neutral Strategies, Director of Global Product Strategy, Chief Technology Officer, and Europe CEO. Most recently, he served as a senior research director at AXA Rosenberg.

 

Gideon Smith, CFA® is Europe Chief Investment Officer of AXA Rosenberg and oversees the implementation of the SmartBeta Equity strategies. Since joining AXA Rosenberg in 1998, he has held a number of positions including Europe Deputy Chief Investment Officer, Director of Client Services and Head of Strategy Engineering for Europe.

 

Kevin Chen, CFA® is Pan Asia Chief Investment Officer of AXA Rosenberg. Since joining AXA Rosenberg in 1999, he has served as portfolio engineer, America’s Deputy Chief Investment Officer, and Asia Pacific Chief Investment Officer.

 

GAMCO, One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580, is the Sub-Adviser to the 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund. As of December 31, 2013, total assets under management for all clients were $47 billion.

 

Mario J. Gabelli serves as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund for GAMCO and is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund. He has over 41 years’ experience in the investment industry.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

In July 2011, a lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court of the District of New Jersey, entitled Mary Ann Sivolella v. AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC (“Sivolella Litigation”). The lawsuit was filed derivatively on behalf of eight portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust advised by the Adviser. The lawsuit seeks recovery under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, for alleged excessive fees paid to the Adviser and AXA Equitable (the “Defendants”) for investment management services. The Plaintiff seeks recovery of the alleged overpayments, or alternatively, rescission of the contracts and restitution of all fees paid, interest, costs and fees. In November 2011, the Plaintiff filed an Amended Complaint seeking the same relief and in December 2011, the Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Amended Complaint. In September 2012, the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey denied the motion to dismiss the Amended Complaint.

 

In January 2013, a second lawsuit against the Adviser was filed in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey by a group of

 

30   Management of the Funds   1290 Funds


Plaintiffs asserting substantially similar claims under Section 36(b) and seeking substantially similar damages as in the Sivolella Litigation. The lawsuit, entitled Glenn D. Sanford, et al. v. AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC (“Sanford Litigation”), was filed derivatively on behalf of certain portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust advised by the Adviser. The Sanford Litigation does not involve any of the Funds. In light of the similarities of the allegations in the Sivolella and Sanford Litigations, the court consolidated the two lawsuits.

 

In April 2013, the Plaintiffs in the Sivolella and Sanford Litigations amended the complaints to add additional claims under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act for recovery of alleged excessive fees paid to the Adviser in its capacity as the Administrator of the EQ Advisors Trust. The Plaintiffs seek recovery of the alleged overpayments, or alternatively, rescission of the contract and restitution of the excessive fees paid, interest, costs, and fees.

 

1290 Funds   Management of the Funds   31


5. Investing in the Funds

 

 

 

Choosing a Share Class

 

1290 Funds consist of the following four classes of shares of the Funds: Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares. Class C shares currently are not offered for sale. The Funds are not designed for market-timers (see the section entitled “Buying, selling and exchanging shares — Purchase and Redemption Restrictions on Market-Timers and Active Traders”). Each class of shares has different costs associated with buying, selling and holding fund shares. Your broker or other financial professional can assist you in selecting which class of shares best meets your needs based on such factors as the size of your investment and the length of time you intend to hold your shares.

 

The table below summarizes the key features of each class of shares. They are described in more detail below.

 

Share Classes at a Glance

 

     Class A   Class C1   Class I   Class R
Availability   Generally available through financial intermediaries.   Generally available through financial intermediaries.  

Limited to certain investors, including:

• Certain Institutional investors.

• Certain employer-sponsored retirement plans.

• Participants in certain programs sponsored by the Adviser or its affiliates or other financial intermediaries.

• Certain employees of the Adviser or its affiliates.

 

Available only to certain employer-sponsored retirement plans.

 

Corporate retirement accounts such as 401(K) and 403(b) plans.

Minimum Investment  

$2,000 for all accounts except:

• $1,000 for certain fee-based programs.

• $1,000, if establishing an Automatic Bank Draft Plan.

• No minimums for certain employer-sponsored retirement plans

 

$2,000 for all accounts except:

• $1,000 for certain fee-based programs.

• $1,000, if establishing an Automatic Bank Draft Plan.

• No minimums for certain employer-sponsored retirement plans

 

• $1,000,000 for certain institutions and individuals.

• $1,000 for certain employees (or their immediate family members) of AXA Financial or its subsidiaries

• Class I Shares are available to clients of registered investment advisers who have $250,000 invested in the Fund.

  No minimum.
Initial Sales Charge?   Yes. Payable at time of purchase. Lower sales charges are available for larger investments.   No. Entire purchase price is invested in shares of the Fund.   No. Entire purchase price is invested in shares of the Fund.   No. Entire purchase price is invested in shares of the Fund.

Contingent

Deferred

Sales Charge   (“CDSC”)

  Yes. (On shares purchased without an initial sales charge and redeemed within 12 months of purchase.)   Yes. Payable if you redeem within 1-year of purchase.   No.   No.
Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees?   0.25% distribution and service fee.   1.00% distribution and service fee.   No.   0.50% distribution and service fee.

 

32   Investing in the Funds   1290 Funds


     Class A   Class C1   Class I   Class R
Advantage   Makes sense for investors who are eligible to have the sales charge reduced or eliminated or who have a long-term investment horizon because there are low ongoing distribution and service (12b-1) fees.   No up-front sales charge so you start off owning more shares. These shares may make sense for investors who have a shorter investment horizon relative to Class A Shares.   No up-front sales charge so you start off owning more shares. No distribution or service fees.   No up-front sales charge so you start off owning more shares.
Disadvantage       You pay a sales charge up-front, and therefore you start off owning fewer shares.   You pay higher ongoing distribution and service (12b-1) fees than Class A Shares each year you own Class C Shares, which means that over the long term you can expect higher total fees per share than Class A Shares and, as a result, lower total performance.   Limited availability.   You pay ongoing distribution and service (12b-1) fees each year you own Class R Shares, which means that over the long term you can expect higher total fees per share than Class A Shares and, as a result, lower total performance.

 

1 

The Funds will not accept single purchase orders of $1,000,000 or more for Class C shares.

 

1290 Funds   Investing in the Funds   33


6. How sales charges are calculated

 

 

 

Class A Shares

 

The price that you pay when you buy Class A shares (the “offering price”) is their net asset value plus a sales charge (sometimes called a “front-end sales charge”), which varies depending upon the size of your purchase. No initial sales charge applies to Class A shares you receive through reinvestment of dividends or other distributions.

 

Class A Sales Charge for 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund and 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund
Your Investment*   As a % of Offering Price   As a % of Your Investment   Dealer Discount or
Agency Fee as a % of
Offering Price**

$0 to $49,999

  5.50%   5.82%   5.00%

$50,000 to $99,999

  4.75%   4.99%   4.25%

$100,000 to $249,999

  3.75%   3.90%   3.25%

$250,000 to $499,999

  2.75%   2.83%   2.50%

$500,000 to $999,999

  2.00%   2.04%   1.75%

$1,000,000 and up

  None   None  

1.00% of the first $2.99 million;

0.75% of amounts from $3-4.99 million;

0.50% of amounts in excess of $5 million

 

Class A Sales Charge for 1290 High Yield Bond Fund
Your Investment*   As a % of Offering Price   As a % of Your Investment   Dealer Discount or
Agency Fee as a % of
Offering Price**

$0 to $99,999

  4.50%   4.71%   4.00%

$100,000 to $249,999

  3.50%   3.63%   3.00%

$250,000 to $499,999

  2.50%   2.56%   2.25%

$500,000 to $999,999

  1.75%   1.78%   1.50%

$1,000,000 and up

  None   None  

1.00% of the first $2.99 million;

0.75% of amounts from $3-4.99 million;

0.50% of amounts in excess of $5 million

*   In determining the amount of your investment and the applicable sales charge, we will include all shares you are currently purchasing in all of the Funds. For more information on reducing or eliminating sales charges, please see “Ways to Reduce or Eliminate Sales Charges.”
**   The distributor will compensate dealers in connection with purchases of Class A shares. From time to time, the distributor may hold special promotions for specified periods during which the distributor may reallow dealers up to the full sales charges shown above. In addition, the distributor may provide to all qualifying dealers, from its own profits and resources, additional compensation, as described below in the section entitled “Compensation to Securities Dealers.”

 

Class A Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. Class A shares may be subject to a 1.00% CDSC if they are purchased without an initial sales charge and redeemed within a 12-month “holding period” measured from the beginning of the calendar month in which they were purchased. That sales charge will be calculated on the lesser of the original net asset value of the redeemed shares at the time of purchase or the aggregate net asset value of the redeemed shares at the time of redemption.

 

Class C Shares

 

Class C shares are sold at net asset value. However, there is a CDSC on shares that is payable on redemptions made within one year of the date of purchase. The holding period for purposes of determining the CDSC will continue to run after an exchange to Class C shares of another Fund. The Funds will not accept single purchase orders of $1,000,000 or more for Class C shares. For more information regarding the application of the CDSC to Class C shares, see “How the CDSC is Applied to Your Shares” and “A CDSC Will Not Be Charged On.”

 

34   How sales charges are calculated   1290 Funds


Holding Period After Purchase   % Deducted When Shares are Sold

One Year

  1.00%

Thereafter

  0.00%

 

How the CDSC is Applied to Your Shares

 

The CDSC is a sales charge you pay when you redeem certain fund shares. The CDSC:

 

 

is calculated based on the number of shares you are selling;

 

 

is based on either your original purchase price or the then-current net asset value of the shares being sold, whichever is lower;

 

 

is deducted from the proceeds of the redemption, not from the amount remaining in your account, unless otherwise directed by you;

 

 

for year one applies to redemptions through the day one year after the date on which your purchase was accepted, and so on for subsequent years; and

 

 

is applied to your shares at the time of sale based on the schedule applicable to those shares when you bought them.

 

A CDSC Will Not be Charged On

 

 

increases in net asset value above the purchase price;

 

 

shares you acquired by reinvesting your dividends and/or capital gain distributions; or

 

 

exchanges of shares of one fund for shares of the same class of another Fund of 1290 Funds.

 

To keep your CDSC as low as possible, each time you request to sell shares we will first sell any shares in your account that carry no CDSC. If there are not enough of these shares available to meet your request, we will sell the shares in the order purchased.

 

Class I Shares

 

Investors who purchase Class I shares do not pay sales charges. The ongoing expenses for Class I shares are the lowest of all the classes because there are no ongoing distribution and service (12b-1) fees.

 

Class I shares are sold at net asset value and have no sales charge. The minimum investment amount for purchasing Class I shares generally is $1 million. Only specific types of investors can purchase Class I shares. You may be eligible to purchase Class I shares if you:

 

 

Are a corporation, bank, savings institution, trust company, insurance company, pension fund, employee benefit plan, professional firm, trust, estate or educational, religious or charitable organization;

 

 

Are an investment company registered under the 1940 Act (not subject to $1 million minimum investment amount);

 

 

Are an employee of AXA Financial or its subsidiaries or an immediate family member of such employee (subject to $1,000 minimum investment amount);

 

 

Are a wrap account client of an eligible broker-dealer or a client of a fee-based planner that is unaffiliated with a broker/dealer (not subject to $1 million minimum investment amount);

 

 

Are a present or former trustee of 1290 Funds or a spouse or minor child of any such trustee or any trust, Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) or retirement plan account for the benefit of any such person or relative or the estate of any such person or relative (not subject to $1 million minimum investment amount); or

 

 

Are a financial institutional buyer.

 

Class R Shares

 

Class R Shares are available only to certain employer-sponsored retirement plans, including corporate retirement accounts such as 401(k) and 403(b) plans. For this purpose, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, SIMPLE IRAs or SARSEPs. If you buy Class R Shares, you will pay neither an initial sales charge nor a CDSC. However, Class R Shares are subject to a distribution and service fee of 0.50% per year. Because these fees are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

 

1290 Funds   How sales charges are calculated   35


The distributor currently pays the annual Class R Shares distribution and service fee to dealers as an ongoing concession and as a shareholder servicing fee, respectively, on a monthly basis.

 

Compensation to Securities Dealers

 

ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ALPS”) serves as the distributor for the Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares of the Funds offered by this Prospectus. ALPS is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

 

1290 Funds has adopted Distribution Plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for Class A, Class C and Class R shares. Under the Distribution Plans, each Fund is authorized to pay ALPS a maximum annual fee of 0.25%, 1.00% and 0.50% of each Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class A, Class C and Class R shares, respectively. These fees are paid to compensate ALPS for rendering services and bearing expenses in connection with activities primarily intended to result in the sale of shares and/or providing services to shareholders of each class. Activities and services contemplated under the Distribution Plans include printing and mailing of fund prospectuses, statements of additional information (including any supplements thereto) and shareholder reports, compensation to financial intermediaries and broker-dealers, holding seminars and sales meetings with wholesale and retail sales personnel assigned to promote the distribution of shares and maintaining shareholder accounts. Because the fees authorized under the Distribution Plans are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an ongoing basis, over time, the fees for Class A, Class C and Class R shares will increase your cost of investing and may cost you more than other types of charges.

 

In addition to the sales charges paid by investors and the distribution and service fees paid by the Funds, the distributor or the Adviser (or one of its affiliates) may make payments out of its own resources to provide additional compensation to selling dealers and other persons, including affiliates, who sell shares of the Funds and other mutual funds distributed by the distributor (collectively, “Dealers”). Such payments, which are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing,” may be calculated by reference to the gross sales price of shares sold by such persons, the net asset value of shares held by the customers of such persons, or otherwise.

 

The additional payments to such Dealers are negotiated based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, reputation in the industry, ability to attract and retain assets, target markets, customer relationships and quality of service. No one factor is determinative of the type or amount of additional compensation to be provided. The amount of these payments, as determined from time to time by the distributor in its sole discretion, may be different for different Dealers. These additional payments are made by the distributor and its affiliates and do not increase the amount paid by you or the Funds as shown under the heading “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” in the Fund Summaries.

 

Such payments are intended to provide additional compensation to Dealers for various services, including, without limitation, providing periodic and ongoing education and training of Dealer personnel regarding the Funds; disseminating to Dealer personnel information and product marketing materials regarding the Funds; explaining to clients the features and characteristics of the Funds; conducting due diligence regarding the Funds; providing reasonable access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the Dealer; granting reasonable access to the Dealer’s financial advisors and consultants; and furnishing marketing support and other services. Additional compensation also may include non-cash compensation, financial assistance to Dealers in connection with conferences, seminars for the public and advertising campaigns, technical and systems support and reimbursement of ticket charges (fees that a Dealer firm charges its representatives for effecting transactions in Fund shares) and other similar charges. The distributor and its affiliates may make other payments or allow other promotional incentives to Dealers to the extent permitted by SEC and FINRA rules and by other applicable laws and regulations.

 

In some instances, these incentives may be made available only to Dealers whose representatives have sold or may sell a significant number of shares. The Dealers receiving additional payments include those that may recommend that their clients consider or select a Fund of 1290 Funds for investment purposes, including those that may include one or more Funds of 1290 Funds on a “preferred” or “recommended” list of mutual funds. These payments may create an incentive for a Dealer firm or its representatives to recommend or offer shares of Funds of 1290 Funds to its customers over shares of other funds. In addition, these payments may result in greater access by the distributor or its affiliates to, without limitation, the Dealer, its representatives, advisors and consultants and sales meetings, than other funds which do not make such payments or which make lower such payments.

 

In addition to the Dealer compensation described above, the Funds and/or the distributor may pay fees to the Dealers and their affiliated persons for maintaining Fund share balances and/or for subaccounting, administrative or transaction processing services related to the maintenance of accounts for retirement and benefit plans and other omnibus accounts (“subaccounting fees”). Such subaccounting fees paid by the Funds generally are designed to be equal to or less than the fees the Funds would pay to their transfer agent for similar services, but in certain circumstances the subaccounting fees may be higher due to differences in the services being provided or other factors. Because these subaccounting fees are directly related to the number of accounts and assets for which the Dealers provide services, the fees will increase with the success of the Dealers’ sales activities.

 

36   How sales charges are calculated   1290 Funds


The Funds’ portfolio transactions are not used as a form of sales-related compensation to Dealers that promote or sell shares of the Funds and the promotion or sale of such shares is not considered as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute the Funds’ portfolio transactions. The Sub-Advisers place each Fund’s portfolio transactions with broker-dealer firms based on the firm’s ability to provide the best net results from the transaction to the Fund. To the extent that a Sub-Adviser determines that a Dealer can provide a fund with the best net results, the Sub-Adviser may place the Fund’s portfolio transactions with the Dealer even though it sells or has sold shares of the Fund.

 

You can find further information in the SAI about the payments made by the distributor or the Adviser and their affiliates and the services provided by your Dealer. Your Dealer may charge you fees or commissions in addition to those disclosed in this Prospectus. You can also ask your Dealer about any payments it receives from the distributor and any services your Dealer provides, as well as about fees and/or commissions it charges.

 

1290 Funds   How sales charges are calculated   37


7. Ways to reduce or eliminate sales charges

 

 

 

Ways to Reduce or Eliminate Sales Charges

 

You may qualify for a reduction or waiver of the sales charge. If you think you qualify for any of the sales charge waivers described below, you or your financial advisor may need to notify and/or provide certain documentation to us. You or your financial advisor also will need to notify us of the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to meet certain sales load breakpoints. Information you may need to provide to us includes:

 

 

Information or records regarding shares of the Funds held in all accounts at any financial intermediary;

 

 

Information or records regarding shares of the Funds held in any account at any financial intermediary by immediate family of the shareholder; and/or

 

 

Any other information that may be necessary for us to determine your eligibility for a reduction or waiver of a sales charge.

 

Reducing Sales Charges — Class A Shares Only

 

There are a number of ways you can lower your sales charges on Class A shares, including:

 

 

Letter of Intent — You may be entitled to a reduced sales charge if you execute a Letter of Intent to purchase Class A shares at the public offering price within a period of 13 months. Your discount will be determined based on the schedule in the table that appears above in the section entitled “How Sales Charges are Calculated — Class A Shares.” The minimum initial investment under a Letter of Intent is 5% of the amount stated in the Letter of Intent. Class A shares purchased with the first 5% of such amount will be held in escrow (while remaining registered in your name) to secure payment of the higher sales charge that would apply to the shares actually purchased if the full amount stated is not purchased, and such escrowed shares will be involuntarily redeemed to pay the additional sales charge, if necessary. When the full amount has been purchased, the escrow will be released. If you wish to enter into a Letter of Intent, you should complete the appropriate portion of the new account application. At your request, purchases made during the previous 90 days may be included.

 

 

Rights of Accumulation — You are entitled to a reduced sales charge on additional purchases of Class A shares of a Fund if the value of your existing aggregate holdings at the time of the additional purchase, calculated at the then applicable net asset value per share or the initial purchase price, plus any additional investments, less any redemptions, whichever is higher, plus the amount of the additional purchase equals $100,000 or more. Your discount will be determined based on the schedule in the section entitled “How Sales Charges are Calculated — Class A Shares.” For purposes of determining the discount, we will aggregate holdings of Fund shares of your spouse, immediate family or accounts you control, whether as a single investor or trustee, provided that you notify us of the applicable accounts at the time of your additional investment by providing us with appropriate documentation, including the account numbers for all accounts that you are seeking to aggregate.

 

Eliminating Sales Charges and the CDSC — Class A Shares Only

 

Class A shares may be offered without a front-end sales charge or a CDSC to the following individuals and institutions:

 

 

Any government entity that is prohibited from paying a sales charge or commission to purchase mutual fund shares;

 

 

Representatives and employees, or their immediate family members, of broker-dealers and other intermediaries that have entered into selling or service arrangements with the distributor;

 

 

Financial institutions and other financial institutions’ trust departments for funds over which they exercise exclusive discretionary investment authority and which are held in fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial or similar capacity;

 

 

Direct referrals by the Adviser’s employees; and

 

 

Clients of fee-based/fee-only financial advisors.

 

The CDSC will not apply to Class A shares for which the selling dealer is not permitted to receive a sales load or redemption fee imposed on a shareholder with whom such dealer has a fiduciary relationship in accordance with provisions of ERISA and regulations thereunder, provided that the dealer agrees to certain reimbursement arrangements with the distributor that are described in the SAI. If the dealer agrees to these reimbursement arrangements, no CDSC will be imposed with respect to Class A shares purchased for $1,000,000 or more.

 

Eliminating the CDSC

 

As long as we are notified at the time you sell, the CDSC for any shares may generally be eliminated in the following cases:

 

 

The liquidation of a shareholder’s account if the aggregate net asset value of shares held in the account is less than the required minimum;

 

 

Redemptions through a systematic withdrawal plan;

 

 

Redemptions of shares of a shareholder (including a registered joint owner) who has died or has become totally disabled (as evidenced by a determination by the Social Security Administration);

 

 

Redemptions made pursuant to any IRA systematic withdrawal based on the shareholder’s life expectancy in accordance with the requirements of the Code, including substantially equal periodic payments described in Code section 72 prior to age 59 1/2 and required minimum distributions after age 70 1/2; or

 

 

Required minimum distributions from an IRA.

 

38   Ways to reduce or eliminate sales charges   1290 Funds


Reinstatement Privilege

 

If you redeem shares of a Fund on which you paid an initial sales charge or are charged a CDSC upon redemption, you will be eligible for a reinstatement privilege if you reinvest the proceeds in shares of the same class of the same or another Fund of 1290 Funds (equal to all or a portion of the redemption amount) within 60 days of redemption. This right may be exercised once a year and within 60 days of the redemption, provided that the share class of the Fund is currently open to new investors or the shareholder has a current account in that closed Fund. Shares will be purchased at the net asset value calculated at the close of trading on the day the request is received. To exercise this privilege, the Fund must receive written notification from the shareholder of record or the financial intermediary of record, at the time of purchase. Investors should consult a tax adviser concerning the tax consequences of exercising this reinstatement privilege.

 

If you think you may be eligible for a sales charge elimination or reduction, contact your financial professional or 1290 Funds. Check the SAI for details.

 

1290 Funds   Ways to reduce or eliminate sales charges   39


8. It’s easy to open an account

 

 

 

To open an account with 1290 Funds

 

1. Read the Prospectus carefully.

 

2. Determine how much you wish to invest. The following chart shows the investment minimums for various types of accounts.

 

Type of Account    Minimum to
Open an
Account*
    

Minimum for
Subsequent

Investments*

 

Individual Retail Accounts

     $2,000         $100   

Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs)

     $1,000         $100   

Automatic Bank Draft Plan**

     $1,000         $100   

Accounts established in a wrap program with which 1290 Funds, the Adviser or the distributor has an agreement.

     $1,000         $100   

Corporate retirement accounts, such as 401(k) and 403(b) plans

    
 
No minimum
requirement.
 
  
    
 
No minimum
requirement.
 
  
*   Does not apply to Class I shares.
**   The Funds offer an automatic bank draft plan with a minimum initial investment of $1,000 through which a Fund will, following the initial investment, deduct $100 or more on a monthly basis from the investor’s demand deposit account to invest directly in the funds’ Class A, Class C or Class R shares.

 

3. (a) Call your broker or other financial professional who can assist you in all the steps necessary to open an account; or

 

(b) complete the appropriate part of the account application, carefully following the instructions. If you have any questions, please call your financial professional or 1290 Funds at 1-888-310-0416. For more information on 1290 Funds investment programs, refer to the section entitled “Additional Investor Services” in the Prospectus.

 

4. Use the following sections as your guide for purchasing shares.

 

1290 Funds generally will not permit prospective investors with non-U.S. addresses to establish accounts. U.S. citizens with APO/FPO addresses or addresses in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with U.S. addresses are permitted to establish accounts with 1290 Funds.

 

To conform to regulations under the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, 1290 Funds is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. A new account application includes your name, street address, date of birth and other identification information. The regulations require completion of this information before an account is opened, and you may also be requested to provide other identification documents. In addition, the Funds may confirm your identity through the use of identity verification reports provided by consumer reporting agencies. Your personal information will be treated with the utmost confidentiality. If you fail to provide the required information or provide inaccurate information, this may lead to a delay in the processing of your account application and investment. If the Funds cannot complete the identification process, your investment and the application may be returned.

 

A Fund will deduct a $25 annual fee from accounts with a balance of less than $1,000. This does not apply to Automatic Bank Draft Plan Accounts or Retirement Accounts.

 

Each Fund reserves the right to close any Fund account whose balance drops to $500 or less due to redemption activity. If an account is closed, its shares will be sold at the NAV on the day the account is closed. A shareholder will be given at least 60 days’ notice before a fund closes an account with a balance of $500 or less so that the shareholder has an opportunity to increase the account balance.

 

40   It’s easy to open an account   1290 Funds


9. Buying, selling and exchanging shares

 

 

 

Buying Shares

 

Opening an Account   Adding to an Account
Through Your Broker or other Financial Professional
Call your broker or other financial professional. Your broker or other financial professional can assist you in all the steps necessary to buy shares.   Call your broker or other financial professional.
    By Telephone
    Call 1-888-310-0416 and speak with one of our representatives. 1290 Funds has the right to reject any telephone request for any reason.
    By Mail
    Payment for shares must be made with a check in U.S. dollars drawn from a U.S. financial institution, payable to “1290 Funds.” Cash, third party checks, “starter” checks, traveler’s checks, credit cards, credit card checks or money orders will not be accepted.
   

Fill out detachable investment slip from an account statement. If no slip is available, include with the check a letter specifying the fund name, your class of shares, your account number and the registered account name(s).

 

Mail the check with your completed investment slip or letter to:

 

By Regular mail

1290 Funds

PO Box 8947

Boston, MA 02266-8947

 

By Overnight Mail:

1290 Funds

c/o Boston Financial Data Services

30 Dan Road

Canton, MA 02021-2809

    Automatic Investing Through Automatic Clearing House (“ACH”)
   

Please call 1-888-310-0416 for an ACH form. A medallion guarantee may be required to add this privilege.

 

Your bank account may be debited monthly for automatic investment into one or more of the funds for each class. Not available for Class I shares.

 

1290 Funds   Buying, selling and exchanging shares   41


Selling Shares

 

Through Your Broker or other Financial Professional

• Call your broker or other financial professional. Your broker or other financial professional can assist you in all the steps necessary to sell shares. Your broker or financial professional may charge you for its services.

By Mail

• Write a letter to request a redemption specifying the name of the fund, the class of shares, your account number, the exact registered account name(s), the number of shares or the dollar amount to be redeemed and the method by which you wish to receive your proceeds. Additional materials may be required (see section entitled “Selling Shares in Writing” and, in particular, the information regarding medallion guarantees).

 

• The request must be signed by all of the owners of the shares including the capacity in which they are signing, if appropriate.

 

Mail your request to:

1290 Funds

PO Box 8947

Boston, MA 02266-8947

 

• Your proceeds (less any applicable CDSC) will be delivered by the method you choose. If you choose to have your proceeds delivered by mail, they will generally be mailed to you on the business day after the request is received. You may also choose to redeem by wire or via the ACH system to your bank (see below). Your bank may charge you a fee.

 

• The minimum amount that may be redeemed by check is $500.

 

By Wire

• Fill out the “Telephone Exchange Privilege and/or Telephone Redemption Privilege” and “Bank Account of Record” sections on your account application.

 

• Call 1-888-310-0416, visit www.1290Funds.com or indicate in your redemption request letter that you wish to have your proceeds wired to your bank.

 

• If you submit a written request, your proceeds may be wired to the bank currently on file. If written instructions are to send the wire to any other bank, or redemption proceeds are greater than $50,000, a medallion guarantee is required. On a telephone request, your proceeds may be wired only to a bank previously designated by you in writing. To change the name of the single designated bank account to receive wire redemption proceeds, you must send a written request with signature(s) guaranteed to 1290 Funds.

 

• Proceeds (less any applicable CDSC) will generally be wired on the next business day. A wire fee (currently $15) will be deducted from the proceeds. Your bank may charge you a fee.

 

• The minimum amount that may be redeemed by wire is $1,000.

By Systematic Withdrawal Plan

• Please refer to the section entitled “Additional Investor Services” or call 1-888-310-0416 or your financial professional for more information.

 

• Because withdrawal payments may have tax consequences, you should consult your tax adviser before establishing such a plan.

By Telephone

• If you have authorized this service, you may redeem your shares by telephone by calling 1-888-310-0416.

 

• If you make a telephone redemption request, you must furnish the name and address of record of the registered owner, the account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”), the amount to be redeemed, and the name of the person making the request.

 

• Checks for telephone redemptions will be issued only to the registered shareowner(s) and mailed to the last address of record or exchanged into another Fund of 1290 Funds. All telephone redemption instructions are recorded and are limited to requests of $50,000 or less. If you have previously linked your bank account to your Fund account, you can have the proceeds sent via the ACH system to your bank.

 

• Proceeds (less any applicable CDSC) will generally be sent on the next business day. Your bank may charge you a fee.

 

• The minimum amount that may be redeemed by check is $500.

Participate in the Bank Purchase and Redemption Plan

• You may initiate an ACH Purchase or Redemption directly to a bank account when you have established proper instructions, including all applicable bank information, on the account. Your bank may charge you a fee.

 

42   Buying, selling and exchanging shares   1290 Funds


Selling Shares in Writing

 

To redeem your shares in writing, all owners of the shares must sign the redemption request in the exact names in which the shares are registered and indicate any special capacity in which they are signing. If a written request to sell is required, a letter of instruction signed by the authorized owner is necessary. In certain situations a medallion guarantee or additional documentation may be required.

 

A Medallion Guarantee is necessary if:

 

 

Total redemption proceeds exceed $50,000;

 

 

A proceeds check for any amount is mailed to an address other than the address of record or not sent to the registered owner(s);

 

 

Wire instructions indicate that wire proceeds should be sent to a bank other than the bank currently on file; or

 

 

Your address has changed within the past 30 days.

 

A Medallion Guarantee can be obtained from one of the following sources:

 

 

A financial professional or securities dealer;

 

 

A federal savings bank, cooperative or other type of bank;

 

 

A savings and loan or other thrift institution;

 

 

A credit union;

 

 

A securities exchange or clearing agency.

 

The table shows account types for which additional documentation may be necessary. Please call your financial professional or 1290 Funds regarding requirements for other account types.

 

Seller (Account Type)   Requirements for written requests
Individual, joint, sole proprietorship, Uniform Transfers to Minors Act / Uniform Gifts to Minors Act  

•The signatures on the letter must include all persons authorized to sign, including title, if applicable.

•Medallion Guarantee, if applicable (see above).

Corporate or association accounts  

•The signatures on the letter must include all trustees authorized to sign, including title.

Owners or trustees of trust accounts  

•The signatures on the letter must include all trustees authorized to sign, including title.

   

•If the names of the trustees are not registered on the account, include a copy of the trust document certified within the past 60 days.

•Medallion Guarantee, if applicable (see above).

Power of Attorney (POA)  

•The signatures on the letter must include the attorney-in-fact, indicating such title.

•Medallion guarantee, if applicable (see above).

•Certified copy of the POA document stating it is still in full force and effect, specifying the exact fund and account number, and certified within 60 days of receipt of instructions.*

Qualified retirement benefit plans  

•The signatures on the letter must include all trustees authorized to sign, including title.

•Medallion Guarantee, if applicable (see above).

IRAs  

•Additional documentation and distribution forms required.

*   Certification may be made on court documents by the court, usually certified by the clerk of court. POA certification may be made by a commercial bank, broker/member of a domestic stock exchange or practicing attorney.

 

1290 Funds   Buying, selling and exchanging shares   43


Exchanging Shares

 

How to Exchange Shares

 

Shares of any class of each Fund generally may be exchanged for shares of the same class of any other Fund without paying a sales charge or a CDSC. Shares of any class of each Fund also may be acquired in exchange for shares of the same class of any other Fund without paying a sales charge or CDSC. You may make exchanges only between identically registered accounts (name(s), address, and TIN).

 

If an exchange results in opening a new account, you are subject to the applicable minimum investment requirement. All exchanges also are subject to the eligibility requirements of the Fund into which you are exchanging. The exchange privilege may be exercised only in those states where shares of a fund may be legally sold. The funds may also discontinue or modify the exchange privilege on a prospective basis at any time upon notice to shareholders in accordance with applicable law. For federal income tax purposes, an exchange of Fund shares for shares of another Fund is treated as a sale on which gain or loss may be recognized.

 

In addition, when a shareholder redeems or exchanges shares of a Fund (with the exceptions noted herein) which have been held for one month or less, 1290 Funds may assess and retain for the benefit of the remaining shareholders, a short-term trading fee of 2% of the current net asset value of the shares being redeemed or exchanged. For more information, see “Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares — Purchase and Redemption Restrictions on Market-Timers and Active Traders.”

 

If a shareholder no longer meets the eligibility requirements for the shareholder’s current share class, a Fund may, upon notice to the shareholder, convert the shareholder into a share class of the same Fund for which the shareholder is eligible.

 

Through Your Broker or other Financial Professional
Call your broker or other financial professional. Your broker or other financial professional can assist you in all the steps necessary to exchange shares. Your broker or financial professional may charge you for its services.
By Mail

Write a letter to request an exchange specifying the name of the fund from which you are exchanging, the registered account name(s) and address, the account number, the dollar amount or number of shares to be exchanged and the fund into which you are exchanging.

 

The request must be signed by all of the owners of the shares including the capacity in which they are signing, if appropriate.

 

Mail your request to:

1290 Funds

PO Box 8947

Boston, MA 02266-8947

By Telephone

If you have authorized this service, you may exchange by telephone by calling 1-888-310-0416.

 

If you make a telephone exchange request, you must furnish the name of the fund from which you are exchanging, the name and address of record of the registered owner, the account number and TIN, the dollar amount or number of shares to be exchanged, the fund into which you are exchanging, and the name of the person making the request.

By Website
Log into your account portfolio and select “View Account” for the fund from which you would like to make the exchange. On the next screen, choose “Fund Exchange.” Instructions on the following Exchange Request page will guide you through the final process. Previously outlined exchange guidelines apply to any online exchanges.

 

Restrictions on Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares

 

Purchase and Exchange Restrictions

 

The Funds reserve the right to suspend or change the terms of purchasing, selling or exchanging shares.

 

44   Buying, selling and exchanging shares   1290 Funds


Purchase and Redemption Restrictions on Market-Timers and Active Traders

 

1290 Funds may suspend the right of redemption for any period or postpone payment for more than seven days when the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than a weekend or holiday), during an emergency as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or during other periods permitted by the SEC. Redemptions may also be suspended and payments may be postponed for more than seven days during other periods permitted by the SEC. A Fund may pay the redemption price in whole or part by a distribution in kind of readily marketable securities in lieu of cash or may take up to seven days to pay a redemption request in order to raise capital, when it is detrimental for the Fund to make cash payments as determined in the sole discretion of the Adviser.

 

Frequent transfers or purchases and redemptions of Fund shares, including market timing and other program trading or short-term trading strategies, may be disruptive to the Funds. Excessive purchases and redemptions of shares of the Fund may adversely affect Fund performance and the interests of long-term investors by requiring a Fund to maintain larger amounts of cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time or price. For example, when market timing occurs, a Fund may have to sell its holdings to have the cash necessary to redeem the market timer’s shares. This can happen when it is not advantageous to sell any securities, so the Fund’s performance may be hurt. When large dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use long-term investment strategies because a Fund cannot predict how much cash it will have to invest. In addition, disruptive transfers or purchases and redemptions of Fund shares may impede efficient portfolio management and impose increased transaction costs, such as brokerage and tax costs, by requiring the portfolio manager to affect more frequent purchases and sales of portfolio securities. Similarly, a Fund may bear increased administrative costs as a result of the asset level and investment volatility that accompanies patterns of excessive or short-term trading. Funds that invest a significant portion of their assets in foreign securities tend to be subject to the risks associated with market timing and short-term trading strategies to a greater extent than funds that do not. Securities trading in overseas markets present time zone arbitrage opportunities when events affecting portfolio securities values occur after the close of the overseas markets but prior to the close of the U.S. market. High-yield securities may present opportunities for short-term trading strategies because the market for such securities may be less liquid than the market for higher quality bonds which could result in pricing inefficiencies.

 

1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. 1290 Funds and the Funds discourage frequent transfers or purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by Fund shareholders and will not make special arrangements to accommodate such transactions in Fund shares. As a general matter, each Fund and 1290 Funds reserve the right to reject a transfer that they believe, in their sole discretion is disruptive (or potentially disruptive) to the management of the Fund.

 

1290 Funds’ policies and procedures seek to discourage what it considers to be disruptive trading activity. 1290 Funds seeks to apply its policies and procedures to all shareholders uniformly. It should be recognized, however, that such policies and procedures are subject to limitations:

 

 

They do not eliminate the possibility that disruptive transfer activity, including market timing, will occur or that portfolio performance will be affected by such activity.

 

 

The design of such policies and procedures involves inherently subjective judgments, which the Adviser and its affiliates, on behalf of 1290 Funds, seeks to make in a fair and reasonable manner consistent with the interests of all shareholders.

 

 

The limits on the ability to monitor certain potentially disruptive transfer activity means that some shareholders may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk that some shareholders may be able to engage in frequent transfer activity while others will bear the effect of that frequent transfer activity.

 

If the Adviser, on behalf of 1290 Funds, determines that a shareholder’s transfer patterns among the Funds are disruptive to the Funds, the Adviser or an affiliate may, among other things, restrict the availability of personal telephone requests, facsimile transmissions, automated telephone services, internet services or any electronic transfer services. The Adviser or an affiliate may also refuse to act on transfer instructions of an agent acting under a power of attorney who is acting on behalf of more than one owner. In making these determinations, the Adviser or an affiliate may consider the combined transfer activity of shareholders that it believes are under common ownership, control or direction.

 

1290 Funds currently considers transfers into and out of (or vice versa) the same Fund within a five-business day period as potentially disruptive transfer activity. In order to reduce disruptive activity, it monitors the frequency of transfers, including the size of transfers in relation to portfolio assets, in the Fund. 1290 Funds aggregates inflows or outflows for each Fund on a daily basis. When a potentially disruptive transfer into or out of a Fund occurs on a day when the Fund’s net inflows and outflows exceed an established monitoring threshold, the Adviser or an affiliate sends a letter to the shareholder explaining that there is a policy against disruptive transfer activity and that if such activity continues, the Adviser or an affiliate may take action to restrict the availability of voice, fax and automated transaction services. If such shareholder is identified a second time as engaging in potentially disruptive transfer activity, the Adviser or an affiliate currently will restrict the availability of voice, fax and automated transaction services. Because the

 

1290 Funds   Buying, selling and exchanging shares   45


Adviser or an affiliate exercises discretion in determining whether or not to take the actions discussed above, some shareholders may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk that some shareholders may be able to engage in frequent transfer activity while others will bear the effect of the frequent transfer activity. Although shareholders who have engaged in disruptive transfer activity currently receive letters notifying them of the Adviser or an affiliate’s intention to restrict access to communication services, such letters may not continue to be provided in the future. Consistent with seeking to discourage potentially disruptive transfer activity, the Adviser, or an affiliate thereof or 1290 Funds also may, in its sole discretion and without further notice, change what it considers potentially disruptive transfer activity and its monitoring procedures and thresholds, as well as change its procedures to restrict this activity.

 

The above policies and procedures with respect to frequent transfers or purchases and redemptions of Fund shares also apply to retirement plan participants.

 

Notwithstanding our efforts, we may be unable to detect or deter market timing activity by certain persons, which can lead to disruption of management of, and excess costs to, a particular Fund.

 

In addition, when a shareholder redeems or exchanges shares of the 1290 High Yield Bond Fund (with the exceptions described below) which have been held for one month or less, 1290 Funds will assess and retain for the benefit of the remaining fund shareholders, a short-term trading fee of 2% of the current net asset value of the shares being redeemed or exchanged. If the short-term trading fee is $50 or less, it may not be assessed on a redemption or exchange; however, during the 30-day period following a purchase or exchange, the Fund reserves the right to collect short-term trading fees relating to a series of transactions by a shareholder if, in the aggregate, the fees total more than $50. 1290 Funds will use the “first in, first out” method to determine the shareholder’s holding period. Under this method, the date of redemption or exchange will be compared with the earliest purchase date of shares held in the shareholder’s account. 1290 Funds reserves the right to modify or discontinue the short-term trading fee at any time or from time to time.

 

1290 Funds will not assess a redemption fee with respect to certain transactions. At this time, the following shares of the Funds will not be subject to the redemption fees:

 

1. Shares purchased by the reinvestment of dividends or capital gain distributions:

 

2. Shares redeemed or exchanged through rebalancing, or asset reallocation, wrap fee, omnibus or other programs approved by the Adviser; and

 

3. Shares redeemed by a Fund of 1290 Funds to cover various fees (e.g., account fees).

 

Consistent with seeking to discourage disruptive trading activity, 1290 Funds may also, in its sole discretion and without further notice, change what it considers potentially disruptive trading activity and its monitoring procedures and thresholds, change the amount of the Funds’ short-term trading fee, as well as change its procedures to restrict this activity.

 

Selling Restrictions

 

The table below describes restrictions in place on selling shares of any Fund described in this Prospectus.

 

Restriction   Situation

•The Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone payment for more than 7 days:

 

•When the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than a weekend/holiday).

•During an emergency.

•Any other period permitted by the SEC.

•Each Fund reserves the right to suspend account services or refuse transaction requests:

 

•With a notice of dispute between registered owners.

•With suspicion/evidence of a fraudulent act.

•A Fund may pay the redemption price in whole or part by a distribution in kind of readily marketable securities in lieu of cash or may take up to 7 days to pay a redemption request in order to raise capital:

 

•When it is detrimental for a fund to make cash payments as determined in the sole discretion of the Adviser.

•A Fund may withhold redemption proceeds until the check or funds have cleared:

 

•When redemptions are made within 10 calendar days of purchase by check of the shares being redeemed.

 

46   Buying, selling and exchanging shares   1290 Funds


10. How fund shares are priced

 

 

 

“Net asset value” is the price of one share of a Fund without a sales charge, and is calculated each business day using the following formula:

 

     Total Market Value  =   Total market value
of securities
  +   Cash and
other assets
    Liabilities     
    Number of outstanding shares    

 

The net asset value of Fund shares is determined according to this schedule:

 

 

A share’s net asset value is determined as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“Exchange”) on the days the Exchange is open for trading. This is normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

 

 

The price for purchasing or redeeming a share will be based upon the net asset value next calculated after an order is received and accepted by a Fund or its designated agent.

 

 

A Fund heavily invested in foreign securities may have net asset value changes on days when shares cannot be purchased or sold because foreign securities sometimes trade on days when a Fund’s shares are not priced.

 

Generally, portfolio securities are valued as follows:

 

 

Equity securities (including securities issued by ETFs) — most recent sales price or official closing price or if there is no sale or official closing price, latest available bid price.

 

 

Debt securities — based upon pricing service valuations.

 

 

Convertible bonds and unlisted convertible preferred stocks — valued at prices obtained from a pricing service for such instruments or, if a pricing service price is not available, at bid prices obtained from one or more of the major dealers in such bonds or stocks. Where there is a discrepancy between dealers, values may be adjusted based on recent premium spreads to the underlying common stocks. Convertible bonds may be matrix-priced based upon the conversion value to the underlying common stocks and market premiums.

 

 

Securities traded on foreign exchanges — most recent sales or bid price on the foreign exchange or market, unless a significant event or circumstance occurs after the close of that market or exchange that will materially affect its value. In that case, the security will be valued using the fair value procedures by or under the direction of 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees at the close of regular trading on the Exchange. Foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollar equivalent daily at current exchange rates.

 

 

Options — for exchange traded options last sales price or, if not available, previous day’s sales price. If the bid price is higher or the asked price is lower than the last sale price, the higher bid or lower asked price may be used. Options not traded on an exchange or actively traded are valued according to fair value methods.

 

 

Futures — last settlement price or, if there is no sale, latest available bid price.

 

 

Investment Company Securities — shares of open-end mutual funds (other than ETFs) held by a Fund will be valued at the net asset value of the shares of such funds as described in the funds’ prospectuses.

 

 

Swaps — utilize prices provided by approved pricing services.

 

Securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available, for which valuation cannot be provided or for which events or circumstances occurring after the close of the relevant market or exchange materially affect their value are valued pursuant to the fair value procedures in good faith by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees of 1290 Funds. For example, a security whose trading has been halted during the trading day may be fair valued based on the available information at the time of the close of the trading market. Similarly, securities for which there is no ready market (e.g., securities of certain small capitalization issuers, high yield securities and securities of certain issuers located in emerging markets) also may be fair valued. Some methods for valuing these securities may include: fundamental analysis (earnings multiple, etc.), matrix pricing, discounts from market prices of similar securities, or discounts applied due to the nature and duration of restrictions on the disposition of the securities.

 

Events or circumstances affecting the values of portfolio securities that occur between the closing of their principal markets and the time the net asset value is determined, such as foreign securities trading on foreign exchanges that close before the time the net asset value of Fund shares is determined, may be reflected in 1290 Funds’ calculations of net asset values for each applicable Fund when 1290 Funds deems that the particular event or circumstance would materially affect such Fund’s net asset value. Such events or circumstances may be company specific, such as an earning reports, country or region specific, such as a natural disaster, or global in nature. Such events or circumstances also may include price movements in the U.S. securities markets.

 

The effect of fair value pricing as described above is that securities may not be priced on the basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded, but rather may be priced by another method that 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees believes will reflect fair value. As such, fair value pricing is based on subjective judgments and it is possible that fair value may differ materially from the value realized on a sale. This policy is intended to assure that a Fund’s net asset value fairly reflects security values as of the time of pricing. Also, fair valuation of a Fund’s securities can serve to reduce arbitrage opportunities available to short-term traders, but there is no assurance that fair value pricing policies will prevent dilution of the Fund’s net asset value by those traders.

 

1290 Funds   How fund shares are priced   47


11. Dividends and other distributions and tax consequences

 

 

 

Dividends and other Distributions

 

With respect to the 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund and the 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund, each Fund will distribute its net investment income, if any, and net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually or more frequently as determined to be appropriate by the Adviser. With respect to the 1290 High Yield Bond Fund, net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, will be distributed at least monthly. A Fund may also pay a special distribution at the end of a calendar year to comply with federal tax requirements. Dividends distributed by a Fund may be reinvested automatically in shares of that Fund at their net asset value without a sales charge or may be taken in cash. If you would like to receive distributions in cash, contact your financial professional, financial intermediary or the Funds. The Funds anticipate, although they cannot predict with any certainty, that a significant amount of their distributions, if any, will consist of net capital gains. Distributions of net capital gains will be taxable to you at different rates depending on how long the distributing Fund held the assets the sale of which generated the gains, not how long you held your Fund shares.

 

Tax Consequences

 

You will pay tax on dividends from the Funds whether you receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares. If you redeem Fund shares or exchange them for shares of another Fund, you will be treated as having sold the shares, and any gain on the transaction will be subject to federal income tax. A Fund’s distributions of certain dividend income it receives, including dividends received from U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations (“qualified dividend income”), and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) are eligible for federal income taxation at reduced rates that apply to individuals and certain other non-corporate shareholders. In the case of individuals, the maximum federal income tax rates for qualified dividend income and net capital gain (including Fund distributions thereof) are 15% for those with no more than $406,750 of taxable income ($457,600 if married filing jointly) and 20% for those with taxable income exceeding those respective amounts (which will be adjusted for inflation annually).

 

An individual is required to pay a 3.8% federal tax on the lesser of (1) the individual’s “net investment income,” which generally will include dividends and other distributions a Fund pays and gains recognized from the redemption or exchange of Fund shares, or (2) the excess of the individual’s “modified adjusted gross income” over $200,000 for single taxpayers ($250,000 for married persons filing jointly). This tax is in addition to any other taxes due on that income. A similar tax applies to estates and trusts. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the effect, if any, this provision may have on their investment in Fund shares.

 

Each Fund must withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury Department 28% of dividends, capital gain distributions, and redemption proceeds (regardless of whether you realize a gain or loss) otherwise payable to any individual or certain other non-corporate shareholder who fails to certify that the TIN furnished to the Fund is correct or who furnishes an incorrect number (together with the withholding described in the next sentence, “backup withholding”). Withholding at that rate also is required from each Fund’s dividends and capital gain distributions otherwise payable to such a shareholder who (1) is subject to backup withholding for failure to report the receipt of interest or dividend income properly or (2) fails to certify to the Fund that he or she is not subject to backup withholding or that it is a corporation or other exempt recipient. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and any amounts so withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s federal income tax liability or refunded.

 

A Fund shareholder who wants to use the average basis method for determining his or her basis in Fund shares must elect to do so in writing, which may be electronic. Each Fund, or its administrative agent, must report to the IRS and furnish to its shareholders the basis information for shares that are redeemed. See “Taxation” in the SAI for a description of the rules regarding that election and each Fund’s reporting obligation.

 

If you are neither a tax resident nor a citizen of the United States or if you are a foreign entity, each Fund’s income dividends (which include distributions of the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and net gains and losses from certain foreign currency transactions, if any) will generally be subject to a 30% federal withholding tax, unless a lower treaty rate applies.

 

Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), “foreign financial institutions” (“FFIs”) or “non-financial foreign entities” (“NFFEs”) that are Fund shareholders may be subject to a generally nonrefundable 30% withholding tax on (1) income dividends each Fund pays and (2) certain capital gain distributions and the proceeds of a redemption of Fund shares a Fund pays after December 31, 2016. As discussed more fully in the section of the SAI entitled “Taxation,” the FATCA withholding tax generally can be avoided (a) by an FFI, if it reports certain information regarding direct and indirect ownership of financial accounts U.S. persons hold with the FFI and (b) by an NFFE, if it certifies its status as such and, in certain circumstances, either that (i) it has no substantial U.S. persons as owners or (ii) it does have such owners and reports information relating to them to the withholding agent (which may be a Fund), which will, in turn, report that information to the IRS. Moreover, the U.S. Treasury Department has negotiated intergovernmental agreements (“IGAs”) with certain countries and is in various stages of negotiations with other foreign countries with respect to one or more alternative approaches to implement FATCA; entities in those countries may be required to comply with the terms of the IGA instead of Treasury regulations.

 

Dividends and interest a Fund receives, and gains it realizes, on foreign securities may be subject to income, withholding, or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions that would reduce the yield and/or total return on its investments. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate those taxes, however, and many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of investments by foreign investors.

 

48   Dividends and other distributions and tax consequences   1290 Funds


12. Additional Information

 

 

 

Additional Investor Services

 

Automatic Bank Draft Plan

 

An Automatic Bank Draft Plan is available for investors who wish to purchase Class A or Class C shares of one or more of the Funds in amounts of $100 or more on a regular basis by having the amount of the investment automatically deducted from the investor’s checking account. The minimum initial investment for this Plan is $1,000. Forms authorizing this service are available from 1290 Funds. For more information on how to join the Automatic Bank Draft Plan, please refer to the section entitled “Buying Shares.”

 

Automatic Reinvestment Plan

 

Dividends and capital gain distributions may be automatically reinvested in the same class of shares without a sales charge.

 

Dividend Diversification Program

 

This program allows you to have all dividends and any other distributions automatically invested in shares of the same class of another Fund, subject to the eligibility requirements of that other Fund and to state securities law requirements. Shares will be purchased at the selected Fund’s net asset value without a front-end sales charge or CDSC on the dividend record date. Before establishing a Dividend Diversification Program into any other Fund, please carefully read the relevant information about it in the Prospectus.

 

Systematic Withdrawal Plan

 

If you have at least $10,000 in your account, you may participate in a systematic withdrawal plan. Under this plan, you may arrange quarterly, semi-annual or annual automatic withdrawals of at least $500 from any Fund. The proceeds of each withdrawal will be mailed to you or as you otherwise direct in writing. The $10,000 minimum account size is not applicable to Individual Retirement Accounts. 1290 Funds processes sales through a systematic withdrawal plan on the 15th day of the month or the following business day if the 15th is not a business day. Any income or capital gain dividends will be automatically reinvested at net asset value. A sufficient number of full and fractional shares will be redeemed to make the designated payment. Depending upon the size of the payments requested and fluctuations in the net asset value of the shares redeemed, sales for the purpose of making such payments may reduce or even exhaust the account. You should not purchase Class A shares while participating in a systematic withdrawal plan because you may be redeeming shares upon which a sales charge was already paid unless you purchased shares at net asset value. A Fund will not knowingly permit additional investments of less than $2,000 if you are making systematic withdrawals at the same time. A Fund will waive the CDSC on redemptions of shares made pursuant to a systematic withdrawal plan if the proceeds do not exceed 10% annually of the net asset value of the account. A Fund may amend the terms of the systematic withdrawal plan on 30 days’ notice. You or 1290 Funds may terminate the plan at any time.

 

Automatic Bank Purchase Plan

 

If you have your bank account linked to your 1290 Funds account, you can call 1-888-310-0416 prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time and purchase shares at that day’s closing price. The money will be taken from your bank account within one to five days.

 

1290 Funds - Related Web Site

 

Visit www.1290Funds.com to review your account balance and recent transactions, to view daily prices and performance information.

 

Transactions Through Processing Organizations

 

You may purchase or sell shares through an organization that provides recordkeeping and consulting services to 401(k) plans or other employee benefit plans or other omnibus accounts (“Processing Organization”). Processing Organizations may charge you a fee for this service and may require different minimum initial and subsequent investments than 1290 Funds. Processing Organizations may also impose other charges or restrictions different from those applicable to shareholders who invest in the Funds directly. A Processing Organization, rather than its customers, may be the shareholder of record of your shares. 1290 Funds is not responsible for the failure of any Processing Organization to carry out its obligations to its customers. Certain Processing Organizations may receive compensation from the Adviser or its affiliates and certain Processing Organizations may receive compensation from 1290 Funds for shareholder recordkeeping and similar services. One of the Processing Organizations through which shares of the Funds will be sold or redeemed is AXA Advisors, LLC, a member of FINRA/the Securities Investor Protection Corporation and an investment adviser registered with the SEC, which is an affiliate of the Funds, the Adviser and one of the Sub-Advisers.

 

1290 Funds   Additional Information   49


13. Glossary of Terms

 

 

 

Ask Price — The price a prospective seller is willing to accept.

 

Bid price — The price a prospective buyer is ready to pay. Along with Ask Price, this term is used by traders who maintain firm bid and offer prices in a given security by standing ready to buy or sell security units at publicly quoted prices.

 

Derivative — A financial instrument whose value and performance are based on the value and performance of an underlying asset, reference rate or index.

 

Diversification — The strategy of investing in a wide range of companies to reduce the risk if an individual company suffers losses.

 

Duration — A measure of how much a bond’s price fluctuates with changes in interest rates.

 

Fundamental analysis — An analysis of the balance sheet and income statements of a company in order to forecast its future stock price movements. Fundamental analysis considers past records of assets, earnings, sales, products, management and markets in predicting future trends in these indicators of a company’s success or failure. By appraising a company’s prospects, analysts using such an approach assess whether a particular stock or group of stocks is undervalued or overvalued at its current market price.

 

Interest rate — Rate of interest charged for the use of money, usually expressed as an annual rate.

 

Market capitalization — Market price of a company’s shares multiplied by number of shares outstanding. A common measure of the relative size of a company.

 

Net asset value (NAV) — The market value of one share of a Fund on any given day without taking into account any sales charges. It is determined by dividing a Fund’s total net assets by the number of shares outstanding.

 

Volatility — The general variability of a Fund’s value resulting from price fluctuations of its investments. In most cases, the more diversified a Fund is, the less volatile it will be.

 

Yield — The rate at which a Fund earns income, expressed as a percentage. Mutual fund yield calculations are standardized, based upon a formula developed by the SEC.

 

50   Glossary of Terms   1290 Funds


14. Financial Highlights

 

 

Since the Funds have not commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus, financial highlights are not available for the Funds.

 

1290 Funds   Financial Highlights   51


 

 

 

 

If you would like more information about the Funds, the following documents (including a copy of this Prospectus) are available at 1290 Funds’ website: www.1290Funds.com, free of charge.

 

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports — Include more information about the Funds’ investments and performance. The reports usually include performance information, a discussion of market conditions and the investment strategies that significantly affected the Funds’ performance during the last fiscal year.

 

Statement of Additional Information (SAI) — Provides more detailed information about the Funds, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated into this Prospectus by reference.

 

Portfolio Holdings Disclosure — A description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of their portfolio securities holdings is available in the Funds’ SAI.

 

To order a free copy of a Fund’s SAI and/or Annual and Semi-Annual Report, request other information about a

Fund, or make shareholder inquiries, contact your financial professional, or the Funds at:

 

1290 Funds

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10104

Telephone: 1-888-310-0416

Hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m (Eastern Time)

on any business day

 

Your financial professional or 1290 Funds will also be happy to answer your questions or

to provide any additional information that you may require.

 

Information about the Funds (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the Funds are available on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet site at:

 

http://www.sec.gov.

 

Investors may also obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following

E-mail address:

publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the SEC’s

Public Reference Section,

100 F Street NE

Washington, D.C. 20549-1520.

 

1290 Funds

 

(Investment Company Act File No. 811-22959)

 

1290 Funds


1290 FUNDS

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

November 4, 2014

 

Fund

  Share Class (Ticker)

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

  Class A (TNVAX)
  Class C (TNVCX)*
  Class I (TNVIX)
  Class R (TNVRX)

1290 High Yield Bond Fund

  Class A (TNHAX)
  Class C (TNHCX)*
  Class I (TNHIX)
  Class R (TNHRX)

1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund

  Class A (TNBAX)
  Class C (TNBCX)*
  Class I (TNBIX)
  Class R (TNBRX)

(each a “Fund” and together the “Funds”)

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus for the Funds dated November 4, 2014, as it may be supplemented from time to time, which may be obtained without charge by calling the 1290 Funds toll-free at 1-888-310-0416 or writing to the 1290 Funds at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms have the meanings given to them in the Prospectus.

 

 

  * Class C Shares currently are not offered for sale.

 

 

      

 

(711996)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

DESCRIPTION OF THE 1290 FUNDS

     3   

1290 FUNDS INVESTMENT POLICIES

     3   

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS

     5   

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICY

     59   

MANAGEMENT OF THE 1290 FUNDS

     62   

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

     72   

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER STRATEGIES

     81   

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

     83   

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

     84   

TAXATION

     89   

OTHER INFORMATION

     95   

OTHER SERVICES

     96   

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     96   

APPENDIX A — RATINGS OF CORPORATE DEBT SECURITIES

     A-1   

APPENDIX B — PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION

     B-1   

APPENDIX C — PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

     C-1   


DESCRIPTION OF THE 1290 FUNDS

1290 Funds is an open-end management investment company and is registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”). The 1290 Funds was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 1, 2013. (See “Other Information.”)

AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC d/b/a 1290 Asset Managers (the “Adviser” or “1290 Asset Managers”), currently serves as the investment adviser for the 1290 Funds.

Each Fund of the 1290 Funds consists of Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares. Class C shares currently are not offered for sale. This SAI contains information with respect to those shares of the Funds listed below. Each of the Funds is diversified. The 1290 Funds’ Board of Trustees (“Board”) is permitted to create additional funds. The assets of the 1290 Funds received for the issue or sale of shares of each Fund and all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, subject to the rights of creditors, are allocated to the Fund, and constitute the assets of the Fund. The assets of each Fund are charged with the liabilities and expenses attributable to the Fund, except that liabilities and expenses may be allocated to a particular class. Any general expenses of the 1290 Funds are allocated between or among any one or more of the Funds or classes.

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

1290 High Yield Bond Fund

1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund

Each class of shares is offered under the 1290 Funds’ multi-class distribution system, which is designed to allow promotion of investing in the Funds through alternative distribution channels. Under the 1290 Funds’ multi-class distribution system, shares of each class of a Fund represent an equal pro rata interest in that Fund and, generally, will have identical voting, dividend, liquidation, and other rights, preferences, powers, restrictions, limitations, qualifications and terms and conditions, except that each class may differ with respect to sales charges, if any, distribution and/or service fees, if any, other expenses allocable exclusively to each class, voting rights on matters exclusively affecting that class, and its exchange privilege and/or conversion features, if any. Each share of a Fund is entitled to participate equally in dividends, other distributions and the proceeds of any liquidation of that Fund, however, the income attributable to each class and the dividends payable on the shares of each class will be reduced by the amount of the distribution fee or service fee, if any, payable by that class. The distribution-related fees paid with respect to any class will not be used to finance the distribution expenditures of another class. Sales personnel may receive different compensation for selling different classes of shares.

1290 FUNDS INVESTMENT POLICIES

Fundamental Restrictions

Each Fund has adopted certain investment restrictions that are fundamental and may not be changed without approval by a “majority” vote of the Fund’s shareholders.

Such majority is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of the voting securities of such Fund present in person or by proxy at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund. Set forth below are each of the fundamental restrictions adopted by each of the Funds.

Each Fund will not:

 

(1) purchase securities of any one issuer if, as a result, more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer or the Fund would own or hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer, except that up to 25% of the Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to this limitation, and except that this limitation does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities or to securities issued by other investment companies.

 

3


The following interpretations apply to, but are not a part of, this fundamental restriction: (1) mortgage- and asset-backed securities will not be considered to have been issued by the same issuer by reason of the securities having the same sponsor, and mortgage- and asset-backed securities issued by a finance or other special purpose subsidiary that are not guaranteed by the parent company will be considered to be issued by a separate issuer from the parent company and (2) each Fund will not consider repurchase agreements to be subject to the above-stated 5% limitation if the collateral underlying the repurchase agreements consists exclusively of obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

(2) purchase any security if, as a result of that purchase, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry, except that this limitation does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities or to municipal securities.

The following interpretation applies to, but is not part of, this fundamental restriction. Industries generally are determined by reference to the classifications of industries set forth in a Fund’s shareholder report. Investment companies are not considered an industry for purposes of this restriction. With respect to each Fund’s investments in options, futures, swaps and other derivative transactions, industries may be determined by reference to the industry of the reference asset. The Funds may invest in underlying funds or Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”) that may concentrate their assets in one or more industries. The Funds may consider the concentration of the underlying funds and ETFs in determining compliance with this fundamental restriction.

 

(3) issue senior securities or borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and then not in excess of 331/3% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount of the senior securities issued but reduced by any liabilities not constituting senior securities) at the time of the issuance or borrowing, except that each Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets (not including the amount borrowed) for temporary purposes such as clearance of Fund transactions and share redemptions. For purposes of these restrictions, the purchase or sale of securities on a “when-issued,” delayed delivery or forward commitment basis, the purchase and sale of options and futures contracts and collateral arrangements with respect thereto are not deemed to be the issuance of a senior security, a borrowing or a pledge of assets.

The following interpretation applies to, but is not part of, this fundamental restriction. The 1940 Act currently permits each Fund (unless otherwise noted) to issue senior securities or borrow money in an amount not in excess of 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount of the senior securities issued but reduced by any liabilities not constituting senior securities) at the time of the issuance or borrowing, except that each Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets (not including the amount borrowed) for temporary purposes such as clearance of Fund transactions and share redemptions.

 

(4) make loans, except loans of portfolio securities or cash or through repurchase agreements, provided that for purposes of this restriction, the acquisition of bonds, debentures, other debt securities or instruments, or participations or other interests therein and investments in government obligations, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments will not be considered the making of a loan.

 

(5) engage in the business of underwriting securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the Fund might be considered an underwriter under the federal securities laws in connection with its disposition of portfolio securities.

 

(6)

purchase or sell real estate, except that investments in securities of issuers that invest in real estate and investments in mortgage-backed securities, mortgage participations or other instruments

 

4


  supported by interests in real estate are not subject to this limitation, and except that each Fund may exercise rights under agreements relating to such securities, including the right to enforce security interests and to hold real estate acquired by reason of such enforcement until that real estate can be liquidated in an orderly manner.

 

(7) purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of owning securities or other instruments, but each Fund may purchase, sell or enter into financial options and futures, forward and spot currency contracts, swap transactions and other financial contracts or derivative instruments.

Non-Fundamental Restrictions

The following investment restrictions apply generally to each Fund but are not fundamental. They may be changed for any fund by the Board and without a vote of that fund’s shareholders.

Each Fund will not:

 

(1) invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

(2) purchase securities on margin, except for short-term credit necessary for clearance of portfolio transactions and except that each Fund may make margin deposits or post other forms of collateral in connection with its use of financial options and futures, forward and spot currency contracts, swap transactions and other financial contracts or derivative instruments, and short positions.

 

(3) engage in short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except that each Fund may (a) engage in covered short sales and (b) maintain short positions in connection with its use of financial options and futures, forward and spot currency contracts, swap transactions and other financial contracts or derivative instruments.

 

(4) acquire any securities of registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Sections 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) of the 1940 Act.

 

(5) purchase portfolio securities while borrowings in excess of 5% of its total assets are outstanding.

The 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, 1290 High Yield Bond Fund and 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund each have a policy regarding how at least 80% of its assets will be invested, and none of these Funds may change their respective policy without giving at least sixty (60) days’ written notice to their respective shareholders to the extent required by SEC rules.

Each Fund may, notwithstanding any fundamental or non-fundamental policy or limitation, invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end management investment company with substantially the same investment objective, policies and limitations as the Fund.

INVESTMENT STR ATEGIES AND RISKS

In addition to the Funds’ principal investment strategies discussed in the Prospectuses, each Fund may engage in other types of investment strategies as further described below. Each Fund may invest in or utilize any of these investment strategies and instruments or engage in any of these practices except where otherwise prohibited by law or the Fund’s own investment restrictions.

Asset-Backed Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of assets such as, among other things, motor vehicle installment sales contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements, or a combination of the foregoing. These assets are securitized through the use of trusts and special purpose corporations. Asset-backed securities can also be collateralized by a single asset (e.g. a loan to a specific corporation). Asset-backed securities that represent an interest in a pool of assets provide greater credit diversification than those representing an interest in a single asset. Asset-backed

 

5


securities may include securities backed by pools of loans made to borrowers with blemished credit histories (“subprime” loans). The underwriting standards for subprime loans may be lower and more flexible than the standards generally used by lenders for borrowers with non-blemished credit histories with respect to the borrower’s credit standing and repayment history. Asset-backed securities present certain risks. For instance, in the case of credit card receivables, these securities are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Certain collateral may be difficult to locate in the event of default, and recoveries of depreciated or damaged collateral may not fully cover payments due on such collateral. In the case of automobile loans, most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. If a Fund purchases asset-backed securities that are “subordinated” to other interests in the same pool of assets, the Fund as a holder of those securities may only receive payments after the pool’s obligations to other investors have been satisfied. The subordinated securities may be more illiquid and less stable than other asset-backed securities.

The credit quality of asset-backed securities depends primarily on the quality of the underlying assets, the rights of recourse available against the underlying assets and/or the issuer, the level of credit enhancement, if any, provided for the securities, and the credit quality of the credit-support provider, if any. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, the securities may contain elements of credit support which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default ensures payment through insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties. A Fund will not pay any additional or separate fees for credit support. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a security. In addition, the risk of default by borrowers is greater during times of rising interest rates and/or unemployment rates and generally is higher in the case of asset pools that include subprime assets.

Asset-backed securities may be subject to interest rate risk and prepayment risk. In a period of declining interest rates, borrowers may prepay the underlying assets more quickly than anticipated, thereby reducing the yield to maturity and the average life of the asset-backed securities. Moreover, when a Fund reinvests the proceeds of a prepayment in these circumstances, it will likely receive a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on the security that was prepaid. In a period of rising interest rates, prepayments of the underlying assets may occur at a slower than expected rate, creating maturity extension risk. This particular risk may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a longer term security. Since the value of longer-term securities generally fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than does the value of shorter term securities, maturity extension risk could increase the volatility of a Fund.

Due to the possibility that prepayments (on automobile loans and other collateral) will alter the cash flow on asset-backed securities, it is not possible to determine in advance the actual final maturity date or average life. Faster prepayment will shorten the average life and slower prepayments will lengthen it. However, it is possible to determine what the range of that movement could be and to calculate the

 

6


effect that it will have on the price of the security. In selecting these securities, the Sub-Adviser will look for those securities that offer a higher yield to compensate for any variation in average maturity.

Bank Loans.    Certain of the Funds may invest in bank loans. A bank loan represents an interest in a loan or other direct indebtedness that entitles the acquirer of such interest to payments of interest, principal and/or other amounts due under the structure of the loan. A Fund may acquire a bank loan through (1) a participation interest, which gives the Fund the right to receive payments of principal, interest and/or other amounts only from the lender selling the participation interest and only when the lender receives the payments from the borrower, or (2) an assignment in which a Fund succeeds to the rights of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement. In connection with purchasing participations, a Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loans, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, a Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. When a Fund purchases assignments from lenders, the Fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan, and will not have exposure to a counterparty’s credit risk.

Bank loans are typically borrowers’ senior debt obligations and, as such, are considered to hold a senior position in the borrower’s capital structure. The senior capital structure position generally gives the holders of bank loans a priority claim on some or all of the borrower’s assets in the event of a default. In many situations, the assets or cash flow of the borrowing corporation, partnership or other business entity may serve as collateral for the bank loan. When a Fund has an interest in certain types of bank loans, a Fund may have an obligation to make additional loans upon demand by the borrower. These commitments may have the effect of requiring a Fund to increase its investment in a borrower at a time when it would not have otherwise done so. Bank loans may be issued in connection with acquisitions, refinancings and recapitalizations.

A Fund’s investments in bank loans are subject to the risk that the Fund will not receive payment of interest, principal and other amounts due in connection with these investments and will depend primarily on the financial condition of the borrower. Fully secured bank loans offer a Fund more protection than unsecured bank loans in the event of nonpayment of scheduled interest or principal, although there is no assurance that the liquidation of a secured bank loan’s collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation or that the collateral could be readily liquidated. In addition, a Fund’s access to collateral may be limited by bankruptcy or other insolvency laws. In the case of a bankruptcy, a Fund may not recover its principal, may experience a substantial delay in recovering its investment and may not receive interest during the delay. Unsecured bank loans are subject to a greater risk of default than secured bank loans, especially during periods of deteriorating economic conditions. Unsecured bank loans also have a greater risk of nonpayment in the event of a default than secured bank loans since there is no recourse for the lender to collateral.

A Fund may have difficulty disposing of assignments and participations. In certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid, and in such cases such instruments could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and on a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular assignments or participations in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

Lending financial institutions often act as agents for broader groups of lenders, generally referred to as a syndicate. The syndicate’s agent arranges the loans, holds collateral and accepts payments of interest and principal. If the syndicate’s agent develops financial problems, a Fund may not recover its investment or its recovery may be substantially delayed.

A Fund may be required to pay and may receive various commissions and fees in the process of purchasing, holding and selling bank loans. Such fees may include arrangement fees, facility fees, and

 

7


letter of credit fees. Arrangement fees are paid at the start of a loan as compensation for the initiation of the loan. Facility fees are ongoing annual fees paid in connection with a loan. Letter of credit fees are paid if a loan involves a letter of credit.

If state or federal regulators or legislation impose additional restrictions or requirements on the ability of financial institutions to make loans considered highly leveraged transactions, the availability of bank loans for investments may be adversely affected and such restrictions or requirements could reduce sources of financing for certain borrowers, which would increase the risk of default. In addition, if state or federal regulators or legislation subject bank loans that are considered to be highly leveraged to increased regulatory scrutiny or require financial institutions to dispose of such bank loans, financial institutions may decide to sell such bank loans. Such sales by financial institutions may not be at desirable prices and if a Fund attempts to sell a bank loan at the same time, the price the Fund could get for the bank loan may be adversely affected.

Bonds.    Certain of the Funds may invest in one or more types of bonds. Bonds are fixed or variable rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Mortgage- and asset-backed securities are types of bonds, and certain types of income-producing, non-convertible preferred stocks may be treated as bonds for investment purposes. Bonds generally are used by corporations, governments and other issuers to borrow money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Many preferred stocks and some bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date.

Bonds are subject to interest rate risk and credit risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates will rise and that, as a result, bond prices will fall, lowering the value of a Fund’s investments in bonds. If interest rates move sharply in a manner not anticipated by Fund’s management, a Fund’s investments in bonds could be adversely affected. In general, bonds having longer durations are more sensitive to interest rate changes than are bonds with shorter durations. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain bonds is extended because of slower than expected principal payments. This may lock in a below-market interest rate and extend the duration of these bonds, especially mortgage-related securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, these securities may exhibit additional volatility and lose value. This is known as extension risk.

Credit risk is the risk that an issuer will not make timely payments of principal and interest on the bond. The degree of credit risk depends on the issuer’s financial condition and on the terms of the debt securities. Changes in an issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of a Fund’s investment in that issuer.

Brady Bonds.    Certain of the Funds may invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are fixed income securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to foreign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructuring under a plan introduced by Nicholas F. Brady when he was the United States Secretary of the Treasury. Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized and issued in various currencies (although most are U.S. dollar-denominated) and they are actively traded in the over the counter (“OTC”) secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. Government securities.

U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury Department (“U.S. Treasury”) zero-coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often

 

8


viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (the uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”).

Brady Bonds involve various risk factors described in this SAI associated with investing in foreign securities, including the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. In light of the residual risk of Brady Bonds and, among other factors, the history of defaults, investments in Brady Bonds are considered speculative. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which a Fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings. Each Fund will invest in Brady Bonds only if they are consistent with quality specifications established from time to time by the Sub-Advisers to that Fund.

Collateralized Debt Obligations.    Certain of the Funds may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CDOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is ordinarily issued by a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) and is typically which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. The collateral can be from many different types of fixed income securities such as high yield debt, residential privately issued mortgage-related securities, commercial privately issued mortgage-related securities, trust preferred securities and emerging market debt. A CLO is ordinarily issued by a trust or other SPE and is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Other CDOs are trusts backed by other types of assets representing obligations of various parties. Although certain CDOs may benefit from credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, overcollateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present, and may fail to protect a Fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral Certain CDO issuers may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly, which entails the risks of derivative instruments described elsewhere in this SAI. CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of a Fund.

For both CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs, the cash flows from the trust or SPE are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust or trust of another CDO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO, CLO or other CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, downgrades of the underlying collateral by rating agencies, forced liquidation of the collateral pool due to a failure of coverage tests, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO, CLO or other CDO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind or deferred and capitalized (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO can be significant and depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the instrument in which a Fund invests. Normally, CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws.

As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Funds as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing them to qualify for Rule 144A (under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”)) transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities and asset-backed securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the Funds’

 

9


Prospectuses (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default or be downgraded if rated by a rating agency; (iii) the Funds may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results; (v) the investment return achieved by a Fund could be significantly different from return predicted by financial models and (vi) the lack of a readily available secondary market for CDOs.

Convertible Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in convertible securities, including both convertible debt and convertible preferred stock. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of commons stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities are subordinate in rank to any senior debt obligations of the same issuer and, therefore, an issuer’s convertible securities entail more risk than its debt obligations.

Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics in that they generally (1) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities, (2) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying stock because they have fixed income characteristics and (3) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases. While no securities investment is without some risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock. However, the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed income security.

If the convertible security’s “conversion value,” which is the market value of the underlying common stock that would be obtained upon the conversion of the convertible security, is substantially below the “investment value,” which is the value of a convertible security viewed without regard to its conversion feature (i.e., strictly on the basis of its yield), the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value.

If the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the value of the security will be principally influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security will sell at a premium over its conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding an income-producing security.

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Certain convertible debt securities may provide a put option to the holder, which entitles the holder to cause the security to be redeemed by the issuer at a premium over the stated principal amount of the debt security under certain circumstances.

Investments by certain of the Funds in convertible debt securities are not subject to any ratings restrictions, although each Sub-Adviser will consider such ratings, and any changes in such ratings, in its determination of whether a Fund should invest and/or continue to hold the securities.

 

10


Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of commons stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities are subordinate in rank to any senior debt obligations of the same issuer and, therefore, an issuer’s convertible securities entail more risk than its debt obligations.

Credit and Liquidity Enhancements.    Certain of the Funds may invest in securities that have credit or liquidity enhancements or may purchase these types of enhancements in the secondary market. Such enhancements may be structured as demand features that permit the Fund to sell the instrument at designated times and prices. These credit and liquidity enhancements may be backed by letters of credit or other instruments provided by banks or other financial institutions whose credit standing affects the credit quality of the underlying obligation. Changes in the credit quality of these financial institutions could cause losses to a Fund and affect its share price. The credit and liquidity enhancements may have conditions that limit the ability of a Fund to use them when the Fund wishes to do so.

Depositary Receipts.    Certain of the Funds may invest in depositary receipts. Depositary receipts represent ownership interests in securities of foreign companies (an “underlying issuer”) that have been deposited with a bank or trust and that trade on an exchange or over-the-counter. Depositary receipts are not necessarily denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities. Depositary receipts include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and other types of depositary receipts (which, together with ADRs and GDRs, are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Depositary Receipts”). ADRs are dollar-denominated Depositary Receipts typically issued by a United States financial institution which evidence ownership interests in a security or pool of securities issued by a foreign issuer. ADRs are listed and traded in the United States. GDRs and other types of Depositary Receipts are typically issued by foreign banks or trust companies, although they also may be issued by U.S. financial institutions, and evidence ownership interests in a security or pool of securities issued by either a foreign or a United States corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes called Continental Depositary Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks or trust companies, that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic underlying securities. Generally, Depositary Receipts in registered form are designed for use in the U.S. securities market and Depositary Receipts in bearer form are designed for use in securities markets outside the United States. Depositary Receipts generally are subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted.

Depositary Receipts may be “sponsored” or “unsponsored.” Sponsored Depositary Receipts are established jointly by a depositary and the underlying issuer, whereas unsponsored Depositary Receipts may be established by a depositary without participation by the underlying issuer. Holders of an unsponsored Depositary Receipt generally bear all the costs associated with establishing the unsponsored Depositary Receipt. In addition, the issuers of the securities underlying unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose information that is, in the U.S., considered material. Therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts. Depositary Receipts may be less liquid or may trade at a lower price than the securities of the underlying issuer. For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies, the Fund’s investment in Depositary Receipts will be deemed to be investments in the underlying securities except as noted.

Derivatives.    Each Fund may use a variety of financial instruments that derive their value from the value of one or more underlying assets, reference rates or indices (“Derivative Instruments”), including certain options, futures contracts and swap transactions. A Fund may enter into transactions involving one or more types of Derivative Instruments under which the full value of its portfolio is at risk. Under normal circumstances, however, a Fund’s use of these instruments will place at risk a smaller portion of

 

11


its assets. Further information about these instruments and the risks involved in their use are contained under the description of each of these instruments below.

A Fund might not use any Derivative Instruments or derivative strategies, and there can be no assurance that using any strategy will succeed. If a portfolio manager is incorrect in his or her judgment on market values, interest rates or other economic factors in using a Derivative Instrument or strategy, the Fund may have lower net income and a net loss on the investment.

There have been numerous recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to implement a new regulatory framework for the derivatives markets.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted on July 21, 2010, has initiated a dramatic revision of the U.S. financial regulatory framework that will continue to unfold over several years. The Dodd-Frank Act covers a broad range of topics, including (among many others) a reorganization of federal financial regulators; a process intended to improve financial systemic stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; new rules for derivatives trading; the creation of a consumer financial protection watchdog; the registration and additional regulation of hedge and private equity fund managers; and new federal requirements for residential mortgage loans. Instruments in which the Funds may invest, or the issuers of such instruments, may be affected by the new legislation and regulation in ways that are unforeseeable. Although portions of the implementing regulations have been finalized, the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, including on the derivative instruments in which a Fund may invest, is not yet certain.

The statutory provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act significantly change in several respects the ways in which investment products are marketed, sold, settled (or “cleared”) or terminated. In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates the elimination of references to credit ratings in numerous securities laws, including the 1940 Act. Certain swap derivatives have been and other derivatives may be mandated for central clearing under the Dodd-Frank Act, which likely will require technological and other changes to the operations of registered investment companies and the market in which they will trade. Central clearing also entails the use of assets of a registered investment company to satisfy margin calls and this may have an effect on the performance of such a fund. The regulators have not yet issued final regulations implementing all of the Dodd-Frank Act’s margin requirements and clearing mandates.

The regulators that have been charged with the responsibility for implementing the Dodd-Frank Act (i.e., the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”)) have been active in proposing and adopting regulations and guidance on the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. As discussed below, the CFTC recently adopted a revision to one of its rules that, as revised, either restricts the use of derivatives by a registered investment company or requires the fund’s adviser to register as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”). The SEC is reviewing its current guidance on the use of derivatives by registered investment companies and may issue new guidance. It is not clear whether or when such new guidance will be published or what the content of such guidance may be.

Historically, advisers of registered investment companies trading commodity interests (such as futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and swaps), including the Funds, have been excluded from regulation as CPOs pursuant to CFTC Regulation 4.5. In February 2012, the CFTC announced substantial amendments to the permissible exclusion, and to the conditions for reliance on the permissible exclusion, from registration as a CPO. To qualify for an exclusion under these amendments to CFTC Regulation 4.5, if a Fund uses commodity interests (such as futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and swaps) other than for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined by the CFTC), the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish these positions, determined at the time the most recent position was established, may not exceed 5% of the Fund’s NAV (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which options that are “in-the-money” at the time of purchase are “in-the-money”) or, alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of those positions, determined at the time the most recent position was established, may not exceed 100% of the Fund’s NAV (after taking into account unrealized profits and

 

12


unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition, to qualify for an exclusion, a Fund must satisfy a marketing test, which requires, among other things, that a Fund not hold itself out as a vehicle for trading commodity interests. CPOs were required to comply with the amendments to CFTC Regulation 4.5, which became effective on April 24, 2012, as of December 31, 2012.

The Adviser is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the 1940 Act. The Adviser also is registered with the CFTC as a CPO under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended. Being subject to dual regulation by the SEC and the CFTC may increase compliance costs and may affect Fund returns. The Adviser claims an exclusion (under CFTC Regulation 4.5) from registration as a CPO with respect to the Funds. The Adviser intends to comply with one of the two alternative trading limitations described above and the marketing limitation with respect to each Fund. Complying with the trading limitations may restrict the Adviser’s ability to use derivatives as part of these Funds’ investment strategies. Although the Adviser expects to be able to execute each of these Fund’s investment strategies within the limitations, a Fund’s performance could be adversely affected. In addition, new rules under the Dodd-Frank Act may limit the availability of certain derivatives, may make the use of derivatives by Funds more costly, and may otherwise adversely impact the performance and value of derivatives.

Equity Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in one or more types of equity securities. Equity securities include common stocks, most preferred stocks and securities that are convertible into them, including common stock purchase warrants and rights, equity interests in trusts, partnerships, joint ventures or similar enterprises and depositary receipts. Common stocks, the most familiar type, represent an equity (ownership) interest in a corporation.

Different types of equity securities provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in the event of the bankruptcy and/or insolvency of the issuer. Preferred stock has certain fixed income features, like a bond, but actually is an equity security that is senior to a company’s common stock. Convertible bonds may include debentures and notes that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. Some preferred stock also may be converted into or exchanged for common stock. Depositary receipts typically are issued by banks or trust companies and evidence ownership of underlying equity securities.

While past performance does not guarantee future results, equity securities historically have provided the greatest long-term growth potential in a company. However, stock markets are volatile, and the prices of equity securities generally fluctuate more than other securities and reflect changes in a company’s financial condition as well as general market, economic and political conditions and other factors. The value of an equity security may also may be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the issuing company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. Common stocks generally represent the riskiest investment in a company. Even investments in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor economic conditions. It is possible that a Fund may experience a substantial or complete loss on an individual equity investment. While this is also possible with bonds, it is less likely.

Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Obligations.    Certain of the Funds may invest in Eurodollar and Yankee dollar obligations. Eurodollar bank obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit and time deposits issued outside the U.S. capital markets by foreign branches of U.S. banks and by foreign banks. Yankee dollar bank obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign banks.

Eurodollar and Yankee dollar obligations are subject to the same risks that pertain to domestic issues; notably credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee dollar) obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of dollars, from flowing across its borders. Other risks include adverse political and economic developments; the extent and quality of government

 

13


regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes; and the expropriation or nationalization of foreign issuers.

Event-Linked Bonds.    Certain of the Funds may invest in event-linked bonds. Event-linked bonds are fixed income securities, for which the return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific “trigger” event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomenon. They may be issued by government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other on-shore or off-shore entities. If a trigger event causes losses exceeding a specific amount in the geographic region and time period specified in a bond, a Fund investing in the bond may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. If no trigger event occurs, the Fund will recover its principal plus interest. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event or losses may be based on company-wide losses, index-fund losses, industry indices, or readings of scientific instruments rather than specified actual losses. Often the event-linked bonds provide for extensions of maturity that are mandatory, or optional at the discretion of the issuer, in order to process and audit loss claims in those cases where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. In addition to the specified trigger events, event-linked bonds may also expose the Fund to certain unanticipated risks including issuer (credit) default, counterparty risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations, and adverse tax consequences.

Event-linked bonds are a relatively new type of financial instrument. As such, there is no significant trading history of these securities, and there can be no assurance that a liquid market in these instruments will develop. See “Illiquid Securities or Non-Publicly Traded Securities” below. Lack of a liquid market may impose the risk of higher transaction costs and the possibility that a Fund may be forced to liquidate positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. Event-linked bonds are typically rated, and a Fund will only invest in event-linked bonds that meet the credit quality requirements for the Fund.

Floaters and Inverse Floaters.    Certain of the Funds may invest in floaters and inverse floaters, which are fixed income securities with a floating or variable rate of interest, i.e., the rate of interest varies with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, or at specified intervals. The interest rate on a floater resets periodically. Because of the interest rate reset feature, floaters provide a Fund with a certain degree of protection against rises in interest rates, but a Fund will participate in any declines in interest rates as well. Certain floaters may carry a demand feature that permits the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the underlying instrument, or to a third party, at par value prior to maturity. When the demand feature of certain floaters represents an obligation of a foreign entity, the demand feature will be subject to certain risks discussed under “Foreign Securities.”

In addition, certain of the Funds may invest in inverse floating rate obligations which are fixed income securities that have coupon rates that vary inversely at a multiple of a designated floating rate, such as London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Any rise in the reference rate of an inverse floater (as a consequence of an increase in interest rates) causes a drop in the coupon rate while any drop in the reference rate of an inverse floater causes an increase in the coupon rate. Inverse floaters may exhibit substantially greater price volatility than fixed rate obligations having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity, and inverse floater collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) exhibit greater price volatility than the majority of mortgage-related securities. In addition, some inverse floater CMOs exhibit extreme sensitivity to changes in prepayments. As a result, the yield to maturity of an inverse floater CMO is sensitive not only to changes in interest rates but also to changes in prepayment rates on the related underlying mortgage assets.

Foreign Currency.    Certain of the Funds may purchase securities denominated in foreign currencies, including the purchase of foreign currency on a spot (or cash) basis. A change in the value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a change in the U.S. dollar value of a Fund’s assets and income. In addition, although a portion of a Fund’s investment income may be received or realized in such currencies, the Fund will be required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars.

 

14


Therefore, if the exchange rate for any such currency declines after a Fund’s income has been earned and computed in U.S. dollars but before conversion and payment, the Fund could be required to liquidate portfolio securities to make such distributions.

Currency exchange rates may be affected unpredictably by intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. Foreign currencies in which a Fund’s assets are denominated may be devalued against the U.S. dollar, resulting in a loss to the Fund. Currency positions are not considered to be an investment in a foreign government for industry concentration purposes.

Certain Funds may also invest in the following types of foreign currency transactions:

Forward Foreign Currency Transactions.    Certain of the Funds may engage in forward foreign currency exchange transactions. A forward foreign currency exchange contract (“forward contract”) involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract.

A Fund may enter into forward contracts for a variety of purposes in connection with the management of the foreign securities portion of its portfolio. A Fund’s use of such contracts will include, but not be limited to, the following situations.

First, when the Fund enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in or exposed to a foreign currency, it may desire to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of dollars, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transactions, the Fund will be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received.

Second, when a Fund’s Sub-Adviser believes that one currency may experience a substantial movement against another currency, including the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward contract to sell or buy the amount of the former foreign currency, approximating the value of some or all of the Fund’s portfolio securities denominated in or exposed to such foreign currency. Alternatively, where appropriate, the Fund may hedge all or part of its foreign currency exposure through the use of a basket of currencies, multinational currency units, or a proxy currency where such currency or currencies act as an effective proxy for other currencies. In such a case, the Fund may enter into a forward contract where the amount of the foreign currency to be sold exceeds the value of the securities denominated in or exposed to such currency. The use of this basket hedging technique may be more efficient and economical than entering into separate forward contracts for each currency held in the Fund.

The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market movement is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Under normal circumstances, consideration of the prospect for currency parities will be incorporated into the diversification strategies. However, the Sub-Advisers to the Funds believe that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into such forward contracts when they determine that the best interests of the Funds will be served.

A Fund may enter into forward contracts for any other purpose consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and program. For example, a Fund may use foreign currency options and forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. However, the Fund will not enter into a forward contract, or maintain exposure to

 

15


any such contract(s), if the amount of foreign currency required to be delivered thereunder would exceed the Fund’s holdings of liquid securities and currency available for cover of the forward contract(s). In determining the amount to be delivered under a contract, the Fund may net offsetting positions.

At the maturity of a forward contract, a Fund may sell the portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the security and either extend the maturity of the forward contract (by “rolling” that contract forward) or may initiate a new forward contract. If a Fund retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund will incur a gain or a loss (as described below) to the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices. If the Fund engages in an offsetting transaction, it may subsequently enter into a new forward contract to sell the foreign currency.

Should forward prices decline during the period between the Fund’s entering into a forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the Fund will realize a gain to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase. Should forward prices increase, the Fund will suffer a loss to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.

Although each Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. The Fund will convert foreign currencies to U.S. dollars and vice versa from time to time, and investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (“spread”) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

Forward contracts in which a Fund may engage include foreign exchange forwards. The consummation of a foreign exchange forward requires the actual exchange of the principal amounts of the two currencies in the contract (i.e., settlement on a physical basis) Because foreign exchange forwards are physically settled through an exchange of currencies, they are traded in the interbank market directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A foreign exchange forward generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades; foreign exchange dealers realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the prices at which they are buying and the prices at which they are selling various currencies. When a Fund enters into a foreign exchange forward, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction. A Fund may be required to obtain the currency that it must deliver under the foreign exchange forward through the sale of portfolio securities denominated in such currency or through conversion of other assets of a Fund into such currency.

Forward contracts in which a Fund may engage also include non-deliverable forwards (“NDFs”). NDFs are cash-settled, short-term forward contracts on foreign currencies (each a “Reference Currency”) that are non-convertible and that may be thinly traded or illiquid.

NDFs involve an obligation to pay an amount (the “Settlement Amount”) equal to the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate for the Reference Currency and the agreed upon exchange rate (the “NDF Rate”), with respect to an agreed notional amount. NDFs have a fixing date and a settlement (delivery) date. The fixing date is the date and time at which the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate and the agreed upon exchange rate is calculated. The settlement (delivery) date is the date by which the payment of the Settlement Amount is due to the party receiving payment.

Although NDFs are similar to forward exchange forwards, NDFs do not require physical delivery of the Reference Currency on the settlement date. Rather, on the settlement date, the only transfer between the counterparties is the monetary settlement amount representing the difference between the NDF Rate and the prevailing market exchange rate. NDFs typically may have terms from one month up to two years and are settled in U.S. dollars.

 

16


NDFs are subject to many of the risks associated with derivatives in general and forward currency transactions, including risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency and the risk that the counterparty will fail to fulfill its obligations. Although NDFs historically have been traded over-the-counter, in the future, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, they may be exchange-traded. Under such circumstances, they will be centrally cleared and a secondary market for them will exist. With respect to NDFs that are centrally-cleared, while central clearing is intended to decrease counterparty risk, an investor could lose margin payments it has deposited with the clearing organization as well as the net amount of gains not yet paid by the clearing organization if the clearing organization breaches its obligations under the NDF, becomes insolvent or goes into bankruptcy. In the event of bankruptcy of the clearing organization, the investor may be entitled to the net amount of gains the investor is entitled to receive plus the return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the clearing organization’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the investor. Even if some NDFs remain traded OTC, they will be subject to margin requirements for uncleared swaps and counterparty risk common to other swaps. For more information about the risks associated with utilizing swaps, please see “Swaps.”

Foreign Currency Options, Foreign Currency Futures Contracts and Options on Futures.    Certain of the Funds may also purchase and sell foreign currency futures contracts and may purchase and write exchange-traded call and put options on foreign currency futures contracts and on foreign currencies to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. Those Funds may purchase or sell exchange-traded foreign currency options, foreign currency futures contracts and related options on foreign currency futures contracts as a hedge against possible variations in foreign exchange rates. The Funds will write options on foreign currency or on foreign currency futures contracts only if they are “covered,” except as described below. A put on a foreign currency or on a foreign currency futures contract written by a Fund will be considered “covered” if, so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of the put, it segregates, either on the records of the Sub-Advisers or with the Fund’s custodian, cash or other liquid securities equal at all times to the aggregate exercise price of the put. A call on a foreign currency or on a foreign currency futures contract written by the Fund will be considered “covered” only if the Fund segregates, either on the records of the Sub-Advisers or with the Fund’s custodian, cash or other liquid securities with a value equal to the face amount of the option contract and denominated in the currency upon which the call is written.

Option transactions may be effected to hedge the currency risk on non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities owned by a Fund, sold by a Fund but not yet delivered or anticipated to be purchased by a Fund. As an illustration, a Fund may use such techniques to hedge the stated value in U.S. dollars of an investment in a Japanese yen-denominated security. In these circumstances, a Fund may purchase a foreign currency put option enabling it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date. To the extent the hedge is successful, a loss in the value of the dollar relative to the yen will tend to be offset by an increase in the value of the put option.

Over the Counter Options on Foreign Currency Transactions.    Certain of the Funds may engage in OTC options on foreign currency transactions. The Sub-Advisers may engage in these transactions to protect against uncertainty in the level of future exchange rates in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities (“transaction hedging”) and to protect the value of specific portfolio positions (“position hedging”). Certain differences exist between foreign currency hedging instruments. Foreign currency options provide the holder the right to buy or to sell a currency at a fixed price on or before a future date. Listed options are third-party contracts (performance is guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation) which are issued by a clearing corporation, traded on an exchange and have standardized prices and expiration dates. OTC options are two-party contracts and have negotiated prices and expiration dates. A futures contract on a foreign currency is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a specified amount of the currency for a set price on a future date. Futures contracts and listed options on futures contracts are traded on boards of trade or futures exchanges. Options traded in the OTC market may not be as actively traded as those on an

 

17


exchange, so it may be more difficult to value such options. In addition, it may be difficult to enter into closing transactions with respect to options traded over the counter.

Hedging transactions involve costs and may result in losses. Certain of the Funds may also write covered call options on foreign currencies to offset some of the costs of hedging those currencies. A Fund will engage in OTC options transactions on foreign currencies only when appropriate exchange traded transactions are unavailable and when, in the Sub-Adviser’s opinion, the pricing mechanism and liquidity are satisfactory and the participants are responsible parties likely to meet their contractual obligations. A Fund’s ability to engage in hedging and related option transactions may be limited by tax considerations (see the section of this SAI entitled “Taxation”).

Transactions and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities which the Funds own or intend to purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange which one can achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from the increase in the value of such currency.

A Fund will not hedge a currency substantially in excess of the market value of the securities denominated in that currency which it owns or the expected acquisition price of securities which it anticipates purchasing. OTC options on foreign currency also are considered to be swaps. For information concerning the risks associated with swaps please see “Swaps.”

Foreign Securities.    Certain of the Funds may also invest in other types of foreign securities or engage in certain types of transactions related to foreign securities, such as Brady Bonds, Depositary Receipts, Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Obligations and Foreign Currency Transactions, including forward foreign currency transactions, foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and options on futures. Further information about these instruments and the risks involved in their use are contained under the description of each of these instruments in this section.

Foreign investments involve certain risks that are not present in domestic securities. For example, foreign securities may be subject to currency risks or to foreign income or other withholding taxes that reduce their attractiveness. There may be less information publicly available about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and a foreign issuer is not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the United States. In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain industries. Other risks of investing in such securities include political or economic instability in the country involved, the difficulty of predicting international trade patterns and the possibility of imposition of exchange controls or limitations on the removal of funds or assets. The prices of such securities may be more volatile than those of domestic securities. With respect to certain foreign countries, there is a possibility of expropriation of assets or nationalization, imposition of withholding taxes on dividend or interest payments, difficulty in obtaining and enforcing judgments against foreign entities or diplomatic developments which could affect investment in these countries. Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the United States or other foreign countries.

Losses and other expenses may be incurred in converting between various currencies in connection with purchases and sales of foreign securities. Generally, when the U.S. dollar rises in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency loses value because the currency is worth fewer U.S. dollars. Conversely, when the U.S. dollar decreases in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency gains value because the currency is worth more U.S. dollars. This risk, generally known as “currency risk,” means that a stronger U.S. dollar will reduce returns for U.S. investors while a weak U.S. dollar will increase those returns.

Foreign stock markets are generally not as developed or efficient as, and may be more volatile than, those in the United States. While growing in volume, they usually have substantially less volume than

 

18


U.S. markets and a Fund’s investment securities may be less liquid and subject to more rapid and erratic price movements than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Equity securities may trade at price/earnings multiples higher than comparable U.S. securities and such levels may not be sustainable. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign stock exchanges, brokers, banks and listed companies abroad than in the United States. Moreover, settlement practices for transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in U.S. markets. Such differences may include delays beyond periods customary in the United States and practices, such as delivery of securities prior to receipt of payment, which increase the likelihood of a “failed settlement,” which can result in losses to a Fund.

The economies of certain foreign markets often do not compare favorably with that of the U.S. with respect to such issues as growth of gross national product, reinvestment of capital, resources, and balance of payments position. Certain such economies may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures.

The value of foreign investments and the investment income derived from them may also be affected unfavorably by changes in currency exchange control regulations. Although the Funds will invest only in securities denominated in foreign currencies that are fully exchangeable into U.S. dollars without legal restriction at the time of investment, there can be no assurance that currency controls will not be imposed subsequently. In addition, the value of foreign fixed income investments may fluctuate in response to changes in U.S. and foreign interest rates.

A Fund that invests in foreign securities is subject to the risk that its share price may be exposed to arbitrage attempts by investors seeking to capitalize on differences in the values of foreign securities trading on foreign exchanges that may close before the time the Fund’s net asset value is determined. If such arbitrage attempts are successful, the Fund’s net asset value might be diluted. A Fund’s use of fair value pricing in certain circumstances (by adjusting the closing market prices of foreign securities to reflect what the Board believes to be their fair value) may help deter such arbitrage activities. The effect of such fair value pricing is that foreign securities may not be priced on the basis of quotations from the primary foreign securities market in which they are traded, but rather may be priced by another method that the Board believes reflects fair value. As such, fair value pricing is based on subjective judgment and it is possible that fair value may differ materially from the value realized on a sale of a foreign security. It is also possible that use of fair value pricing will limit an investment adviser’s ability to implement a Fund’s investment strategy (e.g., reducing the volatility of the Fund’s share price) or achieve its investment objective.

Foreign brokerage commissions, custodial expenses and other fees are also generally higher than for securities traded in the United States. Consequently, the overall expense ratios of international or global funds are usually somewhat higher than those of typical domestic stock funds.

Moreover, investments in foreign government debt securities, particularly those of emerging market country governments, involve special risks. Certain emerging market countries have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. See “Emerging Market Securities” below for additional risks.

Fluctuations in exchange rates may also affect the earning power and asset value of the foreign entity issuing a security, even one denominated in U.S. dollars. Dividend and interest payments will be repatriated based on the exchange rate at the time of disbursement, and restrictions on capital flows may be imposed.

In less liquid and well developed stock markets, such as those in some Eastern European, Southeast Asian, and Latin American countries, volatility may be heightened by actions of a few major investors. For example, substantial increases or decreases in cash flows of mutual funds investing in these markets

 

19


could significantly affect stock prices and, therefore, share prices. Additionally, investments in emerging market regions or the following geographic regions are subject to more specific risks, as discussed below.

Emerging Market Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in emerging market securities. Investments in emerging market country securities involve special risks. The economies, markets and political structures of a number of the emerging market countries in which the Funds can invest do not compare favorably with the United States and other mature economies in terms of wealth and stability. Therefore, investments in these countries may be riskier, and will be subject to erratic and abrupt price movements. Some economies are less well developed and less diverse (for example, Latin America, Eastern Europe and certain Asian countries), and more vulnerable to the ebb and flow of international trade, trade barriers and other protectionist or retaliatory measures. Similarly, many of these countries, particularly in Southeast Asia, Latin America, and Eastern Europe, are grappling with severe inflation or recession, high levels of national debt, currency exchange problems and government instability Investments in countries that have recently begun moving away from central planning and state-owned industries toward free markets, such as the Eastern European or Chinese economies, should be regarded as speculative.

Certain emerging market countries have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. The issuer or governmental authority that controls the repayment of an emerging market country’s debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, and, in the case of a government debtor, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole and the political constraints to which a government debtor may be subject. Government debtors may default on their debt and may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. Holders of government debt may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to government debtors.

If such an event occurs, a Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor.

Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign government fixed income securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign government debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

The economies of individual emerging market countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, currency depreciation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. Further, the economies of developing countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These economies also have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade.

Investing in emerging market countries may entail purchasing securities issued by or on behalf of entities that are insolvent, bankrupt, in default or otherwise engaged in an attempt to reorganize or reschedule their obligations, and in entities that have little or no proven credit rating or credit history. In any such case, the issuer’s poor or deteriorating financial condition may increase the likelihood that the investing Fund will experience losses or diminution in available gains due to bankruptcy, insolvency or fraud.

 

20


Eastern European and Russian Securities.    Investing in the securities of Eastern European and Russian issuers is highly speculative and involves risks not usually associated with investing in the more developed markets of Western Europe. Political and economic reforms are too recent to establish a definite trend away from centrally planned economies and state-owned industries. Investments in Eastern European countries may involve risks of nationalization, expropriation, and confiscatory taxation. Many Eastern European countries continue to move towards market economies at different paces with appropriately different characteristics. Most Eastern European markets suffer from thin trading activity, dubious investor protections, and often a dearth of reliable corporate information. Information and transaction costs, differential taxes, and sometimes political or transfer risk give a comparative advantage to the domestic investor rather than the foreign investor. In addition, these markets are particularly sensitive to social, political, economic, and currency events in Western Europe and Russia and may suffer heavy losses as a result of their trading and investment links to these economies and currencies. Additionally, Russia may attempt to assert its influence in the region through economic or even military measures. The United States and the European Union have imposed economic sanctions on Russia over its annexation of Crimea from Ukraine; such sanctions could adversely affect Russia’s economy.

In some of the countries of Eastern Europe, there is no stock exchange or formal market for securities. Such countries may also have government exchange controls, currencies with no recognizable market value relative to the established currencies of Western market economies, little or no experience in trading in securities, no accounting or financial reporting standards, a lack of banking and securities infrastructure to handle such trading and a legal tradition that does not recognize rights in private property. Credit and debt issues and other economic difficulties affecting Western Europe and its financial institutions can negatively affect Eastern European countries.

Eastern European economies may also be particularly susceptible to the international credit market due to their reliance on bank related inflows of foreign capital. The recent global financial crisis restricted international credit supplies and several Eastern European economies faced significant credit and economic crises. Although some Eastern European economies are expanding again, major challenges are still present as a result of their continued dependence on the Western European zone for credit and trade. Accordingly, the European crisis may present serious risks for Eastern European economies, which may have a negative effect on a Fund’s investments in the region.

Compared to most national stock markets, the Russian securities market suffers from a variety of problems not encountered in more developed markets. There is little long-term historical data on the Russian securities market because it is relatively new and a substantial proportion of securities transactions in Russia are privately negotiated outside of stock exchanges. The inexperience of the Russian securities market and the limited volume of trading in securities in the market may make obtaining accurate prices on portfolio securities from independent sources more difficult than in more developed markets. Additionally, there is little solid corporate information available to investors. As a result, it may be difficult to assess the value or prospects of an investment in Russian companies.

Because of the recent formation of the Russian securities market as well as the underdeveloped state of the banking and telecommunications systems, settlement, clearing and registration of securities transactions are subject to significant risks not normally associated with securities transactions in the United States and other more developed markets. Prior to 2013, there was no central registration system for equity share registration in Russia and registration was carried out by either the issuers themselves or by registrars located throughout Russia. Such registrars were not necessarily subject to effective state supervision nor were they licensed with any governmental entity, thereby increasing the risk that a Fund could lose ownership of its securities through fraud, negligence, or even mere oversight. With the implementation of the National Settlement Depository (“NSD”) in Russia as a recognized central securities depository, title to Russian equities is now based on the records of the Depository and not the registrars. Although the implementation of the NSD is generally expected to decrease the risk of loss in connection with recording and transferring title to securities, issues resulting in loss still might occur. In

 

21


addition, issuers and registrars are still prominent in the validation and approval of documentation requirements for corporate action processing in Russia. Because the documentation requirements and approval criteria vary between registrars and/or issuers, there remain unclear and inconsistent market standards in the Russian market with respect to the completion and submission of corporate action elections. To the extent that a Fund suffers a loss relating to title or corporate actions relating to its portfolio securities, it may be difficult for the Fund to enforce its rights or otherwise remedy the loss.

The Russian economy is heavily dependent upon the export of a range of commodities including most industrial metals, forestry products, oil, and gas. Accordingly, it is strongly affected by international commodity prices and is particularly vulnerable to any weakening in global demand for these products. As the recent global financial crisis caused price volatility in commodities, especially oil, many sectors in the Russian economy fell into turmoil, pushing the whole economy into recession. In addition, prior to the global financial crisis, Russia’s economic policy encouraged excessive foreign currency borrowing as high oil prices increased investor appetite for Russian financial assets. As a result of this credit boom, Russia reached alarming debt levels and suffered from the effects of tight credit markets. Russia continues to face significant economic challenges, including weak levels of investment and a sluggish recovery in external demand. In the near term, the fallout from the European crisis and weakened global economy may reduce demand for Russian exports such as oil and gas, which could limit Russia’s economic recovery. Over the long-term, Russia faces challenges including a shrinking workforce, a high level of corruption, and difficulty in accessing capital for smaller, non-energy companies and poor infrastructure in need of large investments.

In light of the risks described above, the Board has approved certain procedures concerning a Fund’s investments in Russian securities. Among these procedures is a requirement that a Fund will not invest in the securities of a Russian company unless that issuer’s registrar has entered into a contract with a Fund’s custodian containing certain protective conditions, including, among other things, the custodian’s right to conduct regular share confirmations on behalf of a Fund. This requirement will likely have the effect of precluding investments in certain Russian companies that a Fund would otherwise make.

European Securities.    The European Union’s (the “EU”) Economic and Monetary Union requires Eurozone countries to comply with restrictions on interest rates, deficits, debt levels, and inflation rates, fiscal and monetary controls, and other factors, each of which may significantly impact every European country and their economic partners. Decreasing imports or exports, changes in governmental or other regulations on trade, changes in the exchange rate of the Euro, the default or threat of default by one or more EU member countries on its sovereign debt, and/or an economic recession in one or more EU member countries may have a significant adverse effect on the economies of other EU member countries and major trading partners outside Europe.

In recent years, the European financial markets have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about economic downturns, rising government debt levels and the possible default of government debt in several European countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain. Several countries, including Greece and Italy, have agreed to multi-year bailout loans from the European Central Bank, International Monetary Fund, and other institutions. A default or debt restructuring by any European country, such as the restructuring of Greece’s outstanding sovereign debt, can adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above, and can affect exposures to other EU countries and their financial companies as well. The manner in which the EU and EMU responded to the global recession and sovereign debt issues raised questions about their ability to react quickly to rising borrowing costs and the potential default by Greece and other countries of their sovereign debt and revealed a lack of cohesion in dealing with the fiscal problems of member states. To address budget deficits and public debt concerns, a number of European countries have imposed strict austerity measures and comprehensive financial and labor market reforms, which could increase political or social instability. Many European countries continue to suffer from high unemployment rates.

 

22


Latin America

Inflation.     Most Latin American countries have experienced, at one time or another, severe and persistent levels of inflation, including, in some cases, hyperinflation. This has, in turn, led to high interest rates, extreme measures by governments to keep inflation in check, and a generally debilitating effect on economic growth. Although inflation in many countries has lessened, there is no guarantee it will remain at lower levels.

Political Instability.     As an emerging market, Latin America historically suffered from social, political, and economic instability. For investors, this has meant additional risk caused by periods of regional conflict, political corruption, totalitarianism, protectionist measures, nationalization, hyperinflation, debt crises, sudden and large currency devaluation, and intervention by the military in civilian and economic spheres. However, in some Latin American countries, a move to sustainable democracy and a more mature and accountable political environment is under way. Domestic economies have been deregulated, privatization of state-owned companies is almost completed and foreign trade restrictions have been relaxed.

Nonetheless, to the extent that events such as those listed above continue in the future, they could reverse favorable trends toward market and economic reform, privatization, and removal of trade barriers, and result in significant disruption in securities markets in the region. In addition, recent favorable economic performance in much of the region has led to a concern regarding government overspending in certain Latin American countries. Investors in the region continue to face a number of potential risks.

Dependence on Exports and Economic Risk.     Certain Latin American countries depend heavily on exports to the U.S. and investments from a small number of countries. Accordingly, these countries may be sensitive to fluctuations in demand, exchange rates and changes in market conditions associated with those countries. The economic growth of most Latin American countries is highly dependent on commodity exports and the economies of certain Latin American countries, particularly Mexico and Venezuela, are highly dependent on oil exports. As a result, these economies are particularly susceptible to fluctuations in the price of oil and other commodities and currency fluctuations. The recent global financial crisis weakened the global demand for oil and other commodities and, as a result, Latin American countries faced significant economic difficulties that led certain countries into recession. If global economic conditions worsen, prices for Latin American commodities may experience increased volatility and demand may continue to decrease. Although certain of these countries have recently shown signs of recovery, such recovery, if sustained, may be gradual. In addition, prolonged economic difficulties may have negative effects on the transition to a more stable democracy in some Latin American countries. In certain countries, political risk, including nationalization risk, is high.

Sovereign Debt.     A number of Latin American countries are among the largest debtors of developing countries, and have a history of reliance on foreign debt and default. The majority of the region’s economies have become dependent upon foreign credit and loans from external sources to fund government economic plans. Historically, these plans have frequently resulted in little benefit accruing to the economy. Most countries have been forced to restructure their loans or risk default on their debt obligations. In addition, interest on the debt is subject to market conditions and may reach levels that would impair economic activity and create a difficult and costly environment for borrowers. Accordingly, these governments may be forced to reschedule or freeze their debt repayment, which could negatively affect local markets. Because of their dependence on foreign credit and loans, a number of Latin American economies faced significant economic difficulties and some economies fell into recession as the recent global financial crisis tightened international credit supplies. While the region has recently shown signs of economic improvement, recovery from past economic downturns in Latin America has historically been slow, and any such recovery, if sustained, may be gradual. The European crisis and weakened global economy may reduce demand for exports from Latin America and limit the availability of foreign credit for some countries in the region. As a result, a Fund’s investments in Latin American securities could be harmed if economic recovery in the region is limited.

 

23


Pacific Basin Region.    Many Asian countries may be subject to a greater degree of social, political and economic instability than is the case in the U.S. and Western European countries. Such instability may result from, among other things, (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision-making, including changes in government through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; and (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection. In addition, the Asia Pacific geographic region has historically been prone to natural disasters. The occurrence of a natural disaster in the region could negatively impact the economy of any country in the region.

The economies of most of the Asian countries are heavily dependent on international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners, principally, the U.S., Japan, China and the European Union. The enactment by the U.S. or other principal trading partners of protectionist trade legislation, reduction of foreign investment in the local economies and general declines in the international securities markets could have a significant adverse effect upon the securities markets of the Asian countries. The recent global financial crisis spread to the region, significantly lowering its exports and foreign investments in the region, which are driving forces of its economic growth. In addition, the economic crisis also significantly affected consumer confidence and local stock markets. Although the economies of many countries in the region have recently shown signs of recovery from the crisis, such recovery, if sustained, may be gradual. Furthermore, any such recovery may be limited or hindered by the reduced demand for exports and lack of available capital for investment resulting from the European crisis and weakened global economy.

The securities markets in Asia are substantially smaller, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities markets in the U.S. A high proportion of the shares of many issuers may be held by a limited number of persons and financial institutions, which may limit the number of shares available for investment by a Fund. Similarly, volume and liquidity in the bond markets in Asia are less than in the U.S. and, at times, price volatility can be greater than in the U.S. A limited number of issuers in Asian securities markets may represent a disproportionately large percentage of market capitalization and trading value. The limited liquidity of securities markets in Asia may also affect a Fund’s ability to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so. In addition, the Asian securities markets are susceptible to being influenced by large investors trading significant blocks of securities.

Many stock markets are undergoing a period of growth and change which may result in trading volatility and difficulties in the settlement and recording of transactions, and in interpreting and applying the relevant law and regulations. With respect to investments in the currencies of Asian countries, changes in the value of those currencies against the U.S. dollar will result in corresponding changes in the U.S. dollar value of a Fund’s assets denominated in those currencies.

Chinese Companies.    Investing in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan involves a high degree of risk and special considerations not typically associated with investing in other more established economies or securities markets. Such risks may include: (a) the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets or confiscatory taxation; (b) greater social, economic and political uncertainty (including the risk of war); (c) dependency on exports and the corresponding importance of international trade; (d) the increasing competition from Asia’s other low-cost emerging economies; (e) greater price volatility, substantially less liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization of securities markets, particularly in China; (f) currency exchange rate fluctuations and the lack of available currency hedging instruments; (g) higher rates of inflation; (h) controls on foreign investment and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on the Fund’s ability to exchange local currencies for U.S. dollars; (i) greater governmental involvement in and control over the economy; (j) the risk that the Chinese government may decide not to continue to support the economic reform programs implemented since 1978 and could return to the prior, completely centrally planned, economy; (k) the fact that Chinese companies, particularly those located in China, may be smaller, less seasoned and newly-organized companies; (1) the difference in, or lack of auditing and financial reporting standards which may result in unavailability of material

 

24


information about issuers, particularly in China; (m) the fact that statistical information regarding the Chinese economy may be inaccurate or not comparable to statistical information regarding the U.S. or other economies; (n) the less extensive, and still developing, regulation of the securities markets, business entities and commercial transactions; (o) the fact that the settlement period of securities transactions in foreign markets may be longer; (p) the willingness and ability of the Chinese government to support the Chinese and Hong Kong economies and markets is uncertain; (q) the risk that it may be more difficult or impossible, to obtain and/ or enforce a judgment than in other countries; (r) the rapidity and erratic nature of growth, particularly in China, resulting in inefficiencies and dislocations; and (s) the risk that, because of the degree of interconnectivity between the economies and financial markets of China, Hong Kong and Taiwan, any sizable reduction in the demand for goods from China, or an economic downturn in China could negatively affect the economies and financial markets of Hong Kong and Taiwan, as well.

Investment in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan is subject to certain political risks. China’s economy has transitioned from a rigidly central-planned state-run economy to one that has been only partially reformed by more market-oriented policies. Although the Chinese government has implemented economic reform measures, reduced state ownership of companies and established better corporate governance practices, a substantial portion of productive assets in China are still owned by the Chinese government. The government continues to exercise significant control over regulating industrial development and, ultimately, control over China’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

China continues to limit direct foreign investments generally in industries deemed important to national interests. Foreign investment in domestic securities are also subject to substantial restrictions. Some believe that China’s currency is undervalued. Currency fluctuations could significantly affect China and its trading partners. China continues to exercise control over the value of its currency, rather than allowing the value of the currency to be determined by market forces. This type of currency regime may experience sudden and significant currency adjustments, which may adversely impact investment returns. For decades, a state of hostility has existed between Taiwan and the People’s Republic of China. Beijing has long deemed Taiwan a part of the “one China” and has made a nationalist cause of recovering it. This situation poses a threat to Taiwan’s economy and could negatively affect its stock market. By treaty, China has committed to preserve Hong Kong’s autonomy and its economic, political and social freedoms until 2047. However, if China would exert its authority so as to alter the economic, political or legal structures or the existing social policy of Hong Kong, investor and business confidence in Hong Kong could be negatively affected, which in turn could negatively affect markets and business performance.

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in forward commitments including “TBA” (to be announced), when-issued and delayed delivery securities. Forward commitments, when-issued and delayed delivery transactions arise when securities are purchased by a Fund with payment and delivery taking place in the future in order to secure what is considered to be an advantageous price or yield to the Fund at the time of entering into the transaction. However, the price of or yield on a comparable security available when delivery takes place may vary from the price of or yield on the security at the time that the forward commitment or when-issued or delayed delivery transaction was entered into. Agreements for such purchases might be entered into, for example, when a Fund anticipates a decline in interest rates and is able to obtain a more advantageous price or yield by committing currently to purchase securities to be issued later. When a Fund purchases securities on a forward commitment, when-issued or delayed delivery basis; it does not pay for the securities until they are received, and the Fund is required to designate the segregation, either on the records of the Sub-Advisers or with the 1290 Funds’ custodian, of cash or other liquid securities in an amount equal to or greater than, on a daily basis, the amount of the Fund’s forward commitments, when-issued or delayed delivery commitments or to enter into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other securities it owns. The availability of liquid assets for this purpose and the effect of asset segregation on a

 

25


Fund’s ability to meet its current obligations, to honor requests for redemption, and to otherwise manage its investment portfolio will limit the extent to which the Fund may purchase forward commitments, when-issued and delayed delivery securities. Forward commitments may be considered securities in themselves and involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of decline in value of the Fund’s other assets. Where such purchases are made through dealers, a Fund relies on the dealer to consummate the sale. The dealer’s failure to do so may result in the loss to a Fund of an advantageous yield or price. Pursuant to recommendations of the Treasury Market Practices Group, which is sponsored by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, beginning January 1, 2014, a Fund or its counterparty generally will be required to post collateral when entering into certain forward-settling transactions, including without limitation TBA transactions.

A Fund will only enter into forward commitments and make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities. However, the Fund may sell these securities before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy. Forward commitments and when-issued and delayed delivery transactions are generally expected to settle within three months from the date the transactions are entered into, although the Fund may close out its position prior to the settlement date by entering into a matching sales transaction. In general, a Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and delivered on the settlement date.

A Fund may purchase forward commitments and make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis for any number of reasons, including to protect the value of portfolio investments, as a means to adjust the Fund’s overall exposure, and to enhance the Fund’s return. Purchases made in an effort to enhance a Fund’s return may involve more risk than purchases made for other reasons. For example, by committing to purchase securities in the future, a Fund subjects itself to a risk of loss on such commitments as well as on its portfolio securities. Also, a Fund may have to sell assets that have been set aside in order to meet redemptions. In addition, if a Fund determines it is advisable as a matter of investment strategy to sell the forward commitment or when-issued or delayed delivery securities before delivery, that Fund may incur a gain or loss because of market fluctuations since the time the commitment to purchase such securities was made. When the time comes to pay for the securities to be purchased under a forward commitment or on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, a Fund will meet its obligations from the then available cash flow or the sale of securities, or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from the sale of the forward commitment or when-issued or delayed delivery securities themselves (which may have a value greater or less than a Fund’s payment obligation).

Hybrid Instruments.    Certain of the Funds may invest in hybrid instruments (a type of potentially high-risk derivative). Hybrid instruments combine the elements of futures contracts or options with those of debt, preferred equity or a depositary instrument. Generally, a hybrid instrument will be a debt security, preferred stock, depositary share, trust certificate, certificate of deposit or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or retirement, is determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities (collectively “Underlying Assets”) or by another objective index, economic factor or other measure, such as interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity indices, and securities indices (collectively “Benchmarks”). Thus, hybrid instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to, debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a currency or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency, or convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of such an instrument could be zero. Hybrid instruments can have volatile prices and limited liquidity and their use by a Fund may not be successful.

 

26


Hybrid instruments may bear interest or pay preferred dividends at below market (or even relatively nominal) rates. Alternatively, hybrid instruments may bear interest at above market rates but bear an increased risk of principal loss (or gain). The latter scenario may result if “leverage” is used to structure the hybrid instrument. Leverage risk occurs when the hybrid instrument is structured so that a given change in a Benchmark or Underlying Asset is multiplied to produce a greater value change in the hybrid instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss as well as the potential for gain.

Hybrid instruments can be an efficient means of creating exposure to a particular market, or segment of a market, with the objective of enhancing total return. For example, a Fund may wish to take advantage of expected declines in interest rates in several European countries, but avoid the transaction costs associated with buying and currency-hedging the foreign bond positions. One solution would be to purchase a U.S. dollar-denominated hybrid instrument whose redemption price is linked to the average three year interest rate in a designated group of countries. The redemption price formula would provide for payoffs of greater than par if the average interest rate was lower than a specified level, and payoffs of less than par if rates were above the specified level. Furthermore, a Fund could limit the downside risk of the security by establishing a minimum redemption price so that the principal paid at maturity could not be below a predetermined minimum level if interest rates were to rise significantly. The purpose of this arrangement, known as a structured security with an embedded put option, would be to give the Fund the desired European bond exposure while avoiding currency risk, limiting downside market risk, and lowering transaction costs. Of course, there is no guarantee that the strategy will be successful and a Fund could lose money if, for example, interest rates do not move as anticipated or credit problems develop with the issuer of the hybrid instrument.

Although the risks of investing in hybrid instruments reflect a combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures and currencies, hybrid instruments are potentially more volatile and carry greater market risks than traditional debt instruments. The risks of a particular hybrid instrument will, of course, depend upon the terms of the instrument, but may include, without limitation, the possibility of significant changes in the Benchmarks or the prices of Underlying Assets to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors which are unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer of the hybrid instrument and which may not be readily foreseen by the purchaser, such as economic and political events, the supply and demand for the Underlying Assets and interest rate movements. The issuer or guarantor of a hybrid instrument may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise honor its obligations. A Fund that invest in hybrid instruments is subject to varying degrees of risk that the issuers of the securities will have their credit rating downgraded or will default, potentially reducing a Fund’s share price and income level.

In recent years, various Benchmarks and prices for Underlying Assets have been highly volatile, and such volatility may be expected in the future.

Hybrid instruments may also carry liquidity risk since the instruments are often “customized” to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor, and therefore, the number of investors that are willing and able to buy such instruments in the secondary market may be smaller than that for more traditional debt securities. In addition, because the purchase and sale of hybrid instruments could take place in an OTC market without the guarantee of a central clearing organization or in a transaction between the Fund and the issuer of the hybrid instrument, the creditworthiness of the counterparty or issuer of the hybrid instrument would be an additional risk factor which the Fund would have to consider and monitor. Hybrid instruments also may not be subject to regulation of the CFTC, which generally regulates the trading of commodity futures and most swaps by persons in the United States, the SEC, which regulates the offer and sale of securities by and to persons in the United States, or any other governmental regulatory authority. The various risks discussed above, particularly the market risk of such instruments, may in turn cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the Fund.

Illiquid Securities or Non-Publicly Traded Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in illiquid securities or non-publicly traded securities. The inability of a Fund to dispose of illiquid or not readily marketable investments promptly or at a reasonable price could impair a Fund’s ability to raise cash for

 

27


redemptions or other purposes. The liquidity of securities purchased by a Fund which are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and that have been determined to be liquid by the Board or its delegates will be monitored by each Fund’s Sub-Adviser on an ongoing basis, subject to the oversight of the Adviser. In the event that such a security is deemed to be no longer liquid, a Fund’s holdings will be reviewed to determine what action, if any, is required to ensure that the retention of such security does not result in a Fund’s having more than 10% or 15%, as applicable, of its assets invested in illiquid or not readily marketable securities.

Rule 144A Securities will be considered illiquid, and therefore subject to a Fund’s limit on the purchase of illiquid securities, unless the Board or its delegates determines that the Rule 144A Securities are liquid. In reaching liquidity decisions, the Board and its delegates may consider, among other things, the following factors: (i) the unregistered nature of the security; (ii) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (iii) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (iv) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (v) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the 1933 Act, securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities which have not been registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. A mutual fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

There is a large institutional market for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, which may include markets for repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments. To the extent that a Fund acquires shares of a registered investment company in accordance with Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act, the registered investment company is not obligated to redeem its shares in an amount exceeding 1% of its shares outstanding during any period less than 30 days. Shares held by a portfolio in excess of 1% of a registered investment company’s outstanding securities therefore may, under certain circumstances, be considered not readily marketable securities, which, together with other such securities, are subject to the 15% limitation described above.

Inflation-Indexed Securities.    Certain Funds may invest in inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and others. Inflation-indexed securities are securities the principal value of which is adjusted periodically in accordance with changes in a measure of inflation. Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury use the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”) published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. See “U.S. Government Securities” below. Inflation-indexed securities issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. Two structures for inflation-indexed securities are common: the U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that adjusts the principal value of the security according to the rate of inflation; most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index adjustments as part of a semi-annual coupon.

 

28


In the first, the interest rate on the inflation-indexed bond is fixed, while the principal value rises or falls semi-annually based on changes in a published measure of inflation. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds. For bonds that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. In the second, the inflation adjustment for certain inflation-indexed bonds is reflected in the semiannual coupon payment. As a result, the principal value of these inflation-indexed bonds does not adjust according to the rate of inflation.

In general, the value of inflation-indexed securities increases in periods of general inflation and declines in periods of general deflation. If inflation is lower than expected during the period a Fund holds an inflation-indexed security, the Fund may earn less on it than on a conventional bond. Inflation-indexed securities are expected to react primarily to changes in the “real” interest rate (i.e., the nominal, or stated, rate less the rate of inflation), while a typical bond reacts to changes in the nominal interest rate. Accordingly, inflation-indexed securities have characteristics of fixed-rate U.S. Treasury securities having a shorter duration. Changes in market interest rates from causes other than inflation will likely affect the market prices of inflation-indexed securities in the same manner as conventional bonds.

Any increase in the principal value of an inflation-indexed security is taxable in the taxable year the increase occurs, even though its holders do not receive cash representing the increase until the security matures, and the amount of that increase for a Fund generally must be distributed each taxable year to its shareholders. See the “Taxation” section of this SAI. Thus, each Fund that invests therein could be required, at times, to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

Insured Bank Obligations.    The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures the deposits of federally insured banks and savings and loan associations (collectively referred to as “banks”) up to $250,000. The Funds may purchase bank obligations which are fully insured as to principal by the FDIC. Currently, to remain fully insured as to principal, these investments must be limited to $250,000 per bank; if the principal amount and accrued interest together exceed $250,000, the excess accrued interest will not be insured. Insured bank obligations may have limited marketability. Unless the Board of Trustees determines that a readily available market exists for such obligations, a Fund will treat such obligations as subject to the limit for illiquid investments for each Fund unless such obligations are payable at principal amount plus accrued interest on demand or within seven days after demand.

Investment Company Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in the securities of other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder. Investment company securities are securities of other open-end or closed-end investment companies or unit investment trusts. The 1940 Act generally prohibits a Fund from acquiring more than 3% of the total outstanding voting shares of an investment company and limits such investments to no more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets in any investment company and no more than 10% in any combination of unaffiliated investment companies. The 1940 Act further prohibits a Fund from acquiring in the aggregate more than 10% of the total outstanding voting shares of any registered closed-end investment company. Certain exceptions to these limitations are provided by the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations, and exemptive orders thereunder. Investing in other investment companies involves substantially the same risks as investing directly in the underlying instruments, but the total return on such investments at the investment company level may be reduced by the operating expenses and fees of such other investment companies, including advisory fees. In addition, certain types of investment companies, such as closed-end investment companies and exchange-traded funds, trade on a stock exchange or over the counter at a premium or a discount to their net asset value per share. Such a premium or discount may impact the performance of the Fund’s investment. Further, the securities of closed-end funds may be leveraged. As a result, a Fund may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in such securities. An investment in securities of closed-end funds that use leverage may expose a Fund to higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the possibility that the Fund’s long-term returns on such securities will be diminished.

 

29


Passive Foreign Investment Companies.    Certain Funds may purchase the securities of “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”). In general, such companies have been the only or primary way to invest in countries that limit, or prohibit, all direct foreign investment in the securities of companies domiciled therein. However, the governments of some countries have authorized the organization of investment funds to permit indirect foreign investment in such securities. In addition to bearing their proportionate share of a Fund’s expenses (management fees and operating expenses), shareholders will also indirectly (through the Fund) bear similar expenses of such funds. PFICs in which a Fund may invest may also include foreign corporations other than such investment funds. Like other foreign securities, interests in PFICs also involve the risk of foreign securities, as described above, as well as certain tax consequences (see the section of this SAI entitled “Taxation”).

ETFs.    Certain of the Funds may invest in ETFs. These are a type of investment company (or similar entity) the shares of which are bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF represents a portfolio of securities (or other assets) generally designed to track a particular market index or other referenced asset. A Fund could purchase an ETF to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or a foreign market while awaiting purchase of underlying securities. Many ETFs have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC to permit other investment companies (such as the Funds) to invest in their shares beyond the statutory limits on investments in other investment companies described above, subject to certain conditions and pursuant to contractual arrangements between the ETFs and the investing funds. A Fund may rely on these exemptive orders in investing in ETFs. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities it is designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile, and ETFs have fees which increase their costs. In addition, there is the risk that an ETF may fail to closely track the index, if any, that it is designed to replicate.

Investment Grade Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in or hold investment grade securities. Investment grade securities are securities rated Baa or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“S&P”), or BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”), securities that are comparably rated by another rating agency, or unrated securities determined by the Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality. Bonds rated in the lower investment grade rating categories (or determined to be of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser) have speculative characteristics. This means that changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case for higher rated debt securities. If a security is downgraded, the Sub-Adviser will reevaluate the holding to determine what action, including the sale of such security, is in the best interests of the Fund.

Non-Investment Grade Securities or “Junk Bonds.”    Certain of the Funds may invest in or hold Junk Bonds or Non-Investment Grade Securities. Non-investment grade securities are securities rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s or BB+ or lower by S&P or Fitch, securities that are comparably rated by another rating agency, or unrated securities determined by the Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality. Non-investment grade securities are commonly known as “junk bonds” and are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s ability to pay interest and repay principal. Junk bonds may be issued as a consequence of corporate restructuring, such as leveraged buyouts, mergers, acquisitions, debt recapitalizations, or similar events or by smaller or highly leveraged companies and in other circumstances.

Non-investment grade securities generally offer a higher current yield than that available for investment grade securities; however, they involve greater risks than investment grade securities in that they are especially sensitive to, and may be more susceptible to, real or perceived adverse changes in general economic conditions and in the industries in which the issuers are engaged, changes in the financial condition of, and individual corporate developments of, the issuers, and price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates. Because a Fund’s investments in non-investment grade securities involve greater investment risk than its investments in higher rated securities, achievement of the Fund’s investment objective will be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s analysis than would be the case if the Fund were investing in higher rated securities.

 

30


Non-investment grade securities generally will be susceptible to greater risk when economic growth slows or reverses and when inflation increases or deflation occurs. Lower rated securities may experience substantial price declines when there is an expectation that issuers of such securities might experience financial difficulties. As a result, the yields on lower rated securities can rise dramatically. However, those higher yields may not reflect the value of the income stream that holders of such securities expect. Rather, those higher yields may reflect the risk that holders of such securities could lose a substantial portion of their value due to financial restructurings or defaults by the issuers. There can be no assurance that those declines will not occur.

During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to make payments of interest and principal and increase the possibility of default. In addition, such issuers may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them and may be unable to repay debt at maturity by refinancing. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because such securities frequently are unsecured by collateral and will not receive payment until more senior claims are paid in full. Non-investment grade securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, a Fund would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return. Conversely, a non-investment grade security’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of a Fund’s investment in such securities. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, this may force it to sell its non-investment grade securities, without regard to their investment merits, thereby decreasing the asset base upon which the Fund’s expenses can be spread and possibly reducing the Fund’s rate of return.

In addition, the market for non-investment grade securities generally is thinner and less active than that for higher rated securities, which may limit a Fund’s ability to sell such securities at fair value in response to changes in the economy or financial markets. This potential lack of liquidity may make it more difficult for an Sub-Adviser to value accurately certain portfolio securities. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the values and liquidity of non-investment grade securities, especially in a thinly traded market. In periods of reduced market liquidity, junk bond prices may become more volatile and may experience sudden and substantial price declines. Also, there may be significant disparities in the prices quoted for junk bonds by various dealers. Under such conditions, a Fund may find it difficult to value its junk bonds accurately. Under such conditions, a Fund may have to use subjective rather than objective criteria to value its junk bond investments accurately and rely more heavily on the judgment of the 1290 Funds’ Board. It is the policy of each Fund’s Sub-Adviser(s) not to rely exclusively on ratings issued by credit rating agencies but to supplement such ratings with the Sub-Adviser’s own independent and ongoing review of credit quality.

Prices for junk bonds also may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. For example, from time to time, Congress has considered legislation to restrict or eliminate the corporate tax deduction for interest payments or to regulate corporate restructuring such as takeovers, mergers or leveraged buyouts. Such legislation, if enacted, could depress the prices of outstanding junk bonds.

Credit Ratings.    Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and other rating agencies are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of bonds, including municipal bonds, and certain other securities. A description of the ratings assigned to commercial paper and corporate bonds by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch is included in Appendix A to this SAI. The process by which Moody’s, S&P and Fitch determine ratings generally includes consideration of the likelihood of the receipt by security holders of all distributions, the nature of the underlying assets, the credit quality of the guarantor, if any, and the structural, legal and tax aspects associated with these securities. Not even the highest such rating represents an assessment of the likelihood that principal prepayments will be made by obligors on the underlying assets or the degree to which such prepayments may differ from that originally anticipated, nor do such ratings address the possibility that investors may suffer a lower than anticipated yield or that investors in such securities may fail to recoup fully their initial investment due to prepayments.

 

31


Credit ratings attempt to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, but they do not evaluate the volatility of a bond’s value or its liquidity and do not guarantee the performance of the issuer. Rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings in response to subsequent events, so that an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than the rating indicates. There is a risk that rating agencies may downgrade a bond’s rating. Subsequent to a bond’s purchase by a Fund, it may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Fund. Any subsequent change in a rating assigned by any rating service to a security (or, if unrated, deemed to be of comparable quality), or change in the percentage of portfolio assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in the average duration of a Fund’s investment portfolio, resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in a Fund’s total assets will not require a Fund to dispose of an investment. The Funds may use these ratings in determining whether to purchase, sell or hold a security. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, bonds with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different market prices.

In addition to ratings assigned to individual bond issues, the applicable Sub-Adviser will analyze interest rate trends and developments that may affect individual issuers, including factors such as liquidity, profitability and asset quality. The yields on bonds are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money market conditions, general conditions in the bond market, the financial condition of the issuer, the size of the offering, the maturity of the obligation and its rating. There is a wide variation in the quality of bonds, both within a particular classification and between classifications. An issuer’s obligations under its bonds are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of bond holders or other creditors of an issuer; litigation or other conditions may also adversely affect the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their bonds.

Commodity-Linked Notes.    Certain of the Funds may invest in commodity-linked notes, which are privately negotiated structured debt securities the amount of principal repayment and/or interest payments for which are indexed to the return of an index, such as the Dow Jones-UBS Commodity Index Total ReturnSM, which is representative of the commodities market. They are available from a limited number of approved counterparties, and all invested amounts are exposed to the dealer’s credit risk. Commodity-linked notes may be leveraged. Commodity-linked notes also are subject to counterparty risk. Investments linked to the prices of commodities, including commodity-linked notes, are considered speculative. The values of commodity-linked notes are affected by events that might have less impact on the values of stocks and bonds. Prices of commodities and related contracts may fluctuate significantly over short periods due to a variety of factors, including changes in supply and demand relationships, weather, agriculture, fiscal, and exchange control programs, disease, pestilence, and international economic, political, military and regulatory developments. In addition, the commodity markets may be subject to temporary distortions and other disruptions due to, among other factors, lack of liquidity, the participation of speculators, and government regulation and other actions. These circumstances could adversely affect the value of the commodity-linked notes and make commodity-linked notes more volatile than other types of investments. Commodity-linked notes may have substantial risks, including risk of loss of a significant portion of their principal value. Investments therein can also have adverse tax consequences.

Exchange-Traded Notes (ETNs).    Certain of the Funds may invest in ETNs. ETNs are generally notes representing debt of the issuer, usually a financial institution. ETNs combine both aspects of bonds and ETFs. An ETN’s returns are based on the performance of one or more underlying assets, reference rates or indexes, minus fees and expenses. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. However, unlike an ETF, an ETN can be held until the ETN’s maturity, at which time the issuer will pay a return linked to the performance of the specific asset, index or rate (“reference instrument”) to which the ETN is linked minus certain fees. This type of debt security differs from other types of bonds and notes because ETN returns are based upon the performance of a market index minus applicable fees, no period coupon payments are distributed, and no principal protection exists. The value

 

32


of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying commodities or securities markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced commodity or security. As a result, there may be times when an ETN share trades at a premium or discount to its market benchmark or strategy. The Fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may also be limited by the availability of a secondary market. If the Fund must sell some or all of its ETN holdings and the secondary market is weak, it may have to sell such holdings at a discount. There may be restrictions on the Fund’s right to redeem its investment in an ETN, which are generally meant to be held until maturity. ETNs are also subject to counterparty credit risk and fixed income risk. Investments in ETNs can also have adverse tax consequences. No assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will accept, or a court will uphold, how a Fund characterizes and treats ETNs for federal income tax purposes. Further, the IRS and Congress are considering proposals that would change the timing and character of income and gains from ETNs.

Loan Participations and Other Direct Indebtedness.    Certain of the Funds may invest a portion of their assets in loan participations and other direct indebtedness. These loans are made generally to finance internal growth, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, leveraged buy-outs and other corporate activities. In purchasing a loan participation, a Fund acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a corporate borrower. Many such loans are secured, although some may be unsecured. Such loans may be in default at the time of purchase. Loans and other direct indebtedness that are fully secured offer a Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan or other direct indebtedness would satisfy the corporate borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.

Certain of the loans and other direct indebtedness acquired by the Fund may involve revolving credit facilities or other standby financing commitments which obligate the Fund to pay additional cash on a certain date or on demand. The highly leveraged nature of many such loans and other direct indebtedness may make such loans especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions. Loans and other direct indebtedness may not be in the form of securities or may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, the Fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. These commitments may have the effect of requiring a Fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when a Fund might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). To the extent that a Fund is committed to advance additional funds, it is required to designate the segregation, either on the records of the Sub-Advisers or with the 1290 Funds’ custodian, of cash or other liquid securities in an amount equal to or greater than on a daily basis, an amount sufficient to meet such commitments.

Such loans and other direct indebtedness loans are typically made by a syndicate of lending institutions, represented by an agent lending institution which has negotiated and structured the loan and is responsible for collecting interest, principal and other amounts due on its own behalf and on behalf of the others in the syndicate, and for enforcing its rights and the rights of other loan participants against the borrower. Alternatively, such loans and other direct indebtedness may be structured as a “novation” (i.e., a new loan) pursuant to which a Fund would assume all of the rights of the lending institution in a loan, or as an assignment, pursuant to which a Fund would purchase an assignment of a portion of a lender’s interest in a loan or other direct indebtedness either directly from the lender or through an intermediary. A Fund may also purchase trade or other claims against companies, which generally represent money owed by the company to a supplier of goods or services. These claims may also be purchased at a time when the company is in default.

A Fund’s ability to receive payment of principal, interest and other amounts due in connection with these investments will depend primarily on the financial condition of the borrower. In selecting the loans and other direct indebtedness that a Fund will purchase, the Sub-Adviser will rely upon its own credit

 

33


analysis of the borrower. As a Fund may be required to rely upon another lending institution to collect and pass on to a Fund amounts payable with respect to the loan and to enforce a Fund’s rights under the loan and other direct indebtedness, an insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the lending institution may delay or prevent a Fund from receiving such amounts. In such cases, a Fund will also evaluate the creditworthiness of the lending institution and will treat both the borrower and the lending institutions as an “issuer” of the loan for purposes of certain investment restrictions pertaining to the diversification of a Fund’s investments. Many lending institutions have been weakened by the recent financial crisis, and it may be difficult for a Fund to obtain an accurate picture of a lending institution’s financial condition.

The borrower in a loan arrangement may, either at its own election or pursuant to the terms of the loan documentation, prepay amounts of the loan from time to time. The degree to which borrowers prepay loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among other things. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which a Fund derives interest income will be reduced. The effect of prepayments on a Fund’s performance may be mitigated by the receipt of prepayment fees, and the Fund’s ability to reinvest prepayments in other loans that have similar or identical yields. However, there is no assurance that a Fund will be able to reinvest the proceeds of any loan prepayment at the same interest rate or on the same terms as those of the prepaid loan.

Investments in such loans and other direct indebtedness may involve additional risks to a Fund. For example, if a loan or other direct indebtedness is foreclosed, a Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, a Fund could be held liable as a co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, a Fund relies on the Sub-Adviser’s research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud and misrepresentation could adversely affect a Fund. In addition, loans and other direct investments may not be in the form of securities or may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, a Fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. To the extent that the Sub-Adviser determines that any such investments are illiquid, a Fund will include them in the investment limitations described above.

Variable Amount Master Demand Notes.    Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payees of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Since there is no secondary market for these notes, the appropriate Sub-Adviser, subject to the overall review of the Fund’s Trustees and the Adviser, monitor the financial condition of the issuers to evaluate their ability to repay the notes.

Mortgage-Backed or Mortgage-Related Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in mortgage-related securities (i.e., mortgage-backed securities). Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of mortgage loans. Those securities may be guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality (such as the Government National Mortgage Association, or “Ginnie Mae”); issued and guaranteed by a government-sponsored stockholder-owned corporation, though not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (such as by the Federal National Mortgage Association, or “Fannie Mae”, or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or “Freddie Mac” (collectively, the “GSEs”), and described in greater detail below); or issued by fully private issuers. Private issuers are generally originators of and investors in mortgage loans and include savings associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment bankers, and special purpose entities. Private mortgage-backed securities may be backed by U.S. Government agency supported mortgage loans or some form of non-governmental credit enhancement.

 

34


Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored corporation owned by stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Authority (“FHFA”). Fannie Mae purchases residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers that include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks, credit unions and mortgage bankers. Fannie Mae guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on pass-through securities that it issues, but those securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

Freddie Mac is a government-sponsored corporation owned by stockholders. Freddie Mac issues Participation Certificates (“PCs”), which represent interests in mortgages from Freddie Mac’s national portfolio. Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal on the PCs it issues, but those PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

The U.S. Treasury historically has had the authority to purchase obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. However, in 2008, due to capitalization concerns, Congress provided the U.S. Treasury with additional authority to lend the GSEs emergency funds and to purchase their stock. In September 2008, those capital concerns led the U.S. Treasury and the FHFA to announce that the GSEs had been placed in conservatorship. Since that time, the GSEs have received significant capital support through U.S. Treasury preferred stock purchases as well as U.S. Treasury and Federal Reserve purchases of their mortgage backed securities (“MBS”). While the MBS purchase programs ended in 2010, the U.S. Treasury announced in December 2009 that it would continue its support for the entities’ capital as necessary to prevent a negative net worth. From the end of 2007 through the third quarter of 2013, the GSEs required U.S. Treasury support of approximately $187.5 billion through draws under the preferred stock purchase agreements. However, they have repaid approximately $146.6 billion in dividends. Both GSEs ended the third quarter of 2013 with positive net worth, and neither has required a draw from the U.S. Treasury since the second quarter of 2012. However, FHFA had previously predicted that cumulative U.S. Treasury draws (including dividends) at the end of 2015 could range from $191 billion to $209 billion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury, or FHFA initiatives will ensure that the GSEs will remain successful in meeting their obligations with respect to the debt and MBS they issue.

In addition, the future of GSEs is in question as the U.S. Government is considering multiple options ranging on a spectrum from significant reform, nationalization, privatization, consolidation, or abolishment of the entities. The problems faced by the GSEs that resulted in their being placed into federal conservatorship and receiving significant U.S. Government support have sparked serious debate among federal policy makers regarding the continued role of the U.S. Government in providing liquidity for mortgage loans. The Obama Administration produced a report to Congress on February 11, 2011, outlining a proposal to wind down the GSEs by increasing their guarantee fees, reducing their conforming loan limits (the maximum amount of each loan they are authorized to purchase), and continuing progressive limits on the size of their investment portfolio. Congress is currently considering several pieces of legislation that would reform the GSEs and possibly wind down their existence, addressing portfolio limits and guarantee fees, among other issues. The potential impact of these developments is unclear, but could cause a Fund to lose money.

Certain Funds may invest in collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and stripped mortgage-backed securities that represent a participation in, or are secured by, mortgage loans. Some mortgage-backed securities, such as CMOs, make payments of both principal and interest at a variety of intervals; others make semiannual interest payments at a predetermined rate and repay principal at maturity (like a typical bond). Mortgage-backed securities are based on different types of mortgages including those on commercial real estate or residential properties.

CMOs may be issued by a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality or by a private issuer. Although payment of the principal of, and interest on, the underlying collateral securing privately issued CMOs

 

35


may be guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, these CMOs represent obligations solely of the private issuer and are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities or any other person or entity. Prepayments could cause early retirement of CMOs. CMOs are designed to reduce the risk of prepayment for investors by issuing multiple classes of securities (or “tranches”), each having different maturities, interest rates and payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subject to contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series of a CMO held by a Fund would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying other mortgage-backed securities. Conversely, slower than anticipated prepayments can extend the effective maturities of CMOs, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing the volatility of a Fund that invests in CMOs.

The value of mortgage-backed securities may change due to shifts in the market’s perception of issuers and changes in interest rates. In addition, regulatory or tax changes may adversely affect the mortgage securities market as a whole. Non-government mortgage-backed securities may offer higher yields than those issued by government entities, but also may be subject to greater price changes than government issues. Mortgage-backed securities have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Certain mortgage-backed securities may include securities backed by pools of mortgage loans made to borrowers with blemished credit histories (“subprime” loans). The underwriting standards for subprime loans may be lower and more flexible than the standards generally used by lenders for borrowers with non-blemished credit histories with respect to the borrower’s credit standing and repayment history. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity, when the entire principal amount comes due, payments on certain mortgage-backed securities include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing, or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans.

Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk. Prepayment, which occurs when unscheduled or early payments are made on the underlying mortgages, may shorten the effective maturities of these securities and may lower their returns. If property owners make unscheduled prepayments of their mortgage loans, these prepayments will result in early payment of the applicable mortgage-related securities. In that event, the Funds may be unable to invest the proceeds from the early payment of the mortgage-related securities in an investment that provides as high a yield as the mortgage-related securities. Consequently, early payment associated with mortgage-related securities may cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed-income securities. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of mortgage-related securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments usually decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-related securities. In addition, the risk of default by borrowers is greater during times of rising interest rates and/or unemployment rates. The risk of default is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include subprime mortgages. If the life of a mortgage-related security is inaccurately predicted, a Fund may not be liable to realize the rate of return it expected.

Mortgage-backed securities are less effective than other types of securities as a means of “locking in” attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates.

 

36


Prepayments may cause losses on securities purchased at a premium. At times, some of the mortgage-backed securities in which a Fund may invest will have higher than market interest rates and, therefore, will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Unscheduled prepayments, which are made at par, will cause a Fund to experience a loss equal to any unamortized premium.

Stripped mortgage-backed securities are created when a U.S. government agency or a financial institution separates the interest and principal components of a mortgage-backed security and sells them as individual securities. The securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government and private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are usually structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage loans. The holder of the “principal-only” security (“PO”) receives the principal payments made by the underlying mortgage-backed security, while the holder of the “interest-only” security (“IO”) receives interest payments from the same underlying security. The Funds may invest in both the IO class and the PO class. The prices of stripped mortgage-backed securities may be particularly affected by changes in interest rates. The yield to maturity on an IO class of stripped mortgage-backed securities is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. As interest rates fall, prepayment rates tend to increase, which tends to reduce prices of IOs and increase prices of POs. Rising interest rates can have the opposite effect.

Prepayments may also result in losses on stripped mortgage-backed securities. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse effect on a Fund’s yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investments in these securities. Conversely, POs tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. The secondary market for stripped mortgage-backed securities may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other mortgage-backed securities, potentially limiting the Funds’ ability to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.

Certain Funds may also invest in directly placed mortgages including residential mortgages, multifamily mortgages, mortgages on cooperative apartment buildings, commercial mortgages, and sale-leasebacks. These investments are backed by assets such as office buildings, shopping centers, retail stores, warehouses, apartment buildings and single-family dwellings. In the event that the Fund forecloses on any non-performing mortgage, it could end up acquiring a direct interest in the underlying real property and the Fund would then be subject to the risks generally associated with the ownership of real property. There may be fluctuations in the market value of the foreclosed property and its occupancy rates, rent schedules and operating expenses. Investment in direct mortgages involve many of the same risks as investments in mortgage-related securities. There may also be adverse changes in local, regional or general economic conditions, deterioration of the real estate market and the financial circumstances of tenants and sellers, unfavorable changes in zoning, building, environmental and other laws, increased real property taxes, rising interest rates, reduced availability and increased cost of mortgage borrowings, the need for anticipated renovations, unexpected increases in the cost of energy, environmental factors, acts of God and other factors which are beyond the control of the Fund or the Sub-Adviser. Hazardous or toxic substances may be present on, at or under the mortgaged property and adversely affect the value of the property. In addition, the owners of the property containing such substances may be held responsible, under various laws, for containing, monitoring, removing or cleaning up such substances. The presence of such substances may also provide a basis for other claims by third parties. Costs of clean-up or of liabilities to third parties may exceed the value of the property. In addition, these risks may be uninsurable. In light of these and similar risks, it may be impossible to dispose profitably of properties in foreclosure.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls.    Certain of the Funds may enter into mortgage dollar rolls in which the Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same

 

37


counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity) but not identical securities on a specified future date at a pre-determined price. During the roll period, the Fund loses the right to receive principal (including prepayments of principal) and interest paid on the securities sold. However, the Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) or fee income plus the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the securities sold until the settlement date of the forward purchase. Unless such benefits exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss due to mortgage prepayments that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the mortgage dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what such performance would have been without the use of mortgage dollar rolls. Accordingly, the benefits derived from the use of mortgage dollar rolls depend upon the Sub-Adviser’s ability to manage mortgage prepayments. There is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed. A “dollar roll” transaction can be viewed as a collateralized borrowing in which a Fund pledges a mortgage-related security to a dealer to obtain cash. However, in a “dollar roll” transaction, the dealer with which the Fund enters into a transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the Fund, but generally only securities which are “substantially identical.” To be considered “substantially identical,” the securities returned to a Fund generally must: (1) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; (2) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; (3) have a similar original stated maturity; (4) have identical net coupon rates; (5) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and (6) satisfy “good delivery” requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 0.01 % of the initial amount delivered. If the dealer files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, a Fund’s right to repurchase or sell securities may be limited. Mortgage dollar rolls may be subject to leverage risks. In addition, mortgage dollar rolls may increase interest rate risk and result in an increased portfolio turnover rate, which would increase costs and may increase taxable gains that must be distributed. All cash proceeds from dollar roll transactions will be invested in instruments that are permissible investments for the Fund. The Fund will maintain until the settlement date the segregation, either on the records of the Sub-Adviser or with the 1290 Funds’ custodian, of cash or other liquid securities in an amount not less than the forward purchase price. Because dollar roll transactions may be for terms ranging between one and six months, dollar roll transactions may be deemed “illiquid” and subject the risks of investing in illiquid securities as well as to a Fund’s overall limitations on investments in illiquid securities.

Municipal Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in municipal securities (“municipals”), including residual interest bonds, which are debt obligations issued by local, state and regional governments that provide interest income that is exempt from federal income tax. Municipals include both municipal bonds (those securities with maturities of five years or more) and municipal notes (those with maturities of less than five years). Municipal bonds are issued for a wide variety of reasons, including: to construct public facilities, such as airports, highways, bridges, schools, hospitals, mass transportation, streets, water and sewer works; to obtain funds for operating expenses; to refund outstanding municipal obligations; and to loan funds to various public institutions and facilities. Certain private activity bonds (“PABs”) are also considered municipals if the interest thereon is exempt from federal income tax (even though that interest may be an item of tax preference for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax). PABs are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds for various privately operated manufacturing facilities, housing, sports arenas, convention centers, airports, mass transportation systems and water, gas or sewer works. PABs are ordinarily dependent on the credit quality of a private user, not the public issuer.

The value of municipal securities can be affected by changes in the actual or perceived credit quality of the issuer, which can be affected by, among other things, the financial condition of the issuer, the issuer’s future borrowing plans and sources of revenue, the economic feasibility of the revenue bond project or general borrowing purpose, and political or economic developments in the region where the instrument is issued. Local and national market forces — such as declines in real estate prices or general business activity — shifting demographics or political gridlock may result in decreasing tax bases, growing

 

38


entitlement budgets, and increasing construction and/or maintenance costs and could reduce the ability of certain issuers of municipal securities to repay their obligations. Those obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. Congress or state legislatures may seek to extend the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or to impose other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations. The recent economic downturn and budgetary constraints have made municipal securities more susceptible to downgrade, default and bankruptcy. In addition, difficulties in the municipal securities markets could result in increased illiquidity, volatility and credit risk, and a decrease in the number of municipal securities investment opportunities. There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal securities may be materially affected or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. These and other factors may adversely affect the value of a Fund’s investments in municipal securities.

The perceived increased likelihood of default among issuers of municipal securities has resulted in constrained illiquidity, increased price volatility and credit downgrades of issuers of municipal securities. Certain issuers of municipal securities have also been unable to obtain additional financing through, or must pay higher interest rates on, new issues, which may reduce revenues available for issuers of municipal securities to pay existing obligations. In addition, recent events have demonstrated that the lack of disclosure rules in this area can make it difficult for investors to obtain reliable information on the obligations underlying municipal securities. Adverse developments in the municipal securities market may negatively affect the value of all or a substantial portion of a Fund’s holdings in municipal securities.

Options and Futures Transactions.    Certain of the Funds may buy and sell futures and options contracts for any number of reasons, including: to manage its exposure to changes in securities prices and foreign currencies; as an efficient means of adjusting its overall exposure to certain markets; in an effort to enhance income; to protect the value of portfolio securities and to adjust the duration of fixed income investments. Each Fund may purchase, sell, or write call and put options and futures contracts on securities, financial indices, and foreign currencies and options on futures contracts.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts can be substantial because of the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leveraging involved in futures pricing. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may cause an immediate and substantial loss or gain. The primary risks associated with the use of futures contracts and options are: (i) imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the stocks held by a Fund and the prices of futures contracts and options; and (ii) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or an option and the resulting inability to close a futures position or option prior to its maturity date. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers.

Following is a description of specific Options and Futures Transactions, followed by a discussion concerning the risks associated with utilizing options, futures contracts, and forward foreign currency exchange contracts.

Futures Transactions.    Certain of the Funds may utilize futures contracts.

Futures contracts (a type of potentially high-risk investment) enable the investor to buy or sell an asset in the future at an agreed upon price. A futures contract is a bilateral agreement to buy or sell a security or other commodity (or deliver a cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to a rate or an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contracts) for a set price in the future. Futures contracts are designated by boards of trade which have been designated “contracts markets” by the CFTC.

 

39


No purchase price is paid or received when the contract is entered into. Instead, a Fund upon entering into a futures contract (and to maintain the Fund’s open positions in futures contracts) would be required to designate the segregation, either on the records of the Sub-Advisers or with the 1290 Funds’ custodian, in the name of the futures broker an amount of cash, United States Government securities, suitable money market instruments, or liquid, high-grade debt securities, known as “initial margin.” The margin required for a particular futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded, and may be significantly modified from time to time by the exchange during the term of the contract. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on margin that may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded. By using futures contracts as a risk management technique, given the greater liquidity in the futures market than in the cash market, it may be possible to accomplish certain results more quickly and with lower transaction costs.

If the price of an open futures contract changes (by increase in the case of a sale or by decrease in the case of a purchase) so that the loss on the futures contract reaches a point at which the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, the broker will require an increase in the margin. However, if the value of a position increases because of favorable price changes in the futures contract so that the margin deposit exceeds the required margin, the broker will pay the excess to the Fund. These subsequent payments called “variation margin,” to and from the futures broker, are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying assets fluctuate making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking to the market.” The Funds expect to earn interest income on their initial and variation margin deposits.

A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts. Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held until delivery or cash settlement is required, but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a gain or a loss. While futures positions taken by a Fund will usually be liquidated in this manner, the Fund may instead make or take delivery of underlying securities whenever it appears economically advantageous for the Fund to do so. A clearing organization associated with the exchange on which futures are traded assumes responsibility for closing out transactions and guarantees that as between the clearing members of an exchange, the sale and purchase obligations will be performed with regard to all positions that remain open at the termination of the contract.

Options on Futures Contracts.    Certain of the Funds may purchase and write exchange-traded call and put options on futures contracts of the type which the particular Fund is authorized to enter into. These options are traded on exchanges that are licensed and regulated by the CFTC for the purpose of options trading. A call option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to purchase a futures contract (assume a “long” position) at a specified exercise price at any time before the option expires. A put option gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to sell a futures contract (assume a “short” position), for a specified exercise price, at any time before the option expires.

Options on futures contracts can be used by a Fund to hedge substantially the same risks as might be addressed by the direct purchase or sale of the underlying futures contracts. If the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, it may obtain benefits similar to those that would result if it held the futures position itself. Purchases of options on futures contracts may present less risk in hedging than the purchase and sale of the underlying futures contracts since the potential loss is limited to the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs.

The Funds will write only options on futures contracts which are “covered.” A Fund will be considered “covered” with respect to a put option it has written if, so long as it is obligated as a writer of the put, the Fund segregates, either on the records of the Sub-Adviser or with the 1290 Funds’ custodian, cash or other liquid securities at all times equal to or greater than the aggregate exercise price of the puts it has written (less any related margin deposited with the futures broker). A Fund will be considered “covered” with respect to a call option it has written on a debt security future if, so long as it is obligated as a writer

 

40


of the call, the Fund owns a security deliverable under the futures contract. A Fund will be considered “covered” with respect to a call option it has written on a securities index future if the Fund owns, so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of the call, a portfolio of securities the price changes of which are, in the opinion of its Sub-Adviser, expected to replicate substantially the movement of the index upon which the futures contract is based.

Upon the exercise of a call option, the writer of the option is obligated to sell the futures contract (to deliver a “long” position to the option holder) at the option exercise price, which will presumably be lower than the current market price of the contract in the futures market. Upon exercise of a put, the writer of the option is obligated to purchase the futures contract (deliver a “short” position to the option holder) at the option exercise price which will presumably be higher than the current market price of the contract in the futures market. When the holder of an option exercises it and assumes a long futures position, in the case of a call, or a short futures position, in the case of a put, its gain will be credited to its futures margin account, while the loss suffered by the writer of the option will be debited to its account and must be immediately paid by the writer. However, as with the trading of futures, most participants in the options markets do not seek to realize their gains or losses by exercise of their option rights. Instead, the holder of an option will usually realize a gain or loss by buying or selling an offsetting option at a market price that will reflect an increase or a decrease from the premium originally paid.

If a Fund writes options on futures contracts, the Fund will receive a premium but will assume a risk of adverse movement in the price of the underlying futures contract comparable to that involved in holding a futures position. If the option is not exercised, the Fund will realize a gain in the amount of the premium, which may partially offset unfavorable changes in the value of securities held in or to be acquired for the Fund. If the option is exercised, the Fund will incur a loss in the option transaction, which will be reduced by the amount of the premium it has received, but which will offset any favorable changes in the value of its portfolio securities or, in the case of a put, lower prices of securities it intends to acquire.

Limitations on Purchase and Sale of Options, Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.    The Funds may invest in futures and options for hedging purposes, as well as non-hedging purposes, to the extent permitted in the Prospectuses and SAI. In instances involving the purchase of futures contracts or the writing of put options thereon by a Fund, an amount of cash and cash equivalents, equal to the cost of such futures contracts or options written (less any related margin deposits), will be designated either on the records of the Sub-Advisers or with the 1290 Funds’ custodian, thereby insuring that the use of such futures contracts and options is unleveraged. In instances involving the sale of futures contracts or the writing of call options thereon by a Fund, the securities underlying such futures contracts or options will at all times be maintained by the Fund or, in the case of index futures and related options, the Fund will own securities the price changes of which are, in the opinion of its Sub-Adviser, expected to replicate substantially the movement of the index upon which the futures contract or option is based.

For information concerning the risks associated with utilizing options, futures contracts, and forward foreign currency exchange contracts, please see “Risks of Transactions in Options, Futures Contracts and Forward Currency Contracts.”

Options Transactions.    Certain of the Funds may also write and purchase put and call options. An option (another type of potentially high-risk security) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the asset underlying the option at a predetermined price, often at any time during the term of the option for American options or only at expiration for European options. (The writer of a put or call option would be obligated to buy or sell the underlying asset at a predetermined price during the term of the option.) Each Fund will write put and call options only if such options are considered to be “covered,” except as described below. A call option on a security is covered, for example, when the writer of the call option owns throughout the option period the security on which the option is written (or a security convertible into such a security without the payment of

 

41


additional consideration). A put option on a security is covered, for example, when the writer of the put maintains throughout the option period the segregation, either on the records of the Sub-Advisers or with the 1290 Funds’ custodian, of cash or other liquid assets in an amount equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put option.

Certain of the Funds will not commit more than 5% of their total assets to premiums when purchasing call or put options. In addition, the total market value of securities against which a Fund has written call or put options generally will not exceed 25% of its total assets. These limitations do not apply to options attached to or acquired or traded together with their underlying securities, and do not apply to securities that incorporate features similar to options.

Writing Call Options.    A call option is a contract which gives the purchaser of the option (in return for a premium paid) the right to buy, and the writer of the option (in return for a premium received) the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security during the option period. A call option on a security is covered, for example, when the writer of the call option owns the security on which the option is written (or on a security convertible into such a security without additional consideration) throughout the option period.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against declining prices of the underlying securities. If the futures price at expiration is below the exercise price, the Fund will retain the full amount of the option premium, which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the value of the Fund’s holdings of securities. The writing of a put option on a futures contract is analogous to the purchase of a futures contract in that it hedges against an increase in the price of securities the Fund intends to acquire. However, the hedge is limited to the amount of premium received for writing the put.

A Fund will write covered call options both to reduce the risks associated with certain of its investments and to increase total investment return through the receipt of premiums. In return for the premium income, the Fund will give up the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security above the exercise price so long as its obligations under the contract continue, except insofar as the premium represents a profit. Moreover, in writing the call option, the Fund will retain the risk of loss should the price of the security decline. The premium is intended to offset that loss in whole or in part.

Unlike the situation in which the Fund owns securities not subject to a call option, the Fund, in writing call options, must assume that the call may be exercised at any time prior to the expiration of its obligation as a writer, and that in such circumstances the net proceeds realized from the sale of the underlying securities pursuant to the call may be substantially below the prevailing market price.

A Fund may terminate its obligation under an option it has written by buying an identical option. Such a transaction is called a “closing purchase transaction.” The Fund will realize a gain or loss from a closing purchase transaction if the amount paid to purchase a call option is less or more than the amount received from the sale of the corresponding call option. Also, because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security, any loss resulting from the exercise or closing out of a call option is likely to be offset in whole or part by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security owned by the Fund. When an underlying security is sold from the Fund’s securities portfolio, the Fund will effect a closing purchase transaction so as to close out any existing covered call option on that underlying security.

Writing Put Options.    The writer of a put option becomes obligated to purchase the underlying security at a specified price during the option period if the buyer elects to exercise the option before its expiration date. If a Fund writes a put option, it will “cover” the position as required by the 1940 Act. A Fund may “cover” a put option by, for example, maintaining the segregation, either on the records of the Sub-Advisers or with the 1290 Funds’ custodian, of cash or other liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the exercise price of the option.

 

42


The Funds may write put options either to earn additional income in the form of option premiums (anticipating that the price of the underlying security will remain stable or rise during the option period and the option will therefore not be exercised) or to acquire the underlying security at a net cost below the current value (e.g., the option is exercised because of a decline in the price of the underlying security, but the amount paid by the Fund, offset by the option premium, is less than the current price). The risk of either strategy is that the price of the underlying security may decline by an amount greater than the premium received. The premium which a Fund receives from writing a put option will reflect, among other things, the current market price of the underlying security, the relationship of the exercise price to that market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security, the option period, supply and demand and interest rates.

A Fund may effect a closing purchase transaction to realize a profit on an outstanding put option or to prevent an outstanding put option from being exercised.

Purchasing Put and Call Options.    A Fund may purchase put options on securities to increase the Fund’s total investment return or to protect its holdings against a substantial decline in market value. The purchase of put options on securities will enable a Fund to preserve, at least partially, unrealized gains in an appreciated security in its portfolio without actually selling the security. In addition, the Fund will continue to receive interest or dividend income on the security. The Funds may also purchase call options on securities to protect against substantial increases in prices of securities that Funds intend to purchase pending their ability to invest in an orderly manner in those securities. The Funds may sell put or call options they have previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount received on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which was bought.

Securities Index Futures Contracts.    A securities index futures contract is a contract to buy a certain number of units of the relevant index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. A unit is the value at a given time of the relevant index. Purchases or sales of securities index futures contracts may be used in an attempt to increase the Fund’s total investment return or to protect a Fund’s current or intended investments from broad fluctuations in securities prices. Additionally, through the use of index futures, a Fund may maintain a pool of assets with diversified risk without incurring the substantial brokerage costs that may be associated with investment in multiple issuers. This may permit a Fund to avoid potential market and liquidity problems (e.g., driving up or forcing down the price by quickly purchasing or selling shares of a portfolio security) that may result from increases or decreases in positions already held by a Fund. A securities index futures contract does not require the physical delivery of securities, but merely provides for profits and losses resulting from changes in the market value of the contract to be credited or debited at the close of each trading day to the respective accounts of the parties to the contract. On the contract’s expiration date a final cash settlement occurs and the futures positions are simply closed out. Changes in the market value of a particular index futures contract reflect changes in the specified index of securities on which the future is based.

By establishing an appropriate “short” position in index futures, a Fund may also seek to protect the value of its portfolio against an overall decline in the market for such securities. Alternatively, in anticipation of a generally rising market, a Fund can seek to avoid losing the benefit of apparently low current prices by establishing a “long” position in securities index futures and later liquidating that position as particular securities are in fact acquired. To the extent that these hedging strategies are successful, the Fund will be affected to a lesser degree by adverse overall market price movements than would otherwise be the case.

Securities Index Options.    A Fund may write covered put and call options and purchase call and put options on securities indexes for the purpose of increasing the Fund’s total investment return or hedging against the risk of unfavorable price movements adversely affecting the value of a Fund’s securities or securities it intends to purchase. Each Fund writes only “covered” options. A call option on a securities index is considered covered, for example, if, so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of the call, it

 

43


holds securities the price changes of which are, in the opinion of a Fund’s Sub-Adviser, expected to replicate substantially the movement of the index or indexes upon which the options written by the Fund are based. A put on a securities index written by a Fund will be considered covered if, so long as it is obligated as the writer of the put, the Fund segregates, either on the records of the Sub-Adviser or with its custodian, cash or other liquid obligations having a value equal to or greater than the exercise price of the option. Unlike a stock option, which gives the holder the right to purchase or sell a specified stock at a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the right to receive a cash “exercise settlement amount” equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and the value of the underlying stock index on the exercise date, multiplied by a fixed “index multiplier.”

A securities index fluctuates with changes in the market value of the securities so included. For example, some securities index options are based on a broad market index such as the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index (“S&P 500 Index”) or the NYSE Composite Index, or a narrower market index such as the S&P 100 Index (a subset of the S&P 500 Index). Indexes may also be based on an industry or market segment such as the AMEX Oil and Gas Index or the Computer and Business Equipment Index.

Over the Counter Options.    Certain of the Funds may engage in over the counter put and call option transactions. Options traded in the OTC market may not be as actively traded as those on an exchange, so it may be more difficult to value such options. In addition, it may be difficult to enter into closing transactions with respect to such options. Such OTC options, and the securities used as “cover” for such options, may be considered illiquid securities. Certain Funds may enter into contracts (or amend existing contracts) with primary dealers with whom they write OTC options. The contracts will provide that each Fund has the absolute right to repurchase an option it writes at any time at a repurchase price which represents the fair market value, as determined in good faith through negotiation between the parties, but which in no event will exceed a price determined pursuant to a formula contained in the contract. Although the specific details of the formula may vary between contracts with different primary dealers, the formula will generally be based on a multiple of the premium received by each Fund for writing the option, plus the amount, if any, of the option’s intrinsic value (i.e., the amount the option is “in-the-money”). The formula will also include a factor to account for the difference between the price of the security and the strike price of the option if the option is written “out-of-the-money.” Although the specific details of the formula may vary with different primary dealers, each contract will provide a formula to determine the maximum price at which each Fund can repurchase the option at any time. The Funds may be subject to the risk that firms participating in such transactions will fail to meet their obligations. Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with a Fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the Fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. In instances in which a Fund has entered into agreements with respect to the OTC options it has written, and such agreements would enable the Fund to have an absolute right to repurchase at a pre-established formula price the OTC option written by it, the Fund would treat as illiquid only securities equal in amount to the formula price described above less the amount by which the option is “in-the-money,” i.e., the amount by which the price of the option exceeds the exercise price. Certain OTC options are considered to be swaps. For information concerning the risks associated with utilizing swaps, please see “Swaps.”

Risks of Transactions in Options, Futures Contracts and Forward Currency Contracts

Options.    A closing purchase transaction for exchange-traded options may be made only on a national securities exchange (“exchange”). There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and for some options, such as OTC options, no secondary market on an exchange may exist. A liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded over-the-counter or on an exchange may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an

 

44


exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction, the Fund will not sell the underlying security until the option expires or the Fund delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

Options traded in the OTC market may not be as actively traded as those on an exchange. Accordingly, it may be more difficult to value such options. In addition, it may be difficult to enter into closing transactions with respect to options traded OTC. The Funds will engage in such transactions only with firms of sufficient credit so as to minimize these risks. Such options and the securities used as “cover” for such options may be considered illiquid securities.

The effectiveness of hedging through the purchase of securities index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the portion of the securities portfolio being hedged correlate with price movements in the selected securities index. Perfect correlation is not possible because the securities held or to be acquired by a Fund will not exactly match the composition of the securities indexes on which options are written. There are a number of factors which may prevent derivatives or other strategies used by a Fund from achieving desired correlation (or inverse correlation) with an index. These may include, but are not limited to: (i) the impact of the Fund’s fees, expenses and transaction costs, including borrowing and brokerage costs/bid-ask spreads, which are not reflected in index returns; (ii) differences in the timing of daily calculations of the value of an index and the timing of the valuation of derivatives, securities and other assets held by a Fund and the determination of the net asset value of the Fund’s shares; (iii) disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for derivative instruments or securities in which a Fund invests; (iv) a Fund having exposure to or holding less than all of the securities in the underlying index and/or having exposure to or holding securities not included in the underlying index; (v) large or unexpected movements of assets into and out of a Fund (due to share purchases or redemptions, for example), potentially resulting in the Fund being over- or under-exposed to the index; (vi) the impact of accounting standards or changes thereto; (vii) changes to the applicable index that are not disseminated in advance; (viii) a possible need to conform a Fund’s portfolio holdings to comply with investment restrictions or policies or regulatory or tax law requirements; and (ix) fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In the purchase of securities index options the principal risk is that the premium and transaction costs paid by a Fund in purchasing an option will be lost if the changes (increase in the case of a call, decrease in the case of a put) in the level of the index do not exceed the cost of the option.

Futures.    The prices of futures contracts are volatile and are influenced, among other things, by actual and anticipated changes in the market and interest rates, which in turn are affected by fiscal and monetary policies and national and international political and economic events.

Most United States futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of futures contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

 

45


Because of the low margin deposits required, futures trading involves an extremely high degree of leverage. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss, as well as gain, to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase, 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit, if the contract were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. In addition, transaction costs associated with investments in futures contracts may be significant, which could cause or increase losses or reduce gains.

A decision of whether, when, and how to hedge involves skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of unexpected market behavior, market trends or interest rate trends. There are several risks in connection with the use by a Fund of futures contracts as a hedging device. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the futures contracts and movements in the prices of the underlying instruments which are the subject of the hedge. The Adviser or a Fund’s Sub-Adviser will, however, attempt to reduce this risk by entering into futures contracts whose movements, in its judgment, will have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s underlying instruments sought to be hedged.

Successful use of futures contracts by a Fund for hedging purposes is also subject to the Adviser’s or an Sub-Adviser’s ability to correctly predict movements in the direction of the market and other economic factors. It is possible that, when a Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the index, indices, or instruments underlying futures might advance and the value of the underlying instruments held in the Fund’s portfolio might decline. If this were to occur, the Fund would lose money on the futures and also would experience a decline in value in its underlying instruments.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange or a board of trade which provides the market for such futures. Although the Funds, specified in the Prospectuses, intend to purchase or sell futures only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be an active market, there is no guarantee that such will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. If there is not a liquid market at a particular time, it may not be possible to close a futures position at such time, and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. If a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities from its portfolio at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. However, in the event futures positions are used to hedge portfolio securities, the securities will not be sold until the futures positions can be liquidated. In such circumstances, an increase in the price of securities, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contracts.

Foreign Options and Futures.    Participation in foreign futures and foreign options transactions involves the execution and clearing of trades on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade. Neither the National Futures Association nor any domestic exchange regulates activities of any foreign boards of trade, including the execution, delivery and clearing of transactions, or has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of a foreign board of trade or any applicable foreign law. This is true even if the exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so that a position taken on the market may be liquidated by a transaction on another market. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the foreign futures or foreign options transaction occurs. For these reasons, when a Fund trades foreign futures or foreign options contracts, it may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC’s regulations and the rules of the National Futures Association and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the National Futures Association or any domestic exchange. In particular, funds received from a Fund for foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections as funds received in respect of transactions on U.S. futures exchanges. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options

 

46


contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time the Fund’s order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised.

Foreign Currency Contracts.    A Fund may also seek to enhance returns or hedge against a change in the value of a currency through use of currency futures or currency options. Hedging against a change in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices of portfolio securities or prevent losses if the prices of such securities decline. These hedging transactions also preclude the opportunity for gain if the value of the hedged currency should rise. Whether a currency hedge benefits a Fund will depend on the ability of a Fund’s Sub-Adviser to predict future currency exchange rates.

The writing of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received, and a Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates although, in the event of rate movements adverse to a Fund’s position, it may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs.

Foreign government exchange controls and restrictions on repatriation of currency can negatively affect currency transactions. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to a Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies to settle obligations. Such governmental actions also could cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs.

The cost to a Fund of engaging in foreign currency transactions varies with such factors as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Since transactions in foreign currency exchange usually are conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved.

Participatory Notes.    A Fund may invest in participatory notes (commonly known as “P-Notes”) issued by banks or broker-dealers that are designed to replicate the performance of certain issuers and markets. Participatory notes are a type of equity-linked derivative which generally are traded over-the-counter. The performance results of participatory notes will not replicate exactly the performance of the issuers or markets that the notes seek to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses. Investments in participatory notes involve the same risks associated with a direct investment in the shares of the companies the notes seek to replicate. In addition, participatory notes are subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the broker-dealer or bank that issues the notes will not fulfill its contractual obligation to complete the transaction with a Fund. Participatory notes constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them, and a Fund is relying on the creditworthiness of such banks or broker-dealers and has no rights under a participatory note against the issuers of the securities underlying such participatory notes. Participatory notes involve transaction costs. A Fund’s ability to redeem or exercise a participation note generally is dependent on the liquidity in the local trading market for the security underlying the participation note. Participatory notes may be considered illiquid and, therefore, participatory notes considered illiquid will be subject to a Fund’s percentage limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Preferred Stocks.    Certain of the Funds may invest in preferred stocks. Preferred stocks have the right to receive specified dividends before the payment of dividends on common stock. Preferred stock is subject to issuer-specific and market risks applicable generally to equity securities. In addition, in the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of the issuer’s bonds take precedence over the claims of owners of the issuer’s preferred and common stock. For this reason, the value of preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stock of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than preferred stock of larger companies. If interest rates rise, the specified dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of such stocks to

 

47


decline. The value of preferred stocks is sensitive to changes in interest rates and to changes in the issuer’s credit quality. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions. Cumulative preferred stock requires the issuer to pay stockholders all prior unpaid dividends before the issuer can pay dividends on common stock, whereas non-cumulative preferred stock does not require the issuer to do so. Some preferred stocks also participate in dividends paid on common stock. Preferred stocks may provide for the issuer to redeem the stock on a specified date. A Fund may treat such redeemable preferred stock as a fixed income security.

Repurchase Agreements.    Certain of the Funds may enter into repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which a Fund purchases securities or other obligations from a bank or securities dealer (or its affiliate) and simultaneously commits to resell them to a counterparty at an agreed-upon date or upon demand and at a price reflecting a market rate of interest unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of the purchased obligations. The difference between the total amount to be received upon repurchase of the obligations and the price that was paid by a Fund upon acquisition is accrued as interest and included in the Fund’s net investment income. Repurchase agreements generally result in a fixed rate of return insulated from market fluctuation during the holding period, and generally are used as a means of earning a return on cash reserves for periods as short as overnight.

Repurchase agreements may have the characteristics of loans by a Fund. During the term of a repurchase agreement, a Fund, among other things, (i) retains the securities or other obligations subject to the repurchase agreement, either through its regular custodian or through a special “tri-party” custodian or sub-custodian that maintains separate accounts for both the Fund and its counterparty, as collateral securing the seller’s repurchase obligation, (ii) continually monitors on a daily basis the market value of the securities or other obligations subject to the repurchase agreement and (iii) requires the seller to deposit with the Fund collateral equal to any amount by which the market value of the securities or other obligations subject to the repurchase agreement falls below the resale amount provided under the repurchase agreement.

Each Fund intends to enter into repurchase agreements only in transactions with counterparties (which may include brokers-dealers, banks, U.S. government securities dealers and other intermediaries) believed by the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers to present minimal credit risks. A Fund generally will not enter into a repurchase agreement maturing in more than seven days. The SEC staff currently takes the position that repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are illiquid securities.

Repurchase agreements carry certain risks, including risks that are not associated with direct investments in securities. If a seller under a repurchase agreement were to default on the agreement and be unable to repurchase the security subject to the repurchase agreement, the Fund would look to the collateral underlying the seller’s repurchase agreement, including the securities or other obligations subject to the repurchase agreement, for satisfaction of the seller’s obligation to the Fund. A Fund’s right to liquidate the securities or other obligations subject to the repurchase agreement in the event of a default by the seller could involve certain costs and delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase are less than the repurchase price (e.g., due to transactions costs or a decline in the value of the collateral), the Fund could suffer a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller, realization of the collateral may be delayed or limited and a loss may be incurred. Repurchase agreements involving obligations other than U.S. government securities (such as commercial paper and corporate bonds) may be subject to special risks and may not have the benefit of certain protections in the event of the counterparty’s insolvency.

Real Estate Industry Investing.    Investments in securities of issuers engaged in the real estate industry entail special risks and considerations. In particular, securities of such issuers may be subject to risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate. These risks include: the cyclical nature of real estate values, including the decline in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses,

 

48


demographic trends and variations in rental income, changes in zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, environmental risks, regulatory limitations on rents, changes in neighborhood values, changes in the appeal of properties to tenants, increases in interest rates and other real estate capital market influences. To the extent that assets underlying a Fund’s investments are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects, the Fund may be subject to certain of the foregoing risks to a greater extent. Generally, increases in interest rates will increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could directly and indirectly decrease the value of the Funds’ investments.

Real Estate Investment Trusts.    Certain Funds may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. REITs may concentrate their investments in specific geographic areas or in specific property types, i.e., hotels, shopping malls, residential complexes and office buildings. A REIT is not subject to federal income tax on net income and net realized gains that it distributes to its owners if it complies with Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) and regulatory requirements relating to its management, organization, ownership, assets and income and with a Code requirement that it distribute to its owners at least 90% of the sum its REIT taxable income and certain other income for each taxable year. Generally, REITs can be classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Equity REITs are further categorized according to the types of real estate they own, e.g., apartment properties, retail shopping centers, office and industrial properties, hotels, health-care facilities, manufactured housing and mixed-property types. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs.

A shareholder in any Fund, by investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, will bear not only its proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, the management expenses of the underlying REITs. In addition, equity REITs may be affected by changes in the values of the underlying property they own, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, may not be diversified and are subject to the risks of financing projects and risks inherent in investments in a limited number of properties, in a narrow geographic area, or in a single property type. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation and the possibility of failing (1) to qualify for tax-free pass-through of net income and net realized gains under the Code and (2) to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act. If an issuer of debt securities collateralized by real estate defaults, it is conceivable that the REITs holding those securities could end up holding the underlying real estate.

Investing in certain REITs, which often have small market capitalizations, may also involve the same risks as investing in other small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources and their securities may trade less frequently and in limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks such as those included in the S&P 500 Index. The management of a REIT may be subject to conflicts of interest with respect to the operation of the business of the REIT and may be involved in real estate activities competitive with the REIT. REITs may own properties through joint ventures or in other circumstances in which the REIT may not have control over its investments. REITs may incur significant amounts of leverage.

Risks associated with investments in securities of real estate companies include those discussed above in “Real Estate Industry Investing.”

Reverse Repurchase Agreements, Dollar Rolls and Sale-Buyback Transactions.    Certain of the Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls with brokers, dealers, domestic and foreign banks and/or other financial institutions. In addition, a Fund may also enter into sale-buyback transactions and other economically similar transactions. Reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls

 

49


and sale-buyback transactions may be viewed as the borrowing of money by the Fund. See “Fundamental Restrictions” for more information concerning restrictions on borrowing by each Fund. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act.

In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund sells a security and agrees to repurchase it at a mutually agreed upon date and price, reflecting the interest rate effective for the term of the agreement. During the term of the agreement, a Fund retains ownership of the security and will continue to receive any principal and interest payments on the underlying security. A Fund may enter into a reverse repurchase agreement only if the interest income from investment of the proceeds is greater than the interest expense of the transaction and the proceeds are invested for a period no longer than the term of the agreement. If interest rates rise during a reverse repurchase agreement, it may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value.

In “dollar roll” transactions, a Fund sells fixed-income securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase similar but not identical (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date at a pre-determined price. During the roll period, a Fund would forego principal and interest paid on such securities. A Fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. See “Mortgage Dollar Rolls” for more information.

A Fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale buybacks.” A sale buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the Fund’s repurchase of the underlying security. A Fund’s obligations under a sale-buyback typically would be offset by liquid assets in an amount not less than the amount of the Fund’s forward commitment to repurchase the subject security.

At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or sale-buyback, it will maintain the segregation, either on the records of the Sub-Advisers or with the 1290 Funds’ custodian, of cash or other liquid securities having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that its value is maintained. The assets contained in the segregated account will be marked-to-market daily and additional assets will be placed in such account on any day in which the assets fall below the repurchase price (plus accrued interest). A Fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets might be affected when it sets aside cash or portfolio securities to cover such commitments. Reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and sale-buybacks involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale may decline below the price of the securities a Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase. Reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and sale-buybacks involve the risk that the buyer of the securities sold by a Fund might be unable to deliver them when that Fund seeks to repurchase. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or sale-buyback files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce a Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities, and a Fund’s use of the proceeds of the agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision, which could adversely affect the Fund.

A Fund’s investment of the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and sale-buybacks may be viewed as creating leverage in the Fund and as such involve leverage risk.

The assets contained in the segregated account will be marked-to-market daily and additional assets will be placed in such account on any day in which the assets fall below the repurchase price (plus accrued interest). A Fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets might be affected when it sets aside cash or portfolio securities to cover such commitments. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale may decline below the price of the securities a Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce a Fund’s obligation to

 

50


repurchase the securities, and a Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision, which could adversely affect the Fund.

In “dollar roll” transactions, a Fund sells fixed-income securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase similar but not identical (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date at a pre-determined price. During the roll period, a Fund would forego principal and interest paid on such securities. A Fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. At the time a Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, it will maintain the segregation, either on the records of the Sub-Advisers or with the 1290 Funds’ custodian, of cash or other liquid securities having a value not less than the forward purchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that its value is maintained. See “Mortgage Dollar Rolls” for more information.

A Fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the Fund’s repurchase of the underlying security. A Fund’s obligations under a sale-buyback typically would be offset by liquid assets in an amount not less than the amount of the Fund’s forward commitment to repurchase the subject security.

Time and Demand Deposits.    Time deposits are interest-bearing non-negotiable deposits at a bank or a savings and loan association that have a specific maturity date. A time deposit earns a specific rate of interest over a definite period of time. Time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties that vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of such deposits. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a time deposit to a third party, but there is no secondary market for such deposits. Demand deposits are accounts at banks and financial institutions from which deposited funds can be withdrawn at any time without notice to the depository institution. The majority of demand deposit accounts are checking and savings accounts. The Funds may invest in fixed time deposits, whether or not subject to withdrawal penalties; however, investment in such deposits which are subject to withdrawal penalties, other than overnight deposits, are subject to the limits on illiquid securities.

Time deposits are subject to the same risks that pertain to domestic issuers of money market instruments, most notably credit risk (and to a lesser extent, income risk, market risk, and liquidity risk). In addition, time deposits of foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign branches of foreign banks may be subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of dollars, from flowing across its borders. Other risks include adverse political and economic developments, the extent of government regulation of financial markets, and expropriation or nationalization of foreign issuers. Demand deposits are subject to general market and economic risks as they are usually considered part of the money supply. In addition, demand deposits are subject to risks of fraud. As access to demand deposits (e.g., via ATMs and online banking) has increased, so have the ways to carry out fraudulent schemes. Demand deposit fraud can take many forms, such as phishing schemes, cross-channel and check fraud.

Securities Loans.    Funds may lend securities to brokers, dealers or other institutional investors needing to borrow securities to complete certain transactions. In connection with such loans, a Fund remains the owner of the loaned securities and continues to be entitled to payments in amounts equal to the interest, dividends or other distributions payable on loaned securities. A Fund has the right to terminate a loan at any time. A Fund does not have the right to vote on securities while they are on loan, but the Fund’s Adviser or Sub-Adviser may attempt to terminate loans in time to vote those proxies the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser has determined are material to the Fund’s interests. A Fund has the right to call each loan and obtain the securities on one standard settlement period’s notice or, in connection with the securities trading on foreign markets, within such longer period for purchases and sales of such securities in such

 

51


foreign markets. A lending Fund will receive collateral consisting of cash, U.S. government securities, letters of credit or such other collateral as may be permitted under a Fund’s investment program and applicable law, which will be maintained at all times in an amount at least equal to 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities. If the collateral consists of cash, the Fund will reinvest the cash and pay the borrower a pre-negotiated fee or “rebate” from any return earned on investment. If the collateral consists of a letter of credit or securities, the borrower will pay the Fund a loan premium fee. A Fund may participate in securities lending programs operated by financial institutions, which act as lending agents (“Lending Agent”). The Lending Agent will receive a percentage of the total earnings of the Fund derived from lending the Fund’s securities. Should the borrower of securities fail financially, the Fund may experience delays in recovering the loaned securities or in exercising its rights in the collateral. Loans will be made only to firms judged by the Adviser, with the approval of the Board, to be of good financial standing. Additional risks include the possible decline of the value of the securities acquired with cash collateral. This risk is increased when a Fund’s loans are concentrated with a single borrower or a limited number of borrowers. The Fund seeks to minimize this risk by limiting the investment of cash collateral to high quality instruments with short maturities, repurchase agreements, money market funds or similar private investment vehicles.

Short Sales.    Certain of the Funds may enter into a short sale. A “short sale” is the sale by a Fund of a security which has been borrowed from a third party on the expectation that the market price will drop. To complete such a transaction, the Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or prior to the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to prepay the lender any dividends or interest that accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, a Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold short. The net proceeds of a short sale will be retained by the Sub-Adviser (or by the Fund’s custodian), to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. The Funds will incur transaction costs in effecting short sales.

The Funds generally will engage only in covered short sales. In a covered short sale, a Fund either (1) enters into a “short sale” of securities in circumstances in which, at the time the short position is open, the Fund owns an equal amount of the securities sold short or owns securities convertible or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, into an equal number of securities sold short (also known as a short sale “against the box”), or (2) deposits in a segregated account cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid securities in an amount equal to the market value of the securities sold short. A short sale may be entered into by a Fund to, for example, lock in a sale price for a security the Fund does not wish to sell immediately. To the extent that a Fund engages in short sales, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer arranging the short sale and (except in the case of short sales “against the box”) will maintain additional asset coverage in the form of segregated or “earmarked” assets that the Adviser or Sub-Adviser determines to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees and that is equal to the current market value of the securities sold short, or will ensure that such positions are covered by “offsetting” positions, until the Fund replaces the borrowed security.

A Fund will incur a loss as a result of a short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. A Fund may realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses a Fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. There can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to close out a short position at any particular time or an acceptable price.

Small Company Securities and Micro-Cap Company Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in the securities of smaller capitalization companies. Investing in securities of small companies may involve greater risks since these securities may have limited marketability and, thus, may be more volatile.

 

52


Because smaller companies normally have fewer shares outstanding than larger companies, it may be more difficult for a Fund to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. In addition, small companies often have limited product lines, markets or financial resources and are typically subject to greater changes in earnings and business prospects than are larger, more established companies. There is typically less publicly available information concerning smaller companies than for larger, more established ones and smaller companies may be dependent for management on one or a few key persons. Therefore, an investment in these Funds may involve a greater degree of risk than an investment in other Funds that seek capital appreciation by investing in better known, larger companies.

Certain of the Funds also may invest in the securities of micro-capitalization companies. Micro-capitalization companies represent the smallest sector companies based on market capitalization. Micro-capitalization companies may be in their earliest stages of development and may offer unique products, services or technologies or may serve special or rapidly expanding niches. Micro-capitalization companies may be less able to weather economic shifts or other adverse developments than larger, more established companies and may have less experienced management and unproven track records. Micro-capitalization companies also may be more susceptible to setbacks or economic downturns. Micro-capitalization securities are generally subject to the same risks as small-capitalization securities. However, micro-capitalization securities may involve even greater risk because they trade less frequently than larger stocks and may be less liquid, subjecting them to greater price fluctuations than larger company stocks.

Small-capitalization and emerging growth securities will often be traded only in the OTC market or on a regional securities exchange and may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, the disposition by a Fund of portfolio securities to meet redemptions or otherwise may require the Fund to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time, or to sell these securities at a discount from market prices or during periods when, in the Adviser’s judgment, such disposition is not desirable.

Structured Notes.    Certain of the Funds may invest in structured notes, which are derivative debt instruments, the terms of which may be “structured” by the purchaser and the borrower issuing the note. The amount of principal repayment and/or interest payments on structured notes is based upon the movement of one or more factors. Structured notes are interests in entities organized and operated solely for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of debt obligations. This type of restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, of specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured notes to create securities with different investment characteristics such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of the payment made with respect to structured notes is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. The credit risk of structured notes that involve no credit enhancement generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. In addition, a class of structured notes that is subordinated to the right of payment of another class typically has higher yields and presents greater risks than a class of structured notes that is unsubordinated. Structured notes may also be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to price accurately than less complex securities and instruments or more traditional debt securities. In addition, the terms of structured notes may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity, which may result in a loss of invested capital. Certain issuers of structured notes may be deemed to be “investment companies” as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, a Fund’s investment in these structured notes may be limited by restrictions contained in the 1940 Act. Structured notes are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured notes. The possible lack of a liquid secondary market for structured notes and the resulting inability of the Fund to sell a structured note could expose the Fund to losses and could make structured notes more difficult for the Fund to value accurately.

 

53


Swaps.    Certain Funds may invest in swap contracts. Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. Cleared swaps are transacted through futures commission merchants (FCMs) that are members of central clearinghouses with the clearinghouse serving as a central counterparty similar to transactions in futures contracts. A “standard” swap contract is an agreement between two parties to exchange the return generated by one asset for the return (or differential in rate of return) generated by another asset. The payment streams are calculated by reference to a specified asset, such as a specified security or index, and agreed upon “notional amount” (e.g., a particular dollar amount invested in a specified security or index). The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is used as a basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The term “specified index” includes, but is not limited to, currencies, fixed interest rates, prices and total return on interest rate indices, price indices, fixed income indices, stock indices and commodity indices (as well as amounts derived from arithmetic operations on these indices). For example, a Fund may agree to swap the return generated by a fixed income index for the return generated by a second fixed income index or to swap a single or periodic fixed amount(s) (or premium) for periodic amounts based on the movement of a specified index.

Swap agreements historically have been individually negotiated and most swap agreements are currently traded over the counter. Certain standardized swaps currently are, and more in the future will be, centrally cleared and traded on either a swap execution facility or a designated contract market. Central clearing is expected to decrease counterparty risk and increase liquidity compared to uncleared swaps because central clearing interposes the central clearinghouse as the counterpart to each participant’s swap. However, central clearing does not eliminate counterparty risk or illiquidity risk entirely. For example, swaps that are centrally cleared are subject to the creditworthiness of the clearing organization involved in the transaction. For example, an investor could lose margin payments it has deposited with its futures commission merchant as well as the net amount of gains not yet paid by the clearing organization if the clearing organization becomes insolvent or goes into bankruptcy. In the event of bankruptcy of the clearing organization, the investor may be entitled to the net amount of gains the investor is entitled to receive plus the return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the clearing organization’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the investor. In addition depending on the size of a portfolio and other factors, the margin required under the rules of a clearinghouse and by a clearing member FCM may be in excess of the collateral required to be posted by a portfolio to support its obligations under a similar uncleared swap. It is expected, however, that regulators will adopt rules imposing certain margin requirements, including minimums, on uncleared swaps in the near future, which could reduce the distinction.

To the extent a swap is not centrally cleared, the use of a swap involves the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty or the failure of the counterparty to make required payments or otherwise comply with the terms of the agreement. If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the swap might decline, potentially resulting in losses to a Fund. Changing conditions in a particular market area, whether or not directly related to the referenced assets that underlie the swap agreement, may have an adverse impact on the creditworthiness of the counterparty. If a default occurs by the counterparty to such a transaction, a Fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

A Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). Thus, a Fund’s obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement generally will be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A Fund’s obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund), and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by, for example, designating the segregation, either on the records of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser

 

54


or with the 1290 Funds’ custodian, of cash, receivables or other liquid assets. To the extent that the net amount owed to a swap counterparty is covered by an offsetting position or with cash, receivables or liquid assets, the Adviser believes that such obligation does not constitute a “senior security” under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat it as being subject to a Fund’s senior security or borrowing restrictions. With respect to swap transactions that are not entered into on a net basis, a Fund will cover its obligation under any such transaction in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act so that the obligation does not constitute a “senior security” under the 1940 Act. A Fund may enter into swap transactions in accordance with guidelines established by the Board of Trustees. Pursuant to these guidelines, a Fund may only enter into swap transactions where its Sub-Adviser has deemed the counterparties to be creditworthy and such counterparties have been approved by the Adviser.

Swaps generally do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets, or principal. Accordingly, unless there is a counterparty or clearing house default, the risk of loss with respect to swaps is limited to the net amount of payments a Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to a swap defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund contractually is entitled to receive. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years, with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation and in some cases transacting in swaps that are centrally cleared and exchange traded. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. Certain swap transactions involve more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and generally will not be centrally cleared or traded on an exchange and, accordingly, they are less liquid than traditional swap transactions. For purposes of applying a Fund’s investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the Prospectus and this SAI), swap agreements generally are valued by the Fund at market value. In addition, because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms greater than seven days, some swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid.

The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks (such as counter-party risk) different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If a Fund’s Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of applicable market factors, such as market values, interest rates, and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if this investment technique were not used. The swaps market was largely unregulated prior to the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act changed the way the U.S. swap market is supervised and regulated. Developments in the swaps market under implementing regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act will adversely affect a Fund’s ability to enter into certain swaps in the OTC market (and requires that certain of such instruments be exchange-traded and centrally-cleared). Dodd-Frank Act developments also could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to support swap trades with collateral, terminate new or existing swap agreements, or realize amounts to be received under such instruments. Regulations that are being developed by the CFTC and banking regulators will require a Fund to post margin on OTC swaps, and clearing organizations and exchanges require minimum margin requirements for exchange-traded and cleared swaps. These changes under the Dodd-Frank Act may increase the cost of a Fund’s swap investments, which could adversely affect Fund investors.

A Fund may enter into a variety of swap transactions, including total return swaps, inflation swaps, currency swaps, credit default swaps, interest rate swaps, caps, floors and swap options. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party during a specified period of time based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indexes, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements are often used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. The value of the swap position as well as the payments required to be made by a Fund or a counterparty will increase or decrease depending on the changes in the value of the underlying asset(s).

 

55


Inflation swaps into which a Fund may enter generally are contracts in which one party agrees to pay the cumulative percentage increase in a price index (the Consumer Price Index with respect to CIP swaps) over the term of the swap (with some lag on the inflation index), and the other pays a compounded fixed rate.

Currency swaps involve the exchange by one party with another party of a series of payments in specified currencies. Currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. In addition, a Fund may enter into currency swaps that involve an agreement to pay interest streams in one currency based on a specified index in exchange for receiving interest streams denominated in another currency. Currency swaps may involve initial and final exchanges that correspond to the agreed upon notional amount.

Interest rate swaps involve the exchange between two parties of payments calculated by reference to specified interest rates (e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments). The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor. Caps and floors may be less liquid than swaps. In addition, the value of interest rate transactions will fluctuate based on changes in interest rates.

An option on a swap agreement, also called a “swaption,” is an option that gives the buyer the right, but not the obligation, to enter into a swap on a future date in exchange for paying a market-based “premium.” A receive swaption gives the owner the right to receive the total return of a specified asset, reference rate, or index. A payer swaption gives the owner the right to pay the total return of a specified asset, reference rate, or index. A purchaser of a swaption risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire, whereas the seller of a swaption is subject to the risk that it will become obligated if the option is exercised. Swaptions also include options that allow an existing swap to be terminated or extended by one of the counterparties.

A Fund also may enter into credit default swap agreements. The credit default swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by a Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, which is typically between one month and five years, provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If a Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the Fund generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. In this connection, there is a risk that instability in the markets can threaten the ability of a buyer to fulfill its obligation to deliver the underlying securities to the seller. As a seller, a Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. However, if a credit event occurs, the Fund generally must pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As the seller, a Fund would effectively add leverage because, in addition to its total net assets, a Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

 

56


Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if a Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A Fund will enter into credit default swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. A Fund’s obligations under a credit default swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund). In connection with credit default swaps in which a Fund is the buyer, the Fund will segregate or “earmark” cash or assets determined to be liquid, or enter into certain offsetting positions, with a value at least equal to the Fund’s exposure (any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed by the Fund to any counterparty), on a marked-to-market basis. In connection with credit default swaps in which a Fund is the seller, the Fund will segregate or “earmark” cash or assets determined to be liquid, or enter into offsetting positions, with a value at least equal to the full notional amount of the swap (minus any amounts owed to the Fund). Such segregation or “earmarking” is intended to ensure that the Fund has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction and limit any potential leveraging of the Fund. Such segregation or “earmarking” will not limit the Fund’s exposure to loss. To the extent that credit default swaps are entered into for hedging purposes or are covered as described above, the Adviser believes such obligations do not constitute “senior securities” under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to the Fund’s senior security and borrowing restrictions.

In the case of a credit default swap sold by a Fund (i.e., where the Fund is selling credit default protection), the Fund may value the credit default swap at its notional amount in applying certain of the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions, but may value the credit default swap at market value for purposes of applying certain of the Fund’s other investment policies and restrictions.

U.S. Government Securities.    Certain of the Funds may invest in U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury (such as Treasury bills, notes or bonds) and obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest (but not as to market value) by the U.S. government, its agencies or its instrumentalities. Examples of obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or its instrumentalities include securities issued or guaranteed by government agencies that are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government (e.g., securities issued by the Federal Housing Administration, Export-Import Bank of the U.S., Small Business Administration, and Ginnie Mae); securities issued or guaranteed by government agencies that are supported by the ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury (e.g., securities issued by Fannie Mae); and securities issued or guaranteed by government agencies that are supported primarily or solely by the credit of the particular agency (e.g., Interamerican Development Bank, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the Tennessee Valley Authority). As a result of market influences, yields of short-term U.S. Treasury debt instruments are near historical lows.

U.S. government securities also include Treasury inflation-indexed securities (originally known as Treasury inflation-protected securities or “TIPS”), which are Treasury bonds on which the principal value is adjusted daily in accordance with changes in the Consumer Price Index. TIPS have maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. Interest on TIPS is payable semiannually on the inflation-adjusted principal value. The periodic adjustment to the principal value of TIPS is tied to the CPI-U, which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. The principal value of TIPS would decline during periods of deflation and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced, but the principal amount payable at maturity would not be less than the original par amount. The value of TIPS is

 

57


expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure. If inflation is lower than expected while a Fund holds TIPS, the Fund may earn less on the TIPS than it would on conventional Treasury bonds. Any increase in the principal value of TIPS is taxable in the taxable year the increase occurs, even though holders do not receive cash representing the increase at that time. See the “Taxation” section of this SAI.

U.S. government securities also include separately traded principal and interest components of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, which are traded independently under the Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”) program. Under the STRIPS program, the principal and interest components are individually numbered and separately issued by the U.S. Treasury.

In August 2011, S&P downgraded its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. from “AAA” to “AA+”. This and other developments, and the government’s credit concerns in general, could cause an increase in interest rates and borrowing costs, which may negatively impact both the perception of credit risk associated with the debt securities issued by the U.S. and the country’s ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms.

Warrants.    Certain of the Funds may purchase warrants and similar rights. Warrants are securities that give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to purchase equity issues of the company issuing the warrants, or a related company, at a fixed price either on a date certain or during a set period. At the time of issue, the cost of a warrant is substantially less than the cost of the underlying security itself, and price movements in the underlying security are generally magnified in the price movements of the warrant. This effect enables the investor to gain exposure to the underlying security with a relatively low capital investment but increases an investor’s risk in the event of a decline in the value of the underlying security and can result in a complete loss of the amount invested in the warrant. In addition, the price of a warrant tends to be more volatile than, and may not correlate exactly to, the price of the underlying security. If the market price of the underlying security is below the exercise price of the warrant on its expiration date, the warrant will generally expire without value.

The equity security underlying a warrant is authorized at the time the warrant is issued or is issued together with the warrant. Investing in warrants can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an equivalent investment in the underlying security, and, thus, can be a high risk investment. The value of a warrant may decline because of a decline in the value of the underlying security, the passage of time, changes in interest rates or in the dividend or other policies of the company whose equity underlies the warrant or a change in the perception as to the future price of the underlying security, or any combination thereof. Warrants do not carry with them the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that they entitle their holder to purchase, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. As a result, warrants may be considered more speculative that certain other types of investments.

Zero-Coupon Bonds and Payment in-Kind Bonds.    Certain of the Funds may invest in zero-coupon or payment-in-kind bonds or both. Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a significant discount from their principal amount (referred to as “original issue discount” or “OID”), generally pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security, and are redeemed at face value when they mature. Payment-in-kind bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds in additional bonds rather than in cash. Zero-coupon and payment-in-kind bonds thus allow an

 

58


issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments. Accordingly, those bonds may involve greater credit risks, and their value is subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates, than bonds that pay current interest in cash. Even though such bonds do not pay current interest in cash, a Fund that invests in them is nonetheless required annually to accrue as interest income a portion of the OID on zero-coupon bonds and the “interest” on payment-in-kind bonds for federal income tax purposes and may be required to distribute the amount of that interest at least annually to its shareholders. See the “Taxation” section of this SAI. Thus, each Fund that invests in such bonds could be required, at times, to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

Portfolio Turnover.    The length of time a Fund has held a particular security is not generally a consideration in investment decisions. A change in the securities held by a Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” High portfolio turnover may result from the strategies of the Sub-Advisers or when one Sub-Adviser replaces another, necessitating changes in the Fund it advises. Portfolio turnover may vary significantly from year to year due to a variety of factors, including fluctuating volume of shareholder purchase and redemption orders, market conditions, within and outside the control of a Fund, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser(s), investment strategy changes, changes in an Sub-Adviser’s investment outlook or changes in the Sub-Adviser managing the Fund. A high turnover rate (100% or more) increases transaction costs (e.g., brokerage commissions) which must be borne by the Fund and shareholders A Fund’s Sub-Adviser will consider the economic effects of portfolio turnover but generally will not treat a Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate as a factor preventing a sale or purchase when an Sub-Adviser believes investment considerations warrant such sale or purchase. Decisions to buy and sell securities for a Fund are made by an Sub-Adviser independently from other Sub-Advisers. Thus, one Sub-Adviser could decide to sell a security when another Sub-Adviser decides to purchase the same security, thereby increasing a Fund’s portfolio turnover rate. Portfolio turnover may vary greatly from year to year as well as within a particular year. The portfolio turnover rates for a Fund are disclosed in the sections “Portfolio Turnover” and “Financial Highlights” of the Fund’s Prospectus.

 

PORTFOLIO   HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICY

It is the policy of the 1290 Funds to safeguard against misuse of the Funds’ current portfolio holdings information and to prevent the selective disclosure of such information. Each Fund will publicly disclose its holdings in accordance with regulatory requirements, such as periodic portfolio disclosure in filings with the SEC including the quarterly holdings report on Form N-Q, which will be filed within 60 days of the end of each first and third fiscal quarter, and the annual and semiannual report to shareholders on Form N-CSR, which will be filed within 60 days of the end of the fiscal year end and semi-annual fiscal year end, respectively. These reports (i) are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov; and (ii) may be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. (information on the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling 1-800-SEC-0330). The 1290 Funds’ annual and semiannual reports to shareholders are also available without charge on the 1290 Funds’ website at www.1290Funds.com.

The 1290 Funds generally makes publicly available top portfolio holdings (typically the Funds’ top fifteen (15) holdings) on a quarterly basis at the following website: www.1290Funds.com. Copies of such information are also available upon request to the 1290 Funds. Except as noted below, all such information generally is released with a 15-day lag time, meaning top fifteen (15) portfolio holdings information as of the end of the quarter generally is not released until the 15th day following such quarter-end.

The 1290 Funds, through the Adviser, may provide non-public portfolio holdings data to certain third-parties prior to the release of such information to the public as described above. The Adviser currently has ongoing arrangements with the sub-administrator (JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.), the Custodian (JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.), a provider of execution management services (Neovest, Inc.), certain third-party data services (e.g., Thomson Reuters Vestek), mutual fund evaluation services (Lipper, Inc.

 

59


and Morningstar, Inc.) and consultants (Rocaton Investment Advisors, LLC). Each of these third parties receives current portfolio holdings information at month ends, with the exception of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Neovest, Inc. and Thomson Reuters Vestek, which receive such information daily. Each of these third parties is subject to a duty to treat non-public portfolio holdings information confidentially and a duty not to trade on such information either by explicit agreement or by virtue of its respective duties to the 1290 Funds.

In addition, current non-public portfolio holdings information may be provided as frequently as daily as part of the legitimate business purposes of each Fund to service providers that have contracted to provide services to the 1290 Funds, and other organizations, which may include, but are not limited to: the Adviser; the Sub-Advisers; the independent registered public accounting firm; the Custodian; the Administrator; the sub-administrator; the transfer agent; counsel to the Funds or the non-interested trustees; regulatory authorities and courts; the Investment Company Institute; pricing services (Pricing Direct Inc., Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data Inc., Investment Technology Group, Inc., J.J. Kenney, Loan Pricing Corporation, Muller Data, Bloomberg L.P., Thomson Reuters (Markets) LLC, MarkIt Group Limited, EMStar, Barclays Plc); peer analysis services (Mellon Analytics); performance review services (eVestment Alliance, Informa Investment Solutions); back office services (iX Partners, Ltd., Sunguard Financial, Principal Global Investors, The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation); research tool/quote system (Thomson Reuters); trade execution management and/or analysis (Plexus, Elkins McSherry Inc., Abel Noser Corp., FX Transparency, LLC, UAT, Inc.); data consolidator (Electra); trade order management services (Investment Technology Group Inc., ITG Macgregor XIP, Charles River, TCS); books and records vendor (Check Free); GIPS auditor (Vincent Performance Services); auditor (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP); marketing research services (Strategic Insight); portfolio analysis services (Barra Total Risk System); commission tracking (Cogent Consulting); accounting systems or services (Advent Software, Eagle Investment Systems Corp., Portia); transition management/brokerage services software vendors (CDS/Computer, The Abernathy MacGregor Group, OMGEO LLC, Radianz); analytic services or tools (Confluence Technologies, Inc., FactSet Research Systems Inc., Investment Technology Group, Inc., Investor Tools Perform, MSCI Inc., Citigroup Analytics, Inc., Wilshire Analytics/Axiom, Wilshire (Compass)); legal services; corporate actions and trade confirmation (Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.); OTC derivative products and portfolio holdings (State Street Bank and Trust Company); ratings agencies (Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies), Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.); index providers (Russell Investment Group); consulting firms (Mercer, CRA RogersCasey, Macro Consulting, Ernst & Young); data providers (InvestorForce); broker-dealers who provide execution or research services to the Funds; broker-dealers who provide quotations that are used in pricing; financial printers (R.R. Donnelley & Sons Company); proxy voting services (RiskMetrics Group, Inc., Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. and Glass Lewis & Co.); 401(k) administrator (Hewitt Associates); and tax services (Wolters Kluwer Financial Services). The entities to which each Fund voluntarily provides holdings information, either by explicit agreement or by virtue of their respective duties to each Fund, are subject to a duty to treat non-public portfolio holdings information confidentially and a duty not to trade on such information.

On a case-by-case “need to know” basis, the 1290 Funds’ Chief Financial Officer or Vice President, subject to the approval of 1290 Asset Managers’ Legal and Compliance Group and the 1290 Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, may approve the disclosure of additional portfolio holdings information if such disclosure is in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In all cases, the approval of the release of non-public portfolio holdings information by 1290 Asset Managers’ Legal and Compliance Group must be based on a determination that such disclosure is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders, that there is a legitimate business purpose for such disclosure and that the party receiving such information is subject to a duty to treat the information confidentially and a duty not to trade on such information. The 1290 Funds does not disclose its portfolio holdings to the media.

1290 Asset Managers is responsible for administering the release of portfolio holdings information with respect to the Funds. Until particular portfolio holdings information has been released to the public, and

 

60


except with regard to the third parties described above, no such information may be provided to any party without the approval of 1290 Asset Managers’ Legal and Compliance Group, which approval is subject to the conditions described above. No compensation is received by the 1290 Funds, the Adviser or any other person in connection with their disclosure of portfolio holdings information.

1290 Asset Managers’ Legal and Compliance Group and the 1290 Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) monitor and review any potential conflicts of interest between the Funds’ shareholders and the Adviser, distributor and their affiliates that may arise from the potential release of portfolio holdings information. The 1290 Funds’ Board approved this policy and determined that it is in the best interest of the Funds. The Board must also approve any material change to this policy. The Board oversees implementation of this policy and receives quarterly reports from the 1290 Funds’ CCO regarding any violations or exceptions to this policy that were granted by 1290 Asset Managers’ Legal and Compliance Group.

 

61


MANAGEMENT OF THE 1290 FUNDS

The Board of Trustees

The 1290 Funds’ Board is responsible for the overall management of the 1290 Funds and the Funds, including general supervision and review of the Funds’ investment activities and their conformity with federal and state law as well as the stated policies of the Funds. The Board elects the officers of the 1290 Funds who are responsible for administering the 1290 Funds’ day-to-day operations. The Trustees of the 1290 Funds are identified in the table below along with information as to their principal business occupations held during the last five years and certain other information. The registered investment companies in the fund complex include AXA Premier VIP Trust, EQ Advisors Trust and the 1290 Funds. As of the date of this SAI, all of the Trustees are also Trustees of other funds in the fund complex.

The Trustees

 

Name, Address and
Year of Birth
  Position(s)
Held With
Fund
  Term of
Office** and
Length of
Time Served
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Funds

in Fund
Complex
Overseen

by Trustee†

 

Other Directorships
Held by Trustee During

Past 5 Years

Interested Trustees

Steven M. Joenk*

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York

(1958)

  Trustee, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer  

From

June 9,

2014 to

present

  From May 2011 to present, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, 1290 Asset Managers; from September 1999 to present, Managing Director, AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (“AXA Equitable”); from September 2004 to April 2011, President, AXA Equitable’s Funds Management Group (“FMG”) unit; from July 2004 to October 1, 2013, Senior Vice President, MONY Life Insurance Company from July 2004 to present, Senior Vice President MONY Life Insurance Company of America and Director, MONY Capital Management, Inc., Director and President, 1740 Advisers, Inc.; Director, Chairman of the Board and President, MONY Asset Management, Inc. and Enterprise Capital Management (from July 2004 to January 2011); from January 2005 to January 2011, Director, MONY Financial Resources of Americas Limited; and from November 2005 to present, Director MONY International Holdings, LLC.   113   None

 

62


Name, Address and
Year of Birth
  Position(s)
Held With
Fund
  Term of
Office** and
Length of
Time Served
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Funds

in Fund
Complex
Overseen

by Trustee†

 

Other Directorships
Held by Trustee During

Past 5 Years

Independent Trustees

Jettie M. Edwards

c/o 1290 Funds

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

10104
(1946)

  Trustee  

From

June 9,

2014 to present

 

Retired. From 1986 to 2001, Partner and Consultant, Syrus Associates (business and marketing consulting firm).

  85   From 1997 to 2010, Director, Old Mutual Funds II (12 portfolios); from 2008 to 2009, Director, Old Mutual Funds III (13 portfolios).

Donald E. Foley

c/o 1290 Funds

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

10104

(1951)

  Trustee  

From

June 9,

2014 to present

 

Retired. From 2010 to 2011, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Wilmington Trust Corporation; from 1996 to 2010, Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Director of Tax ITT Corporation; 1989-1996, Assistant Treasurer, International Paper Company.

  85   2011-2012, Director, and from 2012 to present Advisory Committee Member M&T Corporation; from 2007-2011, Director and member of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee, Wilmington Trust Corporation; Advisory Board member Northern Trust Company and Goldman Sachs Management Groups 2008-2010.

William M. Kearns, Jr

c/o 1290 Funds

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

10104
(1935)

  Trustee  

From

June 9,

2014 to present

 

From 1994 to present, President, W.M. Kearns & Co., Inc. (private investment company); from 2002 to June 2007, Chairman; Keefe Managers, Inc. (money management firm); and from 2008 to present, Chairman, Keefe Ventures, LLC.

  85   Lead Director from 2008 to present and from 1991 to present, Director, Transistor Devices, Inc. From 1999 to 2010, Advisory Director, Alexander Proudfoot (consulting firm). From 2001 to 2011, Advisory Director, Gridley & Company LLC. From 2002 to 2009, Director, United States Shipping Partners LLC. From 2005 to 2009, Lead Director, and from 1975 to 2009, Director, Selective Insurance Group, Inc.

Christopher P.A. Komisarjevsky

c/o 1290 Funds

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

10104

(1945)

  Trustee  

From

June 9,

2014 to present

  From 2006 to 2008, Senior Counselor for APCO Worldwide® (global communications consulting) and a member of its International Advisory Council. From 1998 to 2005, President and Chief Executive Officer, Burson-Marsteller Worldwide (public relations). From 1996 to 1998, President and Chief Executive Officer of Burson-Marsteller U.S.A.   85   None

 

63


Name, Address and
Year of Birth
  Position(s)
Held With
Fund
  Term of
Office** and
Length of
Time Served
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Funds

in Fund
Complex
Overseen

by Trustee†

 

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee During

Past 5 Years

H. Thomas McMeekin

c/o 1290 Funds

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

10104

(1953)

  Trustee  

From

June 9,

2014 to present

  Retired. From 2000 to present, Managing Partner and Founder of Griffin Investments, LLC a private equity firm; from 2009 to 2012 Chief Investment Officer, SunAmerica Financial Group and United Guaranty Corporation and Senior Managing Director of AIG Asset Management; from 2001 to 2008, Managing Director, Institutional Client Relations of Prudential Investment Management, Inc.   85   2012 to present, Director Achaean Financial Group; 2011 to 2012, Director US Life Insurance Company in the City of New York

Harvey Rosenthal

c/o 1290 Funds

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

10104
(1942)

  Trustee  

From

June 9,

2014 to present

  Retired. From 1994 to 1996, President and Chief Operating Officer of Melville Corporation. From 1984-1994 President and Chief Executive Officer of the CVS Division of Melville Corporation.   85   From 1997 to 2012, Director, LoJack Corporation.

Gary S. Schpero

c/o 1290 Funds

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

10104
(1953)

  Lead Independent Trustee  

From

June 9,

2014 to present

  Retired. Prior to January 1, 2000, Partner of Simpson Thatcher & Bartlett (law firm) and Managing Partner of the Investment Management and Investment Company Practice Group.   85   From May 2012 to present, Trustee, Blackstone/GSO Senior Floating Rate Term Fund and Blackstone/GSO Long – Short Credit Income Fund. From October 2012 to present, Trustee, Blackstone/GSO Strategic Credit Fund.

Kenneth L. Walker

c/o 1290 Funds

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

10104
(1952)

  Trustee  

From

June 9,

2014 to present

  From May 2002 to present, Partner, The Capital Management Corporation (investment advisory firm).   85   None.

 

64


Name, Address and
Year of Birth
  Position(s)
Held With
Fund
  Term of
Office** and
Length of
Time Served
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Funds

in Fund
Complex
Overseen

by Trustee†

 

Other Directorships

Held by Trustee During

Past 5 Years

Caroline L. Williams

c/o 1290 Funds

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

10104

(1946)

  Trustee  

From

June 9,

2014 to present

  From July 2010 to December 2012, Executive Vice President, from May 2005 to December 2007, Consultant and from May 2001 to May 2005, Chief Financial and Investment Officer, Nathan Cummings Foundation (non-profit organization); from 1988 to 1992, Managing Director, from 1982 to 1988, Senior Vice President, from 1978 to 1982, Vice President and from 1971 to 1976, Associate, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation (investment bank).   85  

From 1997 to 2009, Director, Hearst-Argyle Television.

 

* Affiliated with the Adviser.
** Each Trustee serves until his or her resignation or retirement.
The registered investment companies in the fund complex include AXA Premier VIP Trust, EQ Advisors Trust and the 1290 Funds.

Qualifications and Experience of the Trustees

In determining that a particular Trustee is qualified to serve as a Trustee, the Board considered a wide variety of criteria, none of which, in isolation, was controlling. The Board believes that, collectively, the Trustees have diverse and complimentary qualifications, experience, attributes, and skills, which allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the 1290 Funds and protecting the interests of each Fund’s shareholders. Information about certain of the specific qualifications and experience of each Trustee relevant to the Board’s conclusion that the Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the 1290 Funds is set forth in the table above. Set forth below are certain additional qualifications, experience, attributes, and skills of each Trustee that the Board believes support a conclusion that the Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the 1290 Funds in light of the 1290 Funds’ business activities and structure.

Interested Trustee

Steven M. Joenk — Mr. Joenk has a background in the financial services industry, senior management experience with multiple insurance companies, investment management firms and investment companies and multiple years of service as an officer, Trustee and Chairman of other registered investment companies, including other registered investment companies in the fund complex.

Independent Trustees

Jettie Edwards — Ms. Edwards has business management experience, including several years as a consultant to investment management firms, with multiple years of service as a Trustee to another registered investment company in the fund complex and other mutual fund complexes.

Donald E. Foley — Mr. Foley has a background in the financial services industry, experience in senior management positions with financial services firms and multiple years of service on the boards of public and private companies and organizations.

 

65


William M. Kearns, Jr. — Mr. Kearns has a background in the financial services industry, experience in senior management positions with investment management firms and private investment funds, service on the boards of operating companies and multiple years of service as a Trustee of another registered investment company in the fund complex.

Christopher P.A. Komisarjevsky — Mr. Komisarjevsky has experience in senior management positions with global firms providing business consulting services and multiple years of service as a Trustee of another registered investment company in the fund complex.

H. Thomas McMeekin — Mr. McMeekin has a background in the financial services industry, has held senior management positions with insurance companies and multiple years of service on the boards of public and private companies and organizations.

Harvey Rosenthal — Mr. Rosenthal has experience in senior management positions with a large publicly-traded corporation and multiple years of service as a Trustee of another registered investment company in the fund complex.

Gary S. Schpero — Mr. Schpero has experience as the managing partner of the investment management practice group at a large international law firm and multiple years of service as a Trustee of another registered investment company in the fund complex.

Kenneth L. Walker — Mr. Walker has a background in the financial services industry and senior management experience with investment management firms.

Caroline L. Williams — Ms. Williams has a background in the financial services industry, senior management experience with an investment banking firm and multiple years of service on the boards of public and private companies and organizations.

Board Structure.    The Board currently is comprised of 10 Trustees, 9 of whom are not “interested persons” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the 1290 Funds (“Independent Trustees”). Steven M. Joenk, who, among other things, serves as Chairman of the Board, is an “interested person” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the 1290 Funds. The Board has appointed Gary S. Schpero to serve as Lead Independent Trustee. The 1290 Funds’ Lead Independent Trustee is recommended by the 1290 Funds’ Nominating and Compensation Committee and approved by the full Board. The Lead Independent Trustee, among other things, chairs meetings of the Independent Trustees, serves as a spokesperson for the Independent Trustees and serves as a liaison between the Independent Trustees and the 1290 Funds’ management between Board meetings.

The Board intends to hold five regular meetings each year to consider and address matters involving the 1290 Funds and its Funds. The Board also may hold special meetings to address matters arising between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees also intend to regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. These meetings may take place in-person or by telephone.

The Board has established a committee structure that includes an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Compensation Committee, an Investment Committee, and a Valuation Committee (discussed in more detail below). All Independent Trustees are members of the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Compensation Committee. Each Independent Trustee is also a member of the Investment Committee. The Investment Committee currently is divided into two sub-committees. The committee structure allows all of the Independent Trustees to participate in the full range of the Board’s oversight responsibilities. The Board intends to review its structure regularly and believes that its leadership structure, including the appointment of a Lead Independent Trustee, is appropriate given the asset size of the 1290 Funds, the number of Funds offered by the 1290 Funds, the number of Trustees overseeing the 1290 Funds and the Board’s oversight responsibilities, as well as the 1290 Funds’ business activities, manager of managers advisory structure and its offering as a retail investment product.

Risk Oversight.    The management of various risks relating to the administration and operation of the 1290 Funds and its Funds is the responsibility of the Adviser and the other service providers, including any

 

66


Sub-Advisers, retained by the 1290 Funds or the Adviser, many of whom employ professional personnel who have risk management responsibilities. Consistent with its responsibility for oversight of the 1290 Funds and its Funds, the Board, among other things, oversees risk management of each Fund’s investment program and business affairs directly and through the committee structure that it has established. Risks to the Funds include, among others, investment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk, operational risk, reputational risk, and compliance risk as well as the overall business and disclosure risks relating to the Funds and the 1290 Funds and the risk of conflicts of interest affecting the Adviser (or its affiliates) in managing the Funds. The Board has adopted, and periodically reviews, policies and procedures designed to address these and other risks. Under the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser and other service providers to the Funds also have implemented a variety of processes, procedures and controls to address these and other risks. Different processes, procedures and controls are employed with respect to different types of risks. These processes include those that are embedded in the conduct of regular business by the Board and in the responsibilities of officers of the 1290 Funds and other service providers. The Board has been advised that it is not practicable to identify all of the risks that may impact the Funds or to develop procedures or controls that are designed to eliminate all such risk exposures.

The Board oversees risk management activities in part through receipt and review by the Board or its committees of regular and special reports, presentations and other information from officers of the 1290 Funds and from other service providers. The Board requires senior officers of the 1290 Funds, including the President, Chief Financial Officer and CCO, to report to the full Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board, including matters relating to risk management. The Chief Financial Officer also reports regularly to the Board and to the Audit Committee on the 1290 Funds’ internal controls and accounting and financial reporting policies and practices. The Board and the Audit Committee also receive regular reports from the 1290 Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on internal control and financial reporting matters. On at least a quarterly basis, the Board meets with the 1290 Funds’ CCO, including meetings in executive session, to discuss issues related to portfolio compliance and, on at least an annual basis, receives a report from the CCO regarding the effectiveness of the 1290 Funds’ compliance program. In addition, the Board receives reports from the Adviser on the investments and securities trading of the Funds, as well as reports from the Valuation Committee (discussed below in the section “Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares”) regarding the valuation of those investments. The Board also receives reports from the 1290 Funds’ primary service providers on a periodic or regular basis, including the Sub-Advisers to the Funds as well as the 1290 Funds’ custodian, distributor and sub-administrator. The Board also requires the Adviser to report to the Board on other matters relating to risk management on a regular and as-needed basis.

Committees of the Board

All of the Independent Trustees are members of the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Compensation Committee. The Audit Committee’s function is to oversee the 1290 Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls, oversee the quality and objectivity of the 1290 Funds’ financial statements and the independent audit thereof, and act as a liaison between the 1290 Funds’ independent accountants and the Board. To carry out its function, the Audit Committee, among other things, selects, retains or terminates the 1290 Funds’ independent accountants and evaluates their independence; meets with the 1290 Funds’ independent accountants as necessary to review and approve the arrangements for and scope of the audit and to discuss and consider any matters of concern relating to the 1290 Funds’ financial statements and the 1290 Funds’ financial reporting and controls; and approves the fees charged by the independent accountants for audit and non-audit services and, to the extent required by applicable law, any non-audit services proposed to be performed for the 1290 Funds by the independent accountants. Ms. Edwards serves as the Chair of the Audit Committee.

 

67


The Nominating and Compensation Committee’s functions are to provide oversight of the 1290 Funds’ CCO; consider the size and committee structure of the Board; nominate and evaluate candidates for Independent Trustee membership and membership on committees of the 1290 Funds; and review the compensation arrangements for each of the Trustees. The Nominating and Compensation Committee also assists the Board in selecting, appointing, and evaluating the 1290 Funds’ CCO, and meets in executive session from time to time with the Adviser to discuss the CCO’s performance and the effectiveness of the 1290 Funds’ compliance program. The Nominating and Compensation Committee will not consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Mr. Komisarjevsky serves as the Chair of the Nominating and Compensation Committee.

The Board also has an Investment Committee composed entirely of Independent Trustees. The Investment Committee, which currently is divided into two sub-committees, is responsible for overseeing and guiding the process by which the Board reviews Fund performance and interfacing with personnel at the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers responsible for portfolio management. Ms. Williams and Mr. Rosenthal serve as Co-Chairs of the Investment Committee.

Compensation of the Trustees

Each Independent Trustee receives from the 1290 Funds an annual fee of $2,000.00, payable quarterly, representing the payment of an annual retainer. Trustees also receive reimbursement from the 1290 Funds for expenses associated with attending Board or Committee meetings.

Estimated Trustee Compensation

 

Trustee  

Aggregate

Compensation

from the
1290 Funds*

   

Pension or

Retirement

Benefits Accrued

As Part of 1290
Funds Expenses

    Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement
   

Total

Compensation

from 1290 Funds and

Fund Complex Paid
to Trustees**

 
Interested Trustees   

Steven M. Joenk

  $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0   
Independent Trustees   

Jettie M. Edwards

  $ 795      $ 0      $ 0      $ 283,629   

Donald E. Foley

  $ 795      $ 0      $ 0      $ 261,129   

William M. Kearns, Jr

  $ 795      $ 0      $ 0      $ 261,129   

Christopher P.A. Komisarjevsky

  $ 795      $ 0      $ 0      $ 276,129   

H. Thomas McMeekin

  $ 795      $ 0      $ 0      $ 261,129   

Harvey Rosenthal

  $ 795      $ 0      $ 0      $ 261,129   

Gary S. Schpero

  $ 795      $ 0      $ 0      $ 291,129   

Kenneth L. Walker

  $ 795      $ 0      $ 0      $ 261,129   

Caroline L. Williams

  $ 795      $ 0      $ 0      $ 261,129   

 

* Estimated for the fiscal period June 9, 2014 through October 31, 2014
** Estimated for the calendar year ending December 31, 2014. For the number of portfolios in the Fund Complex see the Biographical Information chart beginning on page 62.

 

68


As of the date of this SAI, no Independent Trustee or members of his or her immediate family beneficially owned or owned of record securities representing interests in the Adviser, Sub-Advisers or Distributor of the 1290 Funds, or any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such persons. For this purpose, “immediate family member” includes the Independent Trustee’s spouse, children residing in the Independent Trustee’s household and dependents of the Trustee. Furthermore, the Trustees of the 1290 Funds did not beneficially own shares of any Fund of the 1290 Funds or of funds overseen in the same family of investment companies, except as set forth in the following table:

Trustee Ownership of Equity Securities

 

Name of Trustee  

Dollar Range

of Equity Securities in the Funds

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity

Securities in All Funds Overseen in

Family of Investment Companies

    Interested Trustee    
Steven M. Joenk   None   over $100,000
    Independent Trustees    
Jettie M. Edwards   None   None
William M. Kearns, Jr.   None   None
Christopher P.A. Komisarjevsky   None   None
Harvey Rosenthal   None   None
Gary S. Schpero   None   None
Kenneth L. Walker   None   None
Caroline L. Williams   None   None
Donald E. Foley   None   None
H. Thomas McMeekin   None   None

The 1290 Funds’ Officers

No officer of the 1290 Funds receives any compensation paid by the 1290 Funds. Each officer of the 1290 Funds is an employee of the Adviser. Some of the officers are also officers of other funds in the fund complex. The 1290 Funds’ principal officers are:

 

Name, Address and
Year of Birth
  Position(s) Held
With Fund
 

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served*

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Steven M. Joenk

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104
(1958)

  Trustee, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From May 2011 to present, Director, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, 1290 Asset Managers; from September 1999 to present, Managing Director, AXA Equitable; from September 2004 to April 2011, President, AXA Equitable’s FMG; from July 2004 to October 1, 2013, Senior Vice President, MONY Life Insurance Company; from July 2004 to present, Senior Vice President MONY Life Insurance Company of America and Director, MONY Capital Management, Inc., Director and President, 1740 Advisers, Inc.; Director, Chairman of the Board and President, MONY Asset Management, Inc. and Enterprise Capital Management (from July 2004 to January 2011); from January 2005 to January 2011, Director, MONY Financial Resources of Americas Limited; and from November 2005 to present, Director MONY International Holdings, LLC.

 

69


Name, Address and
Year of Birth
  Position(s) Held
With Fund
 

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served*

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Patricia Louie, Esq.

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104
(1955)

  Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From June 2012 to present, Executive Vice President and General Counsel of 1290 Asset Managers; from May 2011 to June 2012, Senior Vice President and Corporate Counsel of 1290 Asset Managers; from February 2011 to present Managing Director and Associate General Counsel of AXA Financial and AXA Equitable; from May 2003 to February 2011, Vice President and Associate General Counsel of AXA Financial and AXA Equitable.

Brian Walsh

Newport Center,

525 Washington Boulevard, 33rd Floor, Jersey City,

New Jersey 07310-1606
(1968)

  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From May 2011 to present, Senior Vice President of 1290 Asset Managers; from February 2003 to present, Lead Director of AXA Financial and AXA Equitable.

Kenneth Kozlowski

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10104
(1961)

  Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From June 2012 to present, Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of 1290 Asset Managers; from May 2011 to June 2012, Senior Vice President of 1290 Asset Managers; from September 2011 to present Managing Director of AXA Financial and AXA Equitable; from February 2001 to September 2011, Vice President AXA Financial and AXA Equitable; from July 2004 to January 2011, Director, Enterprise Capital Management, Inc.

Alwi Chan

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104
(1974)

  Vice President and Deputy Chief Investment Officer   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From June 2012 to present, Senior Vice President and Deputy Chief Investment Officer of 1290 Asset Managers; from May 2011 to June 2012, Vice President of 1290 Asset Managers; from February 2007 to present, Lead Director, AXA Financial and AXA Equitable.

James Kelly

Newport Center,

525 Washington Boulevard, 33rd Floor, Jersey City,

New Jersey 07310-1606
(1968)

  Controller   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From May 2011 to present, Vice President of 1290 Asset Managers; from September 2008 to present, Senior Director of AXA Equitable; from March 2006 to September 2008, Assistant Vice President, AXA Financial and AXA Equitable.

Mary E. Cantwell

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104
(1961)

  Vice President   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From June 2012 to present, Senior Vice President of 1290 Asset Managers; from May 2011 to June 2012, Vice President of 1290 Asset Managers; from February 2001 to present, Lead Director, AXA Financial; from July 2004 to January 2011, a Director of Enterprise Capital Management, Inc.

Roselle Ibanga

Newport Center,

525 Washington Boulevard, 33rd Floor, Jersey City,

New Jersey 07310-1606
(1978)

  Assistant Controller   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From February 2009 to present, Director of AXA Equitable; from December 2008 to February 2009, Director of AXA Equitable’s FMG.

Lisa Perrelli

Newport Center,

525 Washington Boulevard, 33rd Floor, Jersey City,

New Jersey 07310-1606
(1974)

  Assistant Controller   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From November 2012 to present, Senior Director of AXA Equitable; from September 2008 to November 2012, Assistant Vice President of AXA Equitable; from February 2008 to September 2008, Director of AXA Equitable’s FMG.

 

70


Name, Address and
Year of Birth
  Position(s) Held
With Fund
 

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served*

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

William MacGregor, Esq.

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104

(1975)

  Vice President and Assistant Secretary   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From June 2012 to present, Senior Vice President, Secretary and Associate General Counsel of 1290 Asset Managers; from May 2011 to June 2012, Vice President and Associate Corporate Counsel of 1290 Asset Managers; from May 2008 to present, Lead Director and Associate General Counsel of AXA Equitable.

Anthony Geron, Esq.

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104

(1971)

  Vice President and Assistant Secretary   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From June 2014 to present, Vice President, Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel of 1290 Asset Managers; from May 2014 to present, Senior Director and Counsel of AXA Equitable; from October 2007 to May 2014 Associate of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP.

Michael Weiner, Esq.

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104

(1982)

  Vice President and Assistant Secretary   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From June 2014 to present, Vice President, Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel of 1290 Asset Managers; from May 2014 to present, Senior Director and Counsel of AXA Equitable; from October 2007 to April 2014 Associate of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP.

Joseph J. Paolo

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104

(1970)

  Chief Compliance Officer, Vice President and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From May 2011 to present, Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of 1290 Asset Managers; from June 2007 to present, Lead Director of AXA Equitable and Chief Compliance Officer of AXA’s FMG.

Patricia Cox

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104

(1958)

  Vice President and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From June 2014 to present, Vice President of 1290 Asset Managers; from April 2014 to present, Senior Director of AXA Equitable; Operations Consultant for Wells Real Estate Funds March 2009-September 2010; Director of Transfer Agent Operations for Wells Real Estate Funds October 2010 - March 2014; Senior VP of Operations for the AXA Enterprise Group of Funds August 2004- August 2008.

Richard Guinnessey

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104

(1963)

  Vice President   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From June 2012 to present, Senior Director of 1290 Asset Managers; from September 2010 to present Senior Director of AXA Equitable; from November 2005 to September 2010 Assistant Vice President of AXA Equitable.

Jennifer Mastronardi

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104

(1985)

  Assistant Vice President   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From February 2009 to present, Director of AXA Equitable; from June 2007 to February 2009, Operations Associate in Managed Futures Department, Morgan Stanley.

Paraskevou Charalambous

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104

(1962)

  Assistant Secretary   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From March 2000 to present, Lead Manager/Senior Legal Assistant for AXA Equitable.

Helen Espaillat

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104

(1963)

  Assistant Secretary   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From July 2004 to present, Senior Manager/Legal Assistant for AXA Equitable.

 

71


Name, Address and
Year of Birth
  Position(s) Held
With Fund
 

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served*

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Kathleen Chapman

1290 Avenue of the Americas,

New York, New York 10104

(1954)

  Assistant Secretary   From June 10,
2014
to present
  From April 2014 to present, Lead Manager/Senior Legal Assistant of AXA Equitable; from March 2011 to April 2014 Mutual Funds Regulatory Manager of GE Asset Management Incorporated and from 2005 to March 2011 Vice President and Senior Paralegal of Allianz Global Investors of America L.P.

 

* Each officer is elected on an annual basis.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities

AXA Equitable may be deemed to be a control person with respect to the 1290 Funds by virtue of its ownership of more than 95% of the 1290 Funds’ shares as of the date of this SAI. Shareholders owning more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund may be able to determine the outcome of most issues that are submitted to shareholders for a vote.

As a “series” type of mutual fund, the 1290 Funds issues separate series of shares of beneficial interest with respect to each Fund. Each Fund resembles a separate fund issuing separate classes of stock.

As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees and officers of the 1290 Funds, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of any class of any Fund of the 1290 Funds.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

The Adviser

1290 Asset Managers currently serves as the investment adviser for each Fund. AXA Investment Advisers, Inc. (“AXA IM”), AXA Rosenberg Investment Management LLC (“AXA Rosenberg”) and GAMCO Asset Management, Inc. (“GAMCO”) (each a “Sub-Adviser,” and together the “Sub-Advisers”) serve as investment sub-advisers to one or more of the Funds, as described more fully in the Prospectuses.

1290 Asset Managers is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Equitable. AXA Equitable, which is a New York life insurance company and one of the largest life insurance companies in the U.S., is a wholly owned subsidiary of AXA Financial, Inc. (“AXA Financial”), a subsidiary of AXA, a French insurance holding company. The principal offices of 1290 Asset Managers, AXA Equitable and AXA Financial are located at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104.

AXA Financial is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA. AXA is the holding company for an international group of insurance and related financial services companies. AXA insurance operations include activities in life insurance, property and casualty insurance and reinsurance. The insurance operations are diverse geographically, with activities principally in Western Europe, North America, and the Asia/Pacific area and, to a lesser extent, in Africa and South America. AXA is also engaged in asset management, investment banking, securities trading, brokerage, real estate and other financial services activities principally in the U.S., as well as in Western Europe and the Asia/Pacific area.

The Adviser serves as the investment adviser of the 1290 Funds pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement with respect to the Funds (an “Advisory Agreement”). Subject to the general supervision and control of the Trustees of the 1290 Funds, under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will provide a continuous investment program for each Fund and will determine what securities and other investments will be purchased, retained, sold or loaned by each Fund and what portion of such assets will be invested or held uninvested as cash in accordance with each Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions as stated in the 1290 Funds’ Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws and such Fund’s then-current Prospectus and SAI. The Advisory Agreement also provides that the

 

72


Adviser will monitor the implementation of each Fund’s investment program and assess each Fund’s investment objectives and policies, composition, investment style and investment process. From time to time, as requested by the Trustees of the 1290 Funds or deemed necessary or appropriate by the Adviser, the Adviser will (i) develop and evaluate strategic initiatives with respect to the 1290 Funds and its Funds; (ii) make recommendations to the Trustees of the 1290 Funds regarding the investment program of the 1290 Funds and its Funds, including any changes to Fund investment objectives and policies; (iii) coordinate and/or implement strategic initiatives approved by the Trustees of the 1290 Funds; and (iv) prepare and provide reports to the Trustees of the 1290 Funds on the impact of such strategic initiatives on the 1290 Funds and its Funds. Additionally, the Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser, unless and until otherwise directed by the Trustees of the 1290 Funds, will exercise all rights of security holders with respect to securities held by each Fund, including, but not limited to: voting proxies, converting, tendering, exchanging or redeeming securities; acting as a claimant in class action litigation (including litigation with respect to securities previously held), and exercising rights in the context of a bankruptcy or other reorganization. Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will be responsible for effecting transactions for each Fund and selecting brokers or dealers to execute such transactions for each Fund. In the selection of brokers or dealers and the placement of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for each Fund, the Adviser will use its best efforts to obtain for each Fund the best execution available. The Advisory Agreement also provides that the Adviser will furnish to the Trustees of the 1290 Funds statistical information and periodic and special reports as the Trustees may reasonably request, and will apprise the Trustees of the Trust of important developments materially affecting each Fund (or any portion of a Fund).

The Advisory Agreement also permits, subject always to the direction and control of the Trustees of the Trust, the Adviser to delegate any of its duties with respect to one or more Funds to a Sub-adviser. Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has, with respect to each sub-advised Fund or portion thereof, (i) overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of each Fund’s assets; (ii) full discretion to select new or additional Sub-Advisers for the Fund; (iii) full discretion to enter into and materially modify existing Sub-Advisory Agreements with Sub-Advisers; and (iv) full discretion to terminate and replace any Sub-Adviser. In connection with the Adviser’s responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will oversee the performance of delegated functions by each Sub-Adviser, assess each Fund’s investment focus and furnish the Trustees of the 1290 Funds with periodic reports concerning the performance of delegated responsibilities by the Sub-Adviser. The Adviser will also allocate and reallocate the assets of a Fund, or a portion thereof, to be managed by one or more Sub-Advisers for such Fund and coordinate the activities of all Sub-Advisers. In addition, the Adviser will monitor each Sub-Adviser’s implementation of the investment program established by the Adviser with respect to any Fund (or portions of any Fund) under the management of such Sub-Adviser. The Adviser will also cause the appropriate Sub-Adviser, (i) to furnish to the Board such statistical information, with respect to the investments that a Fund (or portions of any Fund) may hold or contemplate purchasing, as the Board may reasonably request, (ii) to furnish to the Board such periodic and special reports as the Board may reasonably request, and (iii) to apprise the Board of important developments materially affecting each Fund (or any portion of a Fund) and furnish the 1290 Funds, from time to time, with such information as may be appropriate for this purpose. In addition, the Adviser will take reasonable steps to ensure that the appropriate Sub-Adviser furnishes to third party data reporting services all currently available standardized performance information and other customary data. The Adviser will also be responsible for compensating the Sub-Adviser in the manner specified by the Sub-Advisory Agreement.

Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser also is required to furnish to the 1290 Funds, at its own expense and without remuneration from or other cost to the 1290 Funds, the following:

 

   

Office space, all necessary office facilities and equipment.

 

   

Necessary executive and other personnel, including personnel for the performance of clerical and other office functions, exclusive of those functions

 

73


   

related to and to be performed under the 1290 Funds’ contract or contracts for administration, custodial, accounting, bookkeeping, transfer, and dividend disbursing agency or similar services by any entity, including the Adviser or its affiliates, selected to perform such services under such contracts; or

 

   

related to the services to be provided by any Sub-Adviser pursuant to a Sub-Advisory Agreement (“Sub-Advisory Agreement”).

The Advisory Agreement also requires the Adviser (or its affiliates) to pay all salaries, expenses, and fees of the Trustees and officers of the 1290 Funds who are affiliated with the Adviser or its affiliates.

The continuance of the Advisory Agreement, with respect to each Fund, must be specifically approved at least annually (i) by a vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose (the “Independent Trustees”) cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval and (ii) by the Board or, with respect to a Fund, by an affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund. The Advisory Agreement with respect to each Fund may be terminated (i) at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board, upon the vote of a majority of the Trustees, or by vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of such Fund upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Adviser or (ii) by the Adviser at any time without penalty upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the 1290 Funds. The Advisory Agreement will also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

Each Fund pays a fee to the Adviser for its services. The Adviser and the 1290 Funds have also entered into an expense limitation agreement with respect to certain Funds as set forth in the Prospectuses (“Expense Limitation Agreement”), pursuant to which the Adviser has agreed to waive or limit its management, administrative and other fees and to assume other expenses so that the net annual operating expenses (with certain exceptions as set forth in the Prospectuses) of the Fund are limited to the extent described in the “Management of the 1290 Funds-Expense Limitation Agreement” section of the Prospectuses.

In addition to the management fees, the 1290 Funds pays all expenses not assumed by the Adviser or by a Sub-Adviser, including without limitation: fees and expenses of its independent accountants and of legal counsel for itself and the 1290 Funds’ Independent Trustees; the costs of preparing, setting in type, printing and mailing of prospectuses, prospectus supplements, statements of additional information, annual, semiannual and periodic reports, and notices and proxy solicitation materials required to be furnished to shareholders of the 1290 Funds or regulatory authorities, and all tax returns; compensation of the officers and Trustees of the 1290 Funds who are not officers, directors/trustees, partners or employees of the Adviser or its affiliates; the costs of printing registration statements; custodian’s fees; filing fees; Trustee expenses (including any special counsel to Trustees); transfer agent fees; advisory and administration fees; any federal, state or local income or other taxes; any interest; any membership fees of the Investment Company Institute and similar organizations; fidelity bond and Trustees’ liability insurance premiums; and any extraordinary expenses, such as indemnification payments or damages awarded in litigation or settlements made. All general 1290 Funds expenses are allocated among and charged to the assets of the Funds of the 1290 Funds on a basis that the Trustees deem fair and equitable, which may be on the basis of relative net assets of each Fund or the nature of the services performed and relative applicability to each Fund. As discussed in greater detail below under “The Distributor,” the Class A, C and R shares of each Fund may pay for certain distribution-related expenses in connection with activities primarily intended to result in the sale of its shares.

Since the 1290 Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no fees have been paid to the Adviser.

 

74


The Sub-Advisers

The Adviser has entered into one or more Sub-Advisory Agreements on behalf of each Fund with the Sub-Advisers identified in the Prospectus. The Sub-Advisory Agreements obligate the Sub-Advisers to: (i) make investment decisions on behalf of their respective Funds (or portions thereof); (ii) place all orders for the purchase and sale of investments for their respective Funds (or portions thereof) with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser and/ or the Sub-Advisers; and (iii) perform certain related administrative functions in connection therewith.

A discussion of the basis of the decision by the 1290 Funds’ Board to approve the Sub-Advisory Agreements with the Sub-Advisers is available in the 1290 Funds’ Annual or Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders.

Since the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no fees have been paid to the Sub-Advisers.

The Adviser recommends Sub-Advisers for the Funds to the Trustees based upon its continuing quantitative and qualitative evaluation of each Sub-Adviser’s skills in managing assets pursuant to specific investment styles and strategies. Unlike many other mutual funds, these Funds are not associated with any one portfolio manager, and benefit from specialists selected from the investment management industry. Short-term investment performance, by itself, is not a significant factor in selecting or terminating a Sub-Adviser, and the Adviser does not expect to recommend frequent changes of Sub-Advisers. The Adviser has received an exemptive order from the SEC (“Multi-Manager Order”) that permits the Adviser, subject to certain conditions, to enter into Sub-Advisory Agreements with Sub-Advisers approved by the Trustees, but without the requirement of shareholder approval. Pursuant to the terms of the Multi-Manager Order, the Adviser is able, subject to the approval of the Trustees, but without shareholder approval, to employ new Sub-Advisers for new or existing funds, change the terms of particular Sub-Advisory Agreements or continue the employment of existing Sub-Advisers after events that under the 1940 Act and the Sub-Advisory Agreements would cause an automatic termination of the agreement. The Adviser also may allocate a Fund’s assets to additional Sub-Advisers subject to approval of the 1290 Funds’ Board. The Adviser is responsible for overseeing Sub-Advisers and recommending their hiring, termination and replacement to the Board of Trustees. However, the Adviser may not enter into a Sub-Advisory agreement with an “affiliated person” of the Adviser (as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act) (“Affiliated Sub-Adviser”), unless the Sub-Advisory agreement with the Affiliated Sub-Adviser, including compensation payable thereunder, is approved by the affected Fund’s shareholders, including, in instances in which the Sub-Advisory Agreement pertains to a newly formed Fund, the Fund’s initial shareholder. Although shareholder approval would not be required for the termination of Sub-Advisory Agreements, shareholders of a Fund would continue to have the right to terminate such agreements for the Fund at any time by a vote of a majority of outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The Adviser may be subject to certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with recommending the appointment and continued service of Sub-Advisers. The Adviser may also be subject to potential conflicts of interest in recommending or selecting of Sub-Advisers, or choosing ETF investments, where applicable, to the extent it invests in ETFs sponsored by Sub-Advisers. As noted above, the Adviser is affiliated with certain Sub-Advisers, including AXA IM and AXA Rosenberg, and therefore the Adviser will benefit not only from the net management fee the Adviser retains, but also from the advisory fees paid by the Adviser to the affiliated Sub-Adviser. Since the Adviser pays fees to the Sub-Advisers from the management fees that it earns from the Funds, any increase or decrease in the advisory fees negotiated with proposed or current Sub-Advisers will result in a corresponding decrease or increase, respectively, in the amount of the management fee retained by the Adviser. The Adviser or its affiliates also have distribution relationships with certain Sub-Advisers or their affiliates under which the Sub-Advisers or their affiliates distribute or support the distribution of investment products issued or sold by the Adviser or its affiliates (including those in which the 1290 Funds’ Funds serve as investment options), which could financially benefit the Adviser and its affiliates or provide an incentive to the Adviser in selecting one Sub-Adviser over another. When recommending

 

75


the appointment or continued service of an Sub-Adviser, consistent with its fiduciary duties, the Adviser relies primarily on the qualitative and quantitative factors described in detail in the Prospectuses. In addition, the appointment of each Sub-Adviser is subject to approval of the 1290 Funds’ Board, including a majority of the 1290 Funds’ Independent Trustees.

 

Fund   

Name and Control Persons of the

Sub-Adviser

1290 GAMCO

Small/Mid Cap Value

   GAMCO is a wholly owned subsidiary of GAMCO Investors, Inc. (“GBL”). Mr. Mario J. Gabelli may be deemed a controlling person of GAMCO because of his controlling interest in GBL, the parent company of GAMCO, a financial services company.
1290 High Yield Bond    AXA IM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Investment Managers, a global investment management company headquartered in Paris, France.
1290 SmartBeta Equity    AXA Rosenberg is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Rosenberg Group LLC (“AXA Rosenberg Group”). AXA Rosenberg Group is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Investment Manager SA. AXA SA directly and indirectly owns substantially all of AXA Investment Manager SA‘s equity and ownership interests.

Information regarding the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of shares of the Funds to the extent applicable is attached in Appendix B.

The Adviser reserves the right, subject to approval of the 1290 Funds’ Board, to appoint more than one Sub-Adviser to manage the assets of each Fund. When a Fund has more than one Sub-Adviser, the assets of each Fund are allocated by the Adviser among the Sub-Advisers selected for the Fund. Each Sub-Adviser has discretion, subject to oversight by the Trustees and the Adviser, to purchase and sell portfolio assets, consistent with each Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions and specific investment strategies developed by the Adviser.

Generally, no Sub-Adviser provides any services to any Fund except asset management and related administrative and recordkeeping services. However, a Sub-Adviser or its affiliated broker-dealer may execute portfolio transactions for a Fund and receive brokerage commissions in connection therewith as permitted by Section 17(e) of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

Personal Trading Policies

The 1290 Funds, the Adviser and the Distributor (as defined below) each have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which permits personnel covered by the rule to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund but prohibits fraudulent, misleading, deceptive or manipulative acts or conduct in connection with that personal investing. Each Sub-Adviser also has adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1. Such codes of ethics may permit personnel covered by the rule to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund for which the Sub-Adviser serves as a sub-adviser. The Codes of Ethics of the 1290 Funds, 1290 Asset Managers, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers have been filed as exhibits to the 1290 Funds’ Registration Statement.

The Administrator

Pursuant to an administrative agreement (“Mutual Funds Service Agreement”), AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC (“Administrator”) provides the 1290 Funds with necessary administrative services, as more fully described in the Prospectus. In addition, the Administrator makes available the office space, equipment, personnel and facilities required to provide such administrative services to the

 

76


1290 Funds. For these administrative services, in addition to the management fee, each Fund pays the Administrator an asset-based administration fee, which is equal to an annual rate of 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, plus an additional $30,000 per Fund and $30,000 for each allocated portion (or sleeve) of a Fund, as applicable.

Pursuant to a sub-administration arrangement, the Adviser has contracted with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to provide the 1290 Funds with certain administrative services, including monitoring of portfolio compliance and portfolio accounting services.

Since the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no fees have been paid to the Administrator for administrative services.

The Distributor

The 1290 Funds has a distribution agreement with ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ALPS”) (also referred to as the “Distributor”), under which it serves as Distributor for the 1290 Funds’ Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares. ALPS address is 1290 Broadway #1100 Denver, CO 80203. The initial distributor for the 1290 Funds was AXA Distributors LLC (“ADL”). ALPS replaced ADL effective upon the Funds’ commencement of operations.

The 1290 Funds’ distribution agreement with respect to the Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares of the Funds (“Distribution Agreement”) has been approved by the 1290 Funds’ Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, with respect to each Fund. The Distribution Agreement will remain in effect from year to year provided its continuance is approved at least annually by (i) a majority of the Independent Trustees who are not parties to such agreement and, if applicable, who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the distribution plans adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans”) or any such related agreement, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Agreement and (ii) either by vote of a majority of the Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the 1290 Funds, as applicable.

The Trust has adopted in the manner prescribed under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans pertaining to the Class A, Class C and Class R shares of the 1290 Funds.

Under the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans, each Fund is authorized to pay the Distributor an annual fee at the rate listed below of each Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class A, Class C and Class R shares. These fees are paid to compensate the Distributor for distributing each share class (i.e., rendering services and bearing expenses in connection with activities primarily intended to result in the sale of shares) and/or providing services to shareholders of each class, such as maintaining shareholder accounts for those classes. Activities and services contemplated under the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans include printing and mailing of fund prospectuses, statements of additional information (including any supplements thereto) and shareholder reports, compensation to financial intermediaries and broker-dealers, and holding seminars and sales meetings with wholesale and retail sales personnel assigned to promote the distribution of shares.

 

Share Class

  

Distribution Fee and/or Service Fee

(as a % of average daily net

assets attributable to the class)

Class A    0.25%
Class C    1.00%
Class R    0.50%

The Board considered various factors in connection with its decision as to whether to approve each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan, including: (i) the nature and causes of the circumstances which make approval or continuation of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan necessary and appropriate; (ii) the way in which the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan would address those circumstances, including the nature and potential

 

77


amount of expenditures; (iii) the nature of the anticipated benefits; (iv) the possible benefits of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan to any other person relative to those of the 1290 Funds; (v) the effect of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan on existing shareholders; (vi) the merits of possible alternative plans or pricing structures; (vii) competitive conditions in the mutual fund industry; and (viii) the relationship of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan to other distribution efforts of the 1290 Funds. The Board noted that the overall distribution arrangements would (1) enable investors to choose the purchasing option best suited to their individual situation, thereby encouraging current shareholders to make additional investments in the Funds and attracting new investors and assets to the Funds to the benefit of the Funds and their respective shareholders, (2) facilitate distribution of the Funds’ shares and (3) maintain the competitive position of the Funds in relation to other funds that have implemented or are seeking to implement similar distribution arrangements.

Based upon its review of the foregoing factors and the materials presented to it, and in light of its fiduciary duties under the 1940 Act, the Board, including the Independent Trustees with no direct or indirect financial interest in the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans or any related agreements, unanimously determined, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, that each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the 1290 Funds and the shareholders of the Funds. As such, the Trustees, including such Independent Trustees, approved each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan.

Pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans, the 1290 Funds compensates the Distributor from assets attributable to the Class A, Class C and Class R shares for services rendered and expenses borne in connection with activities primarily intended to result in the sale or servicing of these classes of shares. Generally, the 12b-1 fees are paid to the Distributor on a monthly basis. A portion of the amounts received by the Distributor will be used to defray various costs incurred or paid by the Distributor in connection with the printing and mailing of Trust prospectuses, statements of additional information, and any supplements thereto and shareholder reports, and holding seminars and sales meetings with wholesale and retail sales personnel designed to promote the distribution of Class A, Class C and Class R shares. The Distributor may also use a portion of the amounts received to provide compensation to financial intermediaries and third-party broker-dealers for their services in connection with the distribution and servicing of Class A, Class C and Class R shares.

Each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan is of a type known as a “compensation” plan because payments are made for services rendered to the 1290 Funds with respect to a class of shares regardless of the level of expenditures by the Distributor. The Trustees, however, take into account such expenditures for purposes of reviewing operations under each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan and in connection with their annual consideration of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans’ renewal. The Distributor’s expenditures include, without limitation: (a) the printing and mailing of Trust prospectuses, statements of additional information, any supplements thereto and shareholder reports for prospective shareholders with respect to the Class A, Class C and Class R shares of the 1290 Funds; (b) those relating to the development, preparation, printing and mailing of advertisements, sales literature and other promotional materials describing and/or relating to the Class A, Class C and Class R shares of the 1290 Funds; (c) holding seminars and sales meetings designed to promote the distribution of the Funds’ Class A, Class C and Class R shares; (d) obtaining information and providing explanations to wholesale and retail distributors of shares regarding the Funds’ investment objectives and policies and other information about the 1290 Funds and its Funds, including the performance of the Funds; (e) training sales personnel regarding the Class A, Class C and Class R shares of the 1290 Funds; and (f) financing any other activity that the Distributor determines is primarily intended to result in the sale of Class A, Class C and Class R shares.

The Distributor may use its past profits or other resources to pay for expenses incurred in connection with providing services intended to result in the sale of shares of the 1290 Funds and/or support services that benefit shareholders, including payments of significant amounts made to intermediaries that provide those services. These services may include sales personnel training, prospectus review, marketing and related services. The Distributor also may receive payments from Sub-Advisers of the Funds and/or their affiliates to help defray expenses for sales meetings, seminar sponsorships and similar expenses that may

 

78


relate to the shares and/or the Sub-Advisers’ respective Funds. The Distributor may also use a portion of the amounts received to provide compensation to financial intermediaries and third-party broker-dealers for their services in connection with the distribution of Class A, Class C and Class R shares as described further below in “Compensation to Financial Intermediaries and Third-Party Broker — Dealers.”

The Distributor pays all fees and expenses in connection with its qualification and registration as a broker or dealer under federal and state laws. In the capacity of agent, the Distributor offers shares of each Fund on a continuous basis in all states in which the Fund or the 1290 Funds may, from time to time, be registered or where permitted by applicable law. The Distributor has made no firm commitment to acquire shares of any Fund.

Each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement that is entered into by the 1290 Funds with the Distributor of the Class A, Class C and Class R shares in connection with a Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan will continue in effect for a period of more than one year only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of a majority of the 1290 Funds’ Board, and a majority of the Independent Trustees, with no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan or Rule 12b-1 related agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Plan or agreement. In addition, annual continuance of the Distribution Agreement must be approved by the 1290 Funds’ Board or a majority of outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), and a majority of Independent Trustees, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Distribution Agreement. In addition, each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement may be terminated as to Class A, Class C and Class R shares of a Fund at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the outstanding Class A, Class C and Class R shares of the Fund, as applicable, or by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, with no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan or Rule 12b-1 related agreement. Each Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan also provides that it may not be amended to increase materially the amount that may be spent for distribution of Class A, Class C or Class R shares of any Fund without the approval of Class A, Class C or Class R shareholders of that Fund.

Since the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no fees have been paid to the Distributor under the Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans.

Class A shares are subject to a maximum sales charge imposed on purchases of 5.50% for the 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund and the 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund and 4.50% for the 1290 High Yield Bond Fund. Class C shares are subject to a 1.00% deferred sales charge that is payable on redemptions made within one year of the date of purchase. Since the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no fees had been collected in connection with these sales loads.

Compensation to Financial Intermediaries and Third-Party Broker-Dealers

In addition to the sales commissions paid by investors and the distribution and service fees paid by the funds to the Distributor for the purpose of compensating selling dealers (described above in the section entitled, “The Distributor”), the Distributor or the Adviser (or one of its affiliates) may make payments out of its own resources to provide additional compensation to selling dealers and other financial intermediaries who are authorized to offer and sell shares of the Funds and other mutual funds distributed by the Distributor (collectively, “Dealers”). As described in the Prospectus, the Adviser and the Distributor may use their respective past profits or other resources, without cost to the funds or shareholders, to pay for expenses incurred in connection with providing services intended to result in the sale of shares of the Funds and/or support services that benefit shareholders, to reimburse certain expenses related to processing sales of Fund shares and to pay incentives to market the Funds, to cooperate with the Distributor’s promotional efforts or in recognition of their marketing, transaction processing and/or administrative services support (collectively, “revenue sharing payments”). This compensation is not reflected in the fees and expenses listed in the fee table section of the Prospectus.

 

 

79


Marketing Support Payments.    The Distributor or the Adviser and their affiliates may make payments to certain Dealers for marketing support services, including: providing periodic and ongoing education and training of Dealer personnel regarding the funds; disseminating to Dealer personnel information and product marketing materials regarding the Funds; explaining to clients the features and characteristics of the Funds; conducting due diligence regarding the funds; providing reasonable access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the Dealer; granting reasonable access to the Dealer’s financial advisors and consultants; furnishing marketing support and other services; and sponsoring seminars for the public and advertising campaigns. These payments are generally based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, reputation in the industry, ability to attract and retain assets, target markets, customer relationships and quality of service. No one factor is determinative of the type or amount of additional compensation to be provided. Such payments may be calculated by reference to the gross sales price of shares sold by such Dealers, the net asset value of shares held by the customers of such Dealers, or otherwise.

Processing Support Payments.    The Distributor or the Adviser (and their affiliates) may make payments to certain Dealers that sell Fund shares to help offset the Dealers’ costs associated with client account maintenance support, statement preparation and transaction processing. The types of payments that the Distributor or the Adviser (and their affiliates) may make under this category include, among others, payment of ticket charges placed by a Dealer, payment of networking fees on certain mutual fund trading systems or one-time payments for ancillary services, such as setting up funds on a Dealer’s mutual fund trading system.

Other Payments.    From time to time, the Distributor or the Adviser at its expense, may make additional payments to Dealers that sell or provide services in connection with the sale of Fund shares. Such payments by the Distributor may include payment or reimbursement to, or on behalf of, Dealers for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, as well as conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for Dealer representatives and other employees, client entertainment, client and investor events, and other Dealer-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by Dealer representatives and other employees in connection with training and educational meetings, client prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. Other compensation or promotional incentives may be offered to the extent not prohibited by federal or state laws or any self-regulatory organization. The Distributor makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to the Distributor’s policies and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event.

Subaccounting and Other Payments.    In addition to the payments described above, from time to time, the Funds and/or the Distributor may enter into arrangements with, and pay fees to, financial intermediaries that provide recordkeeping services to certain groups of investors in the funds, including participants in retirement and benefit plans, investors in mutual fund advisory programs and clients of financial intermediaries that operate in an omnibus environment or utilize certain National Securities Clearing Corporation networking levels (collectively referred to as “subaccounting”). The subaccounting services typically include: (i) establishing and maintaining investor accounts and records; (ii) recording investor account balances and changes thereto; (iii) arranging for the wiring of funds; (iv) providing statements to investors; (v) furnishing proxy materials, periodic fund reports, prospectuses and other communications to investors as required; (vi) transmitting investor transaction information; and (vii) providing information in order to assist the funds in their compliance with state securities laws.

The subaccounting fees the Funds generally pay are designed to be equal to or less than the fees the Funds would pay to their transfer agent for similar services, but in certain circumstances the subaccounting fees may be higher due to differences in the services being provided or other factors. The Funds understand that, in accordance with guidance from the U.S. Department of Labor, retirement and benefit plans, sponsors of qualified retirement plans and/or recordkeepers may be required to use the fees they (or, in the case of recordkeepers, their affiliates) receive for the benefit of the retirement and benefit plans or the investors. This may take the form of recordkeepers passing the fees through to their clients or reducing the clients’ charges by the amount of fees the recordkeeper receives from mutual funds.

 

80


The Funds may also make other payments to Dealers that sell Fund shares to help offset the Dealers’ costs associated with transaction processing, including payment of networking fees on certain mutual fund trading systems.

For more specific information about any revenue sharing and/or subaccounting payments made to your Dealer or financial intermediary, investors should contact their investment professionals.

Transfer Agency Services

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS” or “Transfer Agent”) 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-0953, acts as each Fund’s Transfer Agent pursuant to a Transfer Agency and Servicing Agreement (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”) with the 1290 Funds. Pursuant to the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Transfer Agent is responsible for, among other things, the issuance, transfer and redemption of shares, the opening and maintenance of shareholder accounts, the handling of certain communications between shareholders and the 1290 Funds, and the payment of dividends and distributions payable by the Funds. Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, BFDS receives a monthly fee comprised of a fixed base fee plus a fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the 1290 Funds during the month.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER STRATEGIES

Brokerage Commissions

The Funds may be charged for securities brokers’ commissions, transfer taxes and similar fees relating to securities transactions. The Adviser and the Sub-Advisers of the Funds, as appropriate, seek to obtain the best net price and execution on all orders placed for the Funds, considering all the circumstances. The Adviser and the Sub-Advisers may, as appropriate, in the allocation of brokerage business, take into consideration the receipt of research and other brokerage services, consistent with the obligation to seek to obtain best net price and execution.

Investment company securities generally are purchased directly from the issuer. It is expected that other securities will ordinarily be purchased in the primary markets, whether OTC or listed, and that listed securities may be purchased in the OTC market if that market is deemed the primary market.

Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange or in the OTC market are effected through brokers who receive compensation for their services. Such compensation varies among different brokers. Generally, compensation relating to securities traded on foreign exchanges will be higher than compensation relating to securities traded on U.S. exchanges and may not be subject to negotiation. However, brokerage commission rates in certain countries in which the Funds may invest may be discounted for certain large domestic and foreign investors such as the Funds. A number of foreign banks and brokers will be used for execution of the Funds’ portfolio transactions. In the case of securities traded in the foreign and domestic OTC markets, there is generally no stated commission, but the price usually includes an undisclosed commission or mark-up. Equity securities may be purchased from underwriters at prices that include underwriting fees.

Purchases and sales of fixed-income securities are generally made with an issuer or a primary market-maker acting as principal. Although there is generally no stated brokerage commission paid by a Fund for a fixed-income security, the price paid by a Fund to an underwriter includes the disclosed underwriting fee and prices in secondary trades usually include an undisclosed commission or mark-up.

The Adviser and Sub-Advisers of the Funds may, as appropriate, in the allocation of brokerage business, take into consideration research and other brokerage services provided by brokers and dealers to the

Adviser or Sub-Advisers. The research services include economic, market, industry and company

 

81


research material. Commissions charged by brokers that provide research services may be somewhat higher than commissions charged by brokers that do not provide research services. As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“1934 Act”) and by policies adopted by the Trustees, the Adviser and Sub-Advisers, as appropriate, may cause the 1290 Funds to pay a broker-dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Adviser and Sub-Advisers an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction for the 1290 Funds in excess of the commission another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction. To obtain the benefit of Section 28(e), the Adviser or the relevant Sub-Adviser must make a good faith determination that the commissions paid are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or its overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises investment discretion and that the services provided by a broker provide the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser with lawful and appropriate assistance in the performance of its investment decision-making responsibilities. Accordingly, the price to a Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered.

For futures transactions, the selection of a futures broker is generally based on the overall quality of execution and other services provided by the futures broker. The Adviser and the Sub-Advisers or their affiliates may choose to execute futures transactions electronically.

Certain Sub-Advisers may also receive research or research credits from brokers which are generated from underwriting commissions when purchasing new issues of fixed income securities or other assets for a Fund in underwritten fixed price offerings. In these situations, the underwriter or selling group member may provide an Sub-Adviser with research in addition to selling the securities (at the fixed public offering price) to the Fund. Because the offerings are conducted at a fixed price, the ability to obtain research from a broker-dealer in this situation provides knowledge that may benefit the Fund, the Sub-Adviser’s other clients and the Sub-Adviser without incurring additional costs. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act because the broker-dealer is considered to be acting in a principal capacity in underwritten transactions. However, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority has adopted rules expressly permitting broker-dealers to provide bona fide research to Sub-Advisers in connection with fixed price offerings under certain circumstances.

Certain Sub-Advisers may obtain third-party research from broker-dealers or non-broker dealers by entering into commission sharing arrangements (“CSAs”). Under a CSA, the executing broker-dealer agrees that part of the commissions it earns on certain equity trades will be allocated to one or more research providers as payment for research. CSAs allow a Sub-Adviser to direct broker-dealers to pool commissions that are generated from orders executed at that broker-dealer, and then periodically direct the broker-dealer to pay third party research providers for research.

The overall reasonableness of commissions paid will be determined by evaluating brokers on such general factors as execution capabilities, quality of research (that is, quantity and quality of information provided, diversity of sources utilized, nature and frequency of communication, professional experience, analytical ability and professional stature of the broker) and financial standing, as well as the net results of specific transactions, taking into account such factors as price, promptness, confidentiality, size of order and difficulty of execution. The research services obtained will, in general, be used by the Adviser and Sub-Advisers, as appropriate, for the benefit of all accounts for which the responsible party makes investment decisions. As such, research services paid for with the Funds’ brokerage commissions may not benefit the Funds, while research services paid for with the brokerage commissions of other clients may benefit the Funds. The receipt of research services from brokers will tend to reduce the Adviser’s and Sub-Advisers’ expenses in managing the Funds.

When the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers, as appropriate, seek to buy or sell the same security or other investment on behalf of one or more Funds, the purchase or sale will be carried out in a manner that is considered fair and equitable to all accounts. In general, the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers, as

 

82


appropriate, will make allocations among accounts with the same or similar investment objective based upon a variety of factors which may include, among other things, the account’s available cash, investment restrictions, permitted investment techniques, tolerance for risk, tax status, account size, and other relevant considerations.

Since the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no brokerage commissions have been paid.

Brokerage Transactions with Affiliates

To the extent permitted by law and in accordance with procedures established by the 1290 Funds’ Board, the 1290 Funds may engage in brokerage transactions with brokers that are affiliates of the Adviser or its affiliates, including Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC (“Bernstein”), Sub-Advisers, brokers who are affiliates of such Sub-Advisers, or unaffiliated brokers who trade or clear through affiliates of the Adviser or the Sub-Advisers. The 1940 Act generally prohibits the 1290 Funds from engaging in principal securities transactions with brokers that are affiliates of the Adviser or Sub-Advisers or their respective affiliates, unless pursuant to an exemption from the SEC. The 1290 Funds relies on exemptive relief from the SEC that permits a portion of a Fund that has multiple portions advised by different Sub-Advisers and/or the Adviser to engage in principal and brokerage transactions with a Sub-Adviser (or an affiliate of that Sub-Adviser) to another portion of the same Fund, subject to certain conditions. The 1290 Funds has adopted procedures, prescribed by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, which are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions or other remuneration it pays to brokers that are affiliates of the Adviser and brokers that are affiliates of a Sub-Adviser to a Fund for which that Sub-Adviser provides investment advice do not exceed the usual and customary broker’s commission. In addition, the 1290 Funds will adhere to the requirements under the 1934 Act governing floor trading. Also, under applicable securities law, the 1290 Funds will limit purchases of securities in a public offering, if such securities are underwritten by brokers that are affiliates of the Adviser or Sub-Advisers or their respective affiliates.

Since the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, no brokerage commissions have been paid to affiliated broker-dealers.

Brokerage Transactions Relating to Research Services

Since the Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI, the Funds have not directed any portfolio transactions to broker-dealers that provided research services, for which the Funds of the 1290 Funds paid the brokerage commissions indicated.

Investments in Regular Broker-Dealers

As of the date of this SAI, none of the Funds owned securities issued by their regular brokers or dealers (or by their parents).

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Pursuant to the 1290 Funds’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, the 1290 Funds has delegated the proxy voting responsibilities with respect to each Fund to the Adviser as its investment adviser. Because the Adviser views proxy voting as a function that is incidental and integral to portfolio management, it has in turn delegated the proxy voting responsibilities with respect to each Fund. The primary focus of the 1290 Funds’ proxy voting procedures as they relate to the Funds, therefore, is to seek to ensure that the Sub-Advisers have adequate proxy voting policies and procedures in place and to monitor each Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting. A description of the 1290 Funds’ proxy voting policies and procedures and the proxy voting policies and procedures that each Sub-Adviser uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to the Fund’s portfolio securities are included in Appendix C to this SAI. A description of the policies and procedures the 1290 Funds and each Sub-Adviser uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities also is available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling a toll-free number at 1-888-310-0416 and (ii) on

 

83


the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Since the Funds are new, information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available (1) on the 1290 Funds’ website at http://www.1290Funds.com and (2) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

Information concerning purchase and redemption of shares of the Funds, as well as information concerning computation of net asset value per share is set forth in the Prospectus.

Each Fund has four separate classes of shares: Class A, C, I and R shares. Each class of shares of a Fund represents an identical interest in the investment portfolio of that Fund and has the same rights, except that: (i) each class may bear differing amounts of certain class-specific expenses, (ii) Class A shares are subject to an initial sales charge, (iii) Class C shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”), (iv) Class A, Class C and Class R are subject to an ongoing distribution fee and service fee, (v) the Class A, Class C and Class R shares have exclusive voting rights with respect to matters related to distribution and servicing expenditures; (vi) Class I shares are not subject to any sales charge or any distribution, account maintenance or service fee, (vii) the classes have separate exchange privileges, and (viii) the classes have separate conversion features. In addition, the income attributable to each class and the dividends payable on the shares of each class will be reduced by the amount of the distribution fee or service fee, if any, payable by that class. The distribution-related fees paid with respect to any class will not be used to finance the distribution expenditures of another class. Sales personnel may receive different compensation for selling different classes of shares.

Fund shares are purchased at the net asset value next determined, plus the applicable sales charge, after the application for the purchase of shares is received by the 1290 Funds’ transfer agent, BFDS (the “Transfer Agent”), or approved financial intermediaries. At the election of the investor, the sales charge may be imposed at the time of purchase (Class A shares) or may be deferred (Class C shares redeemed within 1 year of purchase and Class A shares purchased in the amount of $1,000,000 or more if held for less than 12 months). Purchases can be made through most investment dealers who, as part of the service they provide, must transmit orders promptly.

Exemptions from Classes A and C CDSC

No CDSC will be imposed when a shareholder redeems Class A or C shares in the following instances: (a) shares or amounts representing increases in the value of an account above the net cost of the investment due to increases in the net asset value per share; (b) shares acquired through reinvestment of income dividends or capital gain distributions; (c) shares acquired by exchange from any Fund of the 1290 Funds where the exchanged shares would not have been subject to a CDSC upon redemption; and (d) Class A shares purchased in the amount of $1,000,000 or more if held for more than 12 months, and Class C shares held for more than 1 year.

In determining whether the Class A or Class C CDSC is payable, it will be assumed that shares that are not subject to a CDSC are redeemed first and that other shares are then redeemed in the order purchased. No CDSC will be imposed on exchanges to purchase shares of another Fund of the 1290 Funds although a CDSC will be imposed on shares (when redeemed) of the acquired fund purchased by exchange of shares subject to a CDSC. The holding period of shares subject to a CDSC that are exchanged will be deemed to commence as of the date of the initial investment.

Special Fiduciary Relationships

The CDSC will not apply with respect to purchases of Class A shares for which the selling dealer is not permitted to receive a sales load or redemption fee imposed on a shareholder with whom such dealer has a fiduciary relationship in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and regulations thereunder. In accordance with the provisions of the CDSC exemption, such dealer agrees to

 

84


the reimbursement provision described below and no sales charge will be imposed on sales. In addition, the Distributor will pay to the selling dealer a commission described in the Prospectus.

In the event of a redemption of any such shares within 12 months of purchase, the selling dealer will reimburse the Distributor for the amount of commission paid, less the amount of the distribution fee with respect to such shares.

Services for Investors

For the convenience of investors, the following plans are available. Investors should realize that none of these plans can guarantee profit or insure against loss.

Automatic Reinvestment Plan.

All shareholders, unless they request otherwise, are enrolled in the Automatic Reinvestment Plan under which dividends and capital gain distributions on their shares are automatically reinvested in shares of the same class of the distributing Fund(s) at the net asset value per share computed on the record date of such dividends and distributions. The Automatic Reinvestment Plan may be terminated by participants or by the 1290 Funds at any time. No sales charge is applied upon reinvestment of dividends or capital gain distributions.

Automatic Bank Draft Plan.

An Automatic Bank Draft Plan is available for investors who wish to purchase shares of one or more of the funds in amounts of $100 or more on a regular basis by having the amount of the investment automatically deducted from the investor’s checking account. The minimum initial investment for this Plan is $1,000. Forms authorizing this service for eligible classes of shares are available from the 1290 Funds. The Automatic Bank Draft Plan is not available for Class I shares.

Letter of Intent Investments.

Any investor may execute a Letter of Intent covering purchases of Class A shares of Fund shares, at the public offering price, to be made within a period of 13-months. A reduced sales charge may be applicable to the total dollar amount of Class A shares purchased in the 13-month period. The minimum initial investment under a Letter of Intent is 5% of the amount indicated in the Letter of Intent. Class A shares purchased with the first 5% of such amount will be held in escrow (while remaining registered in the name of the investor) to secure payment of the higher sales charge applicable to the shares actually purchased if the full amount indicated is not purchased, and such escrowed shares will be involuntarily redeemed to pay the additional sales charge, if necessary. When the full amount indicated has been purchased, the escrow will be released.

Investors wishing to enter into a Letter of Intent in conjunction with their investment in Class A shares of the Funds should complete the appropriate portion of the new account application.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan.

Investors may elect a systematic withdrawal plan under which a fixed sum of at least $500 will be paid quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Investors must have at least $10,000 in their account to participate in the plan. Shares in the plan are held on deposit in non-certificate form, and any capital gain distributions and dividends from investment income are invested in additional shares of the same class of the distributing Fund(s) at net asset value. Shares in the plan account are then redeemed at net asset value to make each withdrawal payment. Redemptions for the purpose of withdrawals are made on or about the 15th day of the month of payment at that day’s closing net asset value and checks are mailed within five days of the redemption date. Such distributions and dividends are subject to taxation. See the “Taxation” section of this SAI.

 

85


Since withdrawal payments may include a return of principal, redemptions for the purpose of making such payments may reduce or even use up the investment, depending upon the size of the payments and the fluctuations of the market price of the underlying Fund securities. For this reason, the payments cannot be considered as a yield of income on the investment.

Exchange Privilege.

Shares of each Fund generally may be exchanged for shares of the same class of any other Fund of 1290 Funds.

The minimum initial investment rules applicable to a Fund apply to any exchange where the exchange results in a new account being opened in such Fund. Exchanges into existing accounts are not subject to a minimum amount.

Shares of a Fund that are not subject to a CDSC will be processed at the net asset value next determined after the Transfer Agent or approved financial intermediary receives your exchange request. Shares of a Fund that are subject to a CDSC will be exchangeable on the basis of the relative net asset value per share without payment of any CDSC which might otherwise be due upon redemption of the shares of the Fund. For purposes of computing the CDSC that may be payable upon a disposition of the shares acquired in the exchange, the holding period for the previously owned shares of the Fund is “tacked” onto the holding period for the newly acquired shares of the other Fund. The exchange feature may be modified or discontinued at any time, upon notice to shareholders in accordance with applicable rules adopted by the SEC. Your exchange may be processed only if the shares of the Fund to be acquired are eligible for sale in your state and if the exchange privilege may be legally offered in your state.

An exchange represents the redemption of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another, which may produce a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.

Redemptions — General

Payment for redeemed shares is ordinarily made within seven days after receipt by the Transfer Agent of redemption instructions in proper form. The redemption privilege may be suspended or payment may be postponed for more than seven days during any period when: (1) the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is closed other than for customary weekend or holiday closings or trading thereon is restricted as determined by the SEC; (2) an emergency, as defined by the SEC, exists making trading of portfolio securities or valuation of net assets not reasonably practicable; or (3) the SEC has by order permitted such suspension or delay.

As more fully described in the Prospectus, a fee of 2% of the current net asset value of the shares being redeemed may be assessed and retained by the fund under certain circumstances.

The 1290 Funds reserves the right to redeem an account at its option upon not less than 60 days’ notice to a shareholder if an account’s net asset value is $500 or less and remains so during the notice period.

Redemptions In Kind

The 1290 Funds’ organizational documents provide that it may redeem its shares in kind. The 1290 Funds has elected, pursuant to Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, to commit itself to pay in cash all requests for redemption by any shareholder of record, limited in amount with respect to each shareholder during any 90-day period to the lesser of: (i) $250,000; or (ii) 1% of the net asset value of the 1290 Funds at the beginning of such period. If shares are redeemed through a distribution of assets of the 1290 Funds, the recipient would incur brokerage commissions upon the sale of such securities.

Determination of Net Asset Value

The 1290 Funds will offer and sell its shares for cash or securities based on each Fund’s net asset value per share, which will be determined in the manner set forth below. Shares of a Fund will be issued to a shareholder upon receipt of consideration.

 

86


The net asset value of the shares of each class of each Fund will be determined once daily, immediately after the declaration of dividends, if any, at the close of business on each business day as defined below. The net asset value per share of each class of a Fund will be computed by dividing the sum of the investments held by that Fund applicable to that class plus any cash or other assets, minus all liabilities, by the total number of outstanding shares of that class of the Fund at such time. All expenses borne by the 1290 Funds and each of its classes will be accrued daily.

The net asset value per share of each Fund will be determined and computed as follows, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and consistent with the 1940 Act:

 

   

The assets belonging to each Fund will include (i) all consideration received by the 1290 Funds for the issue or sale of shares of that particular Fund, together with all assets in which such consideration is invested or reinvested, (ii) all income, earnings, profits, and proceeds thereof, including any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, (iii) any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be, and (iv) “General Items,” if any, allocated to that Fund. “General Items” include any assets, income, earnings, profits, and proceeds thereof, funds, or payments which are not readily identifiable as belonging to any particular Fund. General Items will be allocated as the 1290 Funds’ Board considers fair and equitable.

 

   

The liabilities belonging to each Fund will include (i) the liabilities of the 1290 Funds in respect of that Fund, (ii) all expenses, costs, charges and reserves attributable to that Fund, and (iii) any general liabilities, expenses, costs, charges or reserves of the 1290 Funds which are not readily identifiable as belonging to any particular Fund which have been allocated as the 1290 Funds’ Board considers fair and equitable.

The value of each Fund will be determined at the close of business on each “business day.” Normally, this would be at the close of regular trading on the NYSE on days the NYSE is open for trading. This is normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The NYSE is closed on New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday (observed), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas.

Values are determined according to accepted accounting practices and all laws and regulations that apply. The assets of each Fund are valued as follows:

 

   

Stocks listed on national securities exchanges (including securities issued by ETFs) are valued at the last sale price or official closing price, or, if there is no sale or official closing price, at the latest available bid price. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market will be valued using the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). Generally, the NOCP will be the last sale price unless the reported trade for the security is outside the range of the bid/ask price. In such cases, the NOCP will be normalized to the nearer of the bid or ask price. Other unlisted stocks are valued at their last sale price or official closing price or, if there is no reported sale during the day or official closing price, at a bid price estimated by a broker.

 

   

Foreign securities not traded directly, or in ADRs or similar form, in the U.S. are valued at most recent sales or bid price from the primary exchange in the currency of the country of origin. Foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollar equivalent at current exchange rates. Because foreign securities sometimes trade on days when a Fund’s shares are not priced, the value of the Fund’s investment that includes such securities may change on days when shares of the Fund cannot be purchased or redeemed.

 

   

U.S. Treasury securities and other obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, are valued at representative quoted prices.

 

   

Corporate bonds and notes may be valued on the basis of prices provided by a pricing service when such prices are believed to reflect the fair market value of such securities. The prices provided by a

 

87


 

pricing service take into account many factors, including institutional size, trading in similar groups of securities and any developments related to specific securities. However, when such prices are not available, such bonds and notes are valued at a bid price estimated by a broker.

 

   

Convertible preferred stocks listed on national securities exchanges or included on the Nasdaq Stock Market are valued as of their last sale price or, if there is no sale, at the latest available bid price.

 

   

Convertible bonds, and unlisted convertible preferred stocks, are valued at prices obtained from a pricing service for such instruments or, if a pricing service price is not available, at bid prices obtained from one or more of the major dealers in such bonds or stocks. Where there is a discrepancy between dealers, values may be adjusted based on recent premium spreads to the underlying common stocks. Convertible bonds may be matrix-priced based upon the conversion value to the underlying common stocks and market premiums.

 

   

Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are valued at prices obtained from a bond pricing service where available, or at a bid price obtained from one or more of the major dealers in such securities. If a quoted price is unavailable, an equivalent yield or yield spread quotes will be obtained from a broker and converted to a price.

 

   

Exchange traded options are valued at their last sales price or, if not available, previous day’s sales price. If the bid price is higher or the asked price is lower than the last sale price, the higher bid or lower asked price may be used. Options not traded on an exchange or actively traded are valued according to fair value methods. The market value of a put or call option will usually reflect, among other factors, the market price of the underlying security.

 

   

Futures contracts are valued at their last settlement price or, if there is no sale, at the latest available bid price.

 

   

Forward foreign exchange contracts are valued by interpolating between the forward and spot currency rates as quoted by a pricing service as of a designated hour on the valuation date.

 

   

Shares of open end mutual funds (other than ETFs) held by any other Fund, will be valued at the net asset value of the shares of such funds as described in the funds’ prospectuses.

 

   

Securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available or for which valuation cannot be provided are valued in good faith under the direction of the applicable Board. For example, a security whose trading has been halted during the trading day may be fair valued based on the available information at the time of the close of trading market.

Events or circumstances affecting the values of portfolio securities that occur between the closing of their principal markets and the time the net asset value is determined, such as foreign securities trading on foreign exchanges that may close before the time the net asset value is determined, may be reflected in the 1290 Funds’ calculations of net asset values for each applicable Fund when the 1290 Funds deems that the event or circumstance would materially affect such Fund’s net asset value. Such events or circumstances may be company specific, such as an earning report, country or region specific, such as a natural disaster, or global in nature. Such events or circumstances also may include price movements in the U.S. securities markets.

The 1290 Funds’ Valuation Committee, which was established by the Board, determines the value of any of the 1290 Funds’ securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available or for which valuation cannot otherwise be provided in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board. The effect of fair value pricing as described above is that securities may not be priced on the basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded, but rather may be priced by a fair valuation method adopted by the 1290 Funds’ Board that relies on other available pricing inputs. As such, fair value pricing is based on subjective judgments and it is possible that the valuations reached may differ materially from the value realized on a sale. This policy is intended to assure that the Fund’s net asset value fairly reflects security

 

88


values as of the time of pricing. Also, fair valuation of a Fund’s securities can serve to reduce arbitrage opportunities available to short-term traders, but there is no assurance that fair value pricing policies will prevent dilution of the Fund’s net asset value by those traders.

When the 1290 Funds writes a call option, an amount equal to the premium received by the 1290 Funds is included in the 1290 Funds’ financial statements as an asset and an equivalent liability. The amount of the liability is subsequently marked-to-market to reflect the current market value of the option written. When an option expires on its stipulated expiration date or the 1290 Funds enters into a closing purchase or sale transaction, the 1290 Funds realizes a gain (or loss) without regard to any unrealized gain or loss on the underlying security, and the liability related to such option is extinguished. When an option is exercised, the 1290 Funds realizes a gain or loss from the sale of the underlying security, and the proceeds of sale are increased by the premium originally received, or reduced by the price paid for the option.

The Administrator may, from time to time, under the general supervision of the Board or the 1290 Funds’ valuation committee, utilize the services of one or more pricing services available in valuing the assets of the 1290 Funds. In addition, there may be occasions when a different pricing provider or methodology is used. The Administrator will continuously monitor the performance of these services.

TAXATION

Qualification for Treatment as a RIC

Each Fund is treated for federal tax purposes as a separate corporation. The 1290 Funds intends that each Fund will qualify each taxable year to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Code (“RIC”). By doing so, a Fund will be relieved of federal income tax on the part of its investment company taxable income (consisting generally of net investment income, the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and net gains and losses from certain foreign currency transactions, if any, all determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) that it distributes to its shareholders. Such qualification does not involve supervision of management or investment practices or policies by any governmental agency or bureau.

To qualify for treatment as a RIC, a Fund must distribute annually to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (“Distribution Requirement”) and must meet several additional requirements. With respect to each Fund, these requirements include the following: (1) the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains (without regard to losses) from the sale or other disposition of securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in securities or those currencies, and (b) net income from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (defined below) (“QPTP”) (“Income Requirement”); and (2) at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, government securities, securities of other RICs (collectively, “Qualifying Assets”), and other securities, with these other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the issuer’s outstanding voting securities (equity securities of QPTPs being considered voting securities for these purposes), and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets may be invested in (i) the securities (other than government securities or securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, (ii) the securities (other than securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers the Fund controls that are determined to be engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or (iii) the securities of one or more QPTPs (collectively, “Diversification Requirements”). A QPTP is defined as a publicly traded partnership (generally, a partnership the interests in which are “traded on an established securities market” or are “readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)”) other than a

 

89


partnership at least 90% of the gross income of which consists of income described in clause (1)(a) above.

If a Fund failed to qualify for treatment as a RIC for any taxable year - either (1) by failing to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, even if it satisfied the Income and Diversification Requirements, or (2) by failing to satisfy the Income Requirement and/or either Diversification Requirement and was unable, or determined not to, avail itself of Code provisions that enable a RIC to cure a failure to satisfy any of the Income and Diversification Requirements as long as the failure “is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect” and the RIC pays a deductible tax calculated in accordance with those provisions and meets certain other requirements — then for federal income tax purposes it would be taxed as an ordinary corporation on its taxable income for that year without being able to deduct the distributions it makes to its shareholders. In addition, for those purposes all those distributions of a Fund’s earnings and profits, including distributions of net capital gain, would be taxable to its shareholders as dividends to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits. For individual and certain other non-corporate shareholders, those dividends would be taxable as “qualified dividend income” (as defined in the Prospectus and thus subject to federal income tax at the rates for net capital gain — a maximum of 15% for a single shareholder with taxable income not exceeding $406,750 ($457,600 for married shareholders filing jointly) and 20% for those non-corporate shareholders with taxable income exceeding those respective amounts, which will be adjusted for inflation annually). In the case of corporate shareholders that meet certain holding period and other requirements regarding their Fund shares, all or part of those dividends would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying for RIC treatment.

General Tax Treatment of Shareholders

Dividends and other distributions a Fund declares in October, November, or December of any year that are payable to shareholders of record on a date in any of those months are deemed to have been paid by the Fund and received by the shareholders on December 31 of that year if the Fund pays the distributions during the following January. Accordingly, those distributions are taxed to shareholders for the year in which that December 31 falls.

If an investor buys shares shortly before the record date of a dividend or other distribution, the entire amount received will be taxable even though a part of the distribution is actually a return of part of the purchase price. This is called “buying a distribution.” There is no advantage to buying a distribution, because a Fund’s NAV per share is reduced by the amount of the distribution.

As noted in the Prospectus, a Fund shareholder who wants to use the average basis method for determining his or her basis in Fund shares must elect to do so in writing, which may be electronic. If a shareholder of a Fund fails to affirmatively elect a basis determination method, then basis determination will be made in accordance with the Funds’ default method, which is average cost. If, however, a Fund shareholder wishes to use a different acceptable method for basis determination (e.g., a specific identification method), the shareholder may elect to do so. The basis determination method a Fund shareholder elects (or the default method) with respect to a redemption (including a redemption that is part of an exchange) of Fund shares may not be changed after the settlement date of the redemption.

In addition to the requirement to report the gross proceeds from a redemption of shares, each Fund (or its transfer agent) must report to the IRS and furnish to its shareholders the basis information for shares that are redeemed and indicate whether they had a short-term (one year or less) or long-term (more than one year) holding period. Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisers to determine the best IRS-accepted basis determination method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the basis reporting law applies to them.

The Prospectus notes that, under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), “foreign financial institutions” (“FFIs”) or “non-financial foreign entities” (“NFFEs”) that are Fund shareholders

 

90


may be subject to a generally nonrefundable 30% withholding tax on (1) income dividends each Fund pays and (2) certain capital gain distributions and the proceeds of a redemption of Fund shares a Fund pays after December 31, 2016.

An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a tax compliance agreement with the IRS. Under such an agreement, a participating FFI agrees to (1) verify and document whether it has U.S. accountholders, (2) report certain information regarding their accounts to the IRS, and (3) meet certain other specified requirements.

An FFI resident in a country that has entered into a Model I intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the United States must report to that country’s government (pursuant to the terms of the applicable IGA and applicable law), which will, in turn, report to the IRS. An FFI resident in a Model II IGA country generally must comply with U.S. regulatory requirements, with certain exceptions, including the treatment of recalcitrant accountholders. An FFI resident in one of those countries that complies with whichever of the foregoing applies will be exempt from FATCA withholding.

An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from a Fund can avoid FATCA withholding generally by certifying its status as such and, in certain circumstances, either that (1) it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or (2) it does have one or more such owners and reports the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each such owner. The NFFE will report to a Fund or other applicable withholding agent, which will, in turn, report information to the IRS.

Those foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted, or deemed compliant categories established by Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that invests in a Fund will need to provide the Fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA to avoid FATCA withholding. The requirements imposed by FATCA are different from, and in addition to, the tax certification rules to avoid backup withholding described in the Prospectus. Foreign investors are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the application of these requirements to their own situation and the impact thereof on their investment in a Fund.

Taxation of the Funds in General

Each Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax (“Excise Tax”) to the extent it fails to distribute by the end of any calendar year an amount equal to the sum of (1) at least 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (2) at least 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses, as prescribed by the Code) for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year, and (3) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. A Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year. Each Fund intends to make sufficient distributions prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid liability for the Excise Tax. However, a Fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate portfolio investments to make those distributions.

If a Fund uses hedging strategies, such as selling (writing) and purchasing options and futures contracts and entering into forward contracts, complex rules apply to determine for income tax purposes the amount, character, and timing of recognition of the gains and losses the Fund realizes in connection therewith. Gains from the disposition of foreign currencies (except certain gains that may be excluded by future regulations), and gains from options, futures, and forward contracts a Fund derives with respect to its business of investing in securities or foreign currencies, are treated as “qualifying” income under the Income Requirement.

Some futures, foreign currency contracts, and “nonequity” options (i.e., certain listed options, such as those on a “broad-based” securities index) — except any “securities futures contract” that is not a “dealer securities futures contract” (both as defined in the Code) and any interest rate swap, currency swap, basis swap, interest rate cap, interest rate floor, commodity swap, equity swap, equity index swap,

 

91


credit default swap, or similar agreement — in which a Fund invests may be subject to section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Any section 1256 contract a Fund holds at the end of its taxable year generally must be “marked-to-market” (i.e., treated as having been sold at that time for its fair market value) for federal income tax purposes, with the result that unrealized gains or losses will be treated as though they were realized. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss recognized on these deemed sales, and 60% of any net realized gain or loss from any actual sales of section 1256 contracts, will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the balance will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Section 1256 contracts also may be marked-to-market for purposes of the Excise Tax. These rules may operate to increase the amount that a Fund must distribute to satisfy the Distribution Requirement (i.e., with respect to the portion treated as short-term capital gain, which will be included in investment company taxable income), which will be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income when distributed to them, and to increase the net capital gain a Fund recognizes, without in either case increasing the cash available to it. A Fund may elect not to have the foregoing rules apply to any “mixed straddle” (i.e., a straddle the Fund clearly identifies in accordance with applicable regulations, at least one (but not all) of the positions of which are section 1256 contracts), although doing so may have the effect of increasing the relative proportion of short-term capital gain (distributions of which are taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income) and thus increasing the amount of dividends it must distribute.

If a call option written by a Fund lapses (i.e., terminates without being exercised), the amount of the premium it received for the option will be short-term capital gain. If a Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction with respect to a written call option, it will have a short-term capital gain or loss based on the difference between the premium it received for the option it wrote and the premium it pays for the option it buys. If such an option is exercised and a Fund thus sells the securities or futures contract subject to the option, the premium it received will be added to the exercise price to determine the gain or loss on the sale. If a Fund allows a purchased call option to lapse, it will realize a capital loss. If a Fund exercises such an option, the premium it paid for the option will be added to its basis in the subject securities or futures contract.

Offsetting positions a Fund may enter into or hold in any actively traded security, option, futures, or forward contract may constitute a “straddle” for federal income tax purposes. Straddles are subject to certain rules that may affect the amount, character, and timing of recognition of a Fund’s gains and losses with respect to positions of the straddle by requiring, among other things, that (1) loss realized on disposition of one position of a straddle be deferred to the extent of any unrealized gain in an offsetting position until the latter position is disposed of, (2) the Fund’s holding period in certain straddle positions not begin until the straddle is terminated (possibly resulting in gain being treated as short-term rather than long-term capital gain), and (3) losses recognized with respect to certain straddle positions, that otherwise would constitute short-term capital losses, be treated as long-term capital losses. Applicable regulations also provide certain “wash sale” rules, which apply to transactions where a position is sold at a loss and a new offsetting position is acquired within a prescribed period, and “short sale” rules applicable to straddles. Different elections are available to a Fund, which may mitigate the effects of the straddle rules, particularly with respect to mixed straddles.

Under Code section 988, gains or losses (1) from the disposition of foreign currencies, including forward contracts, (2) except in certain circumstances, from options and forward contracts on foreign currencies (and on financial instruments involving foreign currencies) and from notional principal contracts (e.g., swaps, caps, floors, and collars) involving payments denominated in foreign currencies, (3) on the disposition of each foreign-currency-denominated debt security that are attributable to fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency between the dates of acquisition and disposition of the security, and (4) that are attributable to exchange rate fluctuations between the time a Fund accrues interest, dividends, or other receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time it actually collects the receivables or pays the liabilities, generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss. These gains or losses will increase or decrease the amount of a Fund’s investment company taxable income to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income, rather than affecting the amount of its net

 

92


capital gain. If a Fund’s section 988 losses exceed its other investment company taxable income during a taxable year, the Fund would not be able to distribute any dividends, and any distributions made during that year before the losses were realized would be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders, rather than as a dividend, thereby reducing each shareholder’s basis in his or her Fund shares.

If a Fund has an “appreciated financial position” — generally, an interest (including an interest through an option, futures or forward contract, or short sale) with respect to any stock, debt instrument (other than “straight debt”), or partnership interest the fair market value of which exceeds its adjusted basis — and enters into a “constructive sale” of the position, the Fund will be treated as having made an actual sale thereof, with the result that it will recognize gain at that time. A constructive sale generally consists of a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract, or a futures or forward contract a Fund or a related person enters into with respect to the same or substantially identical property. In addition, if the appreciated financial position is itself a short sale or such a contract, acquisition of the underlying property or substantially identical property will be deemed a constructive sale. The foregoing will not apply, however, to any transaction of a Fund during any taxable year that otherwise would be treated as a constructive sale if the transaction is closed within 30 days after the end of that year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged for 60 days after that closing (i.e., at no time during that 60-day period is the Fund’s risk of loss regarding that position reduced by reason of certain specified transactions with respect to substantially identical or related property, such as having an option to sell, being contractually obligated to sell, making a short sale, or granting an option to buy substantially identical stock or securities).

Each Fund may invest in the stock of PFICs if that stock is a permissible investment. A PFIC is any foreign corporation (with certain exceptions) that, in general, meets either of the following tests for a taxable year: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, a Fund will be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” received on the stock of a PFIC or of any gain from disposition of that stock (collectively “PFIC income”), plus interest thereon, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC income as a dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC income will be included in the Fund’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent it distributes that income to its shareholders. Fund distributions thereof will not be eligible for the 15% and 20% maximum federal income tax rates on non-corporate shareholders’ “qualified dividend income” mentioned above.

If a Fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”), then in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in income each year its pro rata share of the QEF’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain (which it may have to distribute to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax), even if the QEF does not distribute those earnings and gain to the Fund. In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain of its requirements.

Each Fund may elect to “mark to market” its stock in any PFIC. “Marking-to-market,” in this context, means including in gross income each taxable year (and treating as ordinary income) the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a PFIC’s stock over a Fund’s adjusted basis therein as of the end of that year. Pursuant to the election, a Fund also would be allowed to deduct (as an ordinary, not a capital, loss) the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in PFIC stock over the fair value thereof as of the taxable year-end, but only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains with respect to that stock the Fund included in income for prior taxable years under the election. A Fund’s adjusted basis in each PFIC’s stock with respect to which it has made this election will be adjusted to reflect the amounts of income included and deductions taken thereunder.

Certain Funds may acquire (1) zero-coupon bonds issued with OID, (2) payment-in-kind bonds, and/or (3) inflation-indexed securities, on which principal is adjusted based on changes in the Consumer Price Index. A Fund must include in its gross income the OID that accrues on OID securities, bonds it receives

 

93


as “interest” on payment-in-kind bonds, and the amount of any principal increases on inflation-indexed securities during the taxable year, even if it receives no corresponding payment on them during the year. Because a Fund annually must distribute substantially all of its investment company taxable income, including any accrued OID and other non-cash income, to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax, it might be required in a particular year to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash it actually receives. Those distributions would have to be made from a Fund’s cash assets or, if necessary, from the proceeds of sales of its portfolio securities. A Fund might realize capital gains or losses from those sales, which would increase or decrease its investment company taxable income and/or net capital gain.

Each Fund may invest in REITs that (1) hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or (2) engage in mortgage securitization transactions that cause the REITs to be taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”) or have a qualified REIT subsidiary that is a TMP. A portion of the net income allocable to REMIC residual interest holders may be an “excess inclusion.” The Code authorizes the issuance of regulations dealing with the taxation and reporting of excess inclusion income of REITs and RICs that hold residual REMIC interests and of REITs, or qualified REIT subsidiaries, that are TMPs. Although those regulations have not yet been issued, the U.S. Treasury and the IRS issued a notice in 2006 (“Notice”) announcing that, pending the issuance of further guidance (which has not yet been issued), the IRS would apply the principles in the following paragraphs to all excess inclusion income, whether from REMIC residual interests or TMPs.

The Notice provides that a REIT must (1) determine whether it or its qualified REIT subsidiary (or a part of either) is a TMP and, if so, calculate the TMP’s excess inclusion income under a “reasonable method,” (2) allocate its excess inclusion income to its shareholders generally in proportion to dividends paid, (3) inform shareholders that are not “disqualified organizations” (i.e., governmental units and tax-exempt entities that are not subject to tax on their unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”)) of the amount and character of the excess inclusion income allocated thereto, (4) pay tax (at the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations) on the excess inclusion income allocable to its shareholders that are disqualified organizations, and (5) apply the withholding tax provisions with respect to the excess inclusion part of dividends paid to foreign persons without regard to any treaty exception or reduction in tax rate. Excess inclusion income allocated to certain tax-exempt entities (including qualified retirement plans, IRAs, and public charities) constitutes UBTI to them.

A RIC with excess inclusion income is subject to rules identical to those in clauses (2) through (5) above (substituting “that are nominees” for “that are not ‘disqualified organizations’” in clause (3) and inserting “record” after “its” in clause (4)). The Notice further provides that a RIC is not required to report the amount and character of the excess inclusion income allocated to its shareholders that are not nominees, except that (1) a RIC with excess inclusion income from all sources that exceeds 1% of its gross income must do so and (2) any other RIC must do so by taking into account only excess inclusion income allocated to the RIC from REITs the excess inclusion income of which exceeded 3% of its dividends. Each Fund will not invest directly in REMIC residual interests and does not intend to invest in REITs that, to its knowledge, invest in those interests or are TMPs or have a qualified REIT subsidiary that is a TMP.

Shareholders will be advised annually on Forms 1099 as to the federal income tax character of distributions each Fund makes. After calendar year-end, however, REITs can and often do change the category (e.g., ordinary income dividend, capital gain distribution, or return of capital) of the distributions they have made during that year, which would result at that time in a Fund’s also having to re-categorize some of the distributions it made to its shareholders. Those changes would be reflected in the Forms 1099. Although those forms generally will be distributed in February of each year, a Fund may, in one or more years, request from the IRS an extension of time to distribute those forms until mid-March to enable it to receive the latest information it can from the REITs in which it invests and thereby accurately report that information to its shareholders on a single form (rather than having to send them amended forms).

 

94


OTHER INFORMATION

Delaware Statutory Trust.    The 1290 Funds is an entity of the type commonly known as a Delaware statutory trust. Although Delaware law statutorily limits the potential liabilities of a Delaware statutory trust’s shareholders to the same extent as it limits the potential liabilities of a Delaware corporation’s shareholders, shareholders of a Fund could, under certain conflicts of laws jurisprudence in various states, be held personally liable for the obligations of the 1290 Funds or a Fund. However, the trust instrument of the 1290 Funds disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the 1290 Funds or its series (the Funds) and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each written obligation made or issued by the Trustees or by any officers or officer by or on behalf of the 1290 Funds, a series, the Trustees or any of them in connection with the 1290 Funds. The trust instrument provides for indemnification from a Fund’s property for all losses and expenses of any Fund shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder’s incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which a Fund itself would be unable to meet its obligations, a possibility that the Adviser believes is remote and not material. Upon payment of any liability incurred by a shareholder solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder of a Fund, the shareholder paying such liability will be entitled to reimbursement from the general assets of the Fund. The Trustees intend to conduct the operations of the Funds in such a way as to avoid, as far as possible, ultimate liability of the shareholders for liabilities of the Funds.

Classes of Shares.    Each Fund consists of Class A shares, Class C shares, Class I shares and Class R shares. A share of each class of a Fund represents an identical interest in that Fund’s investment portfolio and has the same rights, privileges and preferences. Each class may differ, however, with respect to sales charges, if any, distribution and/or service fees, if any, other expenses allocable exclusively to each class, voting rights on matters exclusively affecting that class, and its exchange privilege and/or conversion features, if any. The different sales charges and other expenses applicable to the different classes of shares of the Funds will affect the performance of those classes. Each share of a Fund is entitled to participate equally in dividends, other distributions and the proceeds of any liquidation of that Fund. Due to the differing expenses of the classes, however, dividends and liquidation proceeds on Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares will differ.

Voting Rights.    Shareholders of each Fund are entitled to one vote for each full share held and fractional votes for fractional shares held. Voting rights are not cumulative and, as a result, the holders of more than 50% of all the shares of the Funds as a group may elect all of the Trustees of the 1290 Funds. The shares of each Fund will be voted separately, except when an aggregate vote of all the Funds is required by law.

Shareholder Meetings.    The 1290 Funds does not hold annual meetings. Shareholders of record of no less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the 1290 Funds may remove a Trustee through a declaration in writing or by vote cast in person or by proxy at a meeting called for that purpose. A meeting will be called to vote on the removal of a Trustee at the written request of holders of 10% of the outstanding shares of the 1290 Funds.

Class-Specific Expenses.    Each Fund may determine to allocate certain of its expenses (in addition to service and distribution fees) to the specific classes of its shares to which those expenses are attributable.

Additional Information.    No Fund is sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by any third party involved in, or related to, compiling, computing or creating any index. No third party index provider makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, to the issuer or owners of any Fund or any other person or entity regarding the advisability of investing in investment companies generally or in any Fund particularly or the ability of any index to track corresponding stock market performance. Indexes are determined, composed and calculated by third parties without regard to any Fund or the issuer or owners of a Fund or any other person or entity. No third party index provider has any obligation to take the needs of the issuer or owners of any Fund or any other person or entity into consideration in determining, composing or calculating indexes. Further, no third party index provider has any obligation

 

95


or liability to the issuer or owners of any Fund or any other person or entity in connection with the administration, marketing or offering of a Fund.

Third party index providers shall obtain information for inclusion in or for use in the calculation of indexes from sources that the third party index providers consider reliable, none of the third parties warrant or guarantee the originality, accuracy and/or the completeness of any index or any data included therein. None of the third party index providers make any warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by the issuer of the Funds, owners of the Funds, or any other person or entity, from the use of any index or any data included therein. None of the third party index providers shall have any liability for any errors, omissions or interruptions of or in connection with any index or any data included therein. Further, none of the third party index providers make any express or implied warranties of any kind, and the third party index providers hereby expressly disclaim all warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, with respect to each index and any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall any of the third party index providers have any liability for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential or any other damages (including lost profits) even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

OTHER SERVICES

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”), 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, serves as the 1290 Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. PwC is responsible for auditing the annual financial statements of the 1290 Funds.

Custodian

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., serves as custodian of the 1290 Funds’ portfolio securities and other assets. Under the terms of the custody agreement between the 1290 Funds and Chase, Chase maintains cash, securities and other assets of the Funds. Chase is also required, upon the order of the 1290 Funds, to deliver securities held by Chase, and to make payments for securities purchased by the 1290 Funds. Chase has also entered into sub-custodian agreements with a number of foreign banks and clearing agencies, pursuant to which portfolio securities purchased outside the United States are maintained in the custody of these entities.

Transfer Agent

BFDS serves as the transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent for the 1290 Funds.

Counsel

K&L Gates LLP, 1601 K Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20006-1600, serves as counsel to the 1290 Funds.

Bingham McCutchen LLP serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees of the 1290 Funds.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements for the period as of October 31, 2014 and for the period from June 6, 2014 to October 31, 2014 and the independent registered public accounting firm’s report for the 1290 Funds appear herein.

 

96


 

1290 FUNDS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF OCTOBER 31, 2014 AND FOR THE PERIOD JUNE 6, 2014 THROUGH OCTOBER 31, 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Statement of Assets and Liabilities

     99   

Statement of Operations

     100   

Notes to Financial Statements

     101   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     105   


1290 FUNDS

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

AS OF OCTOBER 31, 2014

 

     

1290 GAMCO
Small/Mid Cap
Value Fund

    

1290 High Yield
Bond Fund

    

1290 SmartBeta
Equity Fund

 

ASSETS

        

Cash

   $ 100,000       $ 100,000       $ 100,000   

Receivable from Adviser

   $ 117,416       $ 117,416       $ 117,417   

Deferred Offering costs

   $ 112,451       $ 112,451       $ 112,452   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 329,867       $ 329,867       $ 329,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

        

Payable to Adviser

   $ 229,867       $ 229,867       $ 229,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 229,867       $ 229,867       $ 229,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET ASSETS

   $ 100,000       $ 100,000       $ 100,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        

NET ASSETS CONSIST OF:

        

Paid in capital at par

   $ 100       $ 100       $ 100   

Paid in capital in excess of par value

   $ 99,900       $ 99,900       $ 99,900   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net assets

   $ 100,000       $ 100,000       $ 100,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares of beneficial interest outstanding,

        

$0.001 par value; unlimited shares authorized for each class of shares:

        

Class A

        

Net asset value and redemption price per share, $25,000/ 2,500 shares outstanding

   $ 10.00       $ 10.00       $ 10.00   

Maximum sales charge 5.50% of offering price

     0.58            0.58   

Maximum sales charge 4.50% of offering price

        0.47      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maximum offering price per share

   $ 10.58       $ 10.47       $ 10.58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Class C*

        

Net asset value and redemption price per share, $25,000/ 2,500 shares outstanding

   $ 10.00       $ 10.00       $ 10.00   

Maximum sales charge (1.00% of offering price)

     0.10         0.10         0.10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maximum offering price per share

   $ 10.10       $ 10.10       $ 10.10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Class I

        

Net asset value and redemption price per share, $25,000/ 2,500 shares outstanding

   $ 10.00       $ 10.00       $ 10.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Class R

        

Net asset value and redemption price per share, $25,000/ 2,500 shares outstanding

   $ 10.00       $ 10.00       $ 10.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Class C shares currently are not offered for sale

See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements


1290 FUNDS

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE PERIOD JUNE 6, 2014 THROUGH OCTOBER 31, 2014

 

     

1290 GAMCO
Small/Mid Cap
Value Fund

   

1290 High Yield
Bond Fund

   

1290 SmartBeta
Equity Fund

 

INVESTMENT INCOME

      

Investment Income (Loss)

   $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EXPENSES

      

Organization expenses

     117,416        117,416        117,417   

Less: Expenses reimbursed by Adviser

     (117,416     (117,416     (117,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Investment Income (Loss)

   $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements


1290 FUNDS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OCTOBER 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization

1290 Funds (the “Trust”) was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 1, 2013 and is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”), with three diversified Funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”). The Funds are open-end investment companies and, accordingly, follow the investment company accounting and reporting guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 946 — Investment Companies, which is part of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The Trust consists of four classes of shares, Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R on behalf of the following three Funds: 1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, 1290 High Yield Bond Fund and 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund. Class C shares currently are not offered for sale.

The Trust has had no operations other than those related to organizational matters, including the sale of shares of each Fund for cash in the amounts reflected in the respective statements of assets and liabilities to capitalize each Fund, which shares were sold to AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Equitable, on June 6, 2014.

Under the Trust’s organizational documents, its officers and trustees are indemnified against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of their duties to the Trust. In addition, in the normal course of business, the Trust enters into contracts with vendors and others that provide for general indemnifications. The Trust’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Trust. However, based on experience, the Trust and management expect the risk of loss to be remote.

The Trust’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The investment objectives of each Fund are as follows:

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund (sub-advised by GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.) — Seeks to maximize capital appreciation.

1290 High Yield Bond Fund (sub-advised by AXA Investment Managers, Inc., an affiliate of the Adviser) — Seeks to maximize current income.

1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund (sub-advised by AXA Rosenberg Investment Management LLC, an affiliate of the Adviser) — Seeks to achieve long-term capital appreciation.

Note 2. Agreements

The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, has entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC d/b/a 1290 Asset Managers (the “Adviser”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Equitable. Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser supervises the investment program for each Fund in accordance with each Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions. The Adviser is paid a fee for these services. The fee is accrued daily and paid monthly based on the Fund’s average daily net assets, at an annual rate of:

 

Fund

  

First $1
Billion

   

Next $1
Billion

   

Next $3
Billion

   

Next $5
Billion

   

Thereafter

 

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

     0.750     0.700     0.675     0.650     0.625

1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund

     0.700     0.650     0.625     0.600     0.575

 

Fund

  

First $4
Billion

   

Next $4
Billion

   

Thereafter

 

1290 High Yield Bond Fund

     0.600     0.580     0.560


1290 FUNDS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

OCTOBER 31, 2014

 

The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into a Mutual Funds Service Agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with the Adviser (in this capacity, the “Administrator”). Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, the Administrator provides the Trust with necessary administrative services. For these administrative services, in addition to the advisory fee, each Fund pays the Administrator its proportionate share of an asset-based administration fee, which is equal to an annual rate of 0.15% of each Fund’s average daily net assets plus $30,000 per Fund and $30,000 for each allocated portion (or sleeve) of a Fund, as applicable.

The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ALPS” or the “Distributor”), under which ALPS serves as Distributor for each Fund’s Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares. The Board has approved distribution Plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 act for Class A, Class C, and Class R shares for each Fund. Pursuant to the distribution Plans, the Funds will pay the Distributor annual fees at the following rates:

 

Share Class

  

Distribution Fee and/or Service Fee

(as a % of average daily net

assets attributable to the class)

Class A    0.25%
Class C    1.00%
Class R    0.50%

The Administrator has contracted with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“Sub-administrator”) to provide, pursuant to a sub-administration agreement, the Funds with certain administrative services, including monitoring of portfolio compliance and portfolio accounting services.

The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into a Custody Agreement with JPMorgan Chase. The Custody Agreement provides for an annual fee based on the amount of assets under custody plus transaction charges.

The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into a Transfer Agency and Service Agreement (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”) with Boston Financial Data Services (“BFDS”). Pursuant to the Transfer Agency Agreement, BFDS is responsible for, among other things, the issuance, transfer and redemption of shares, the opening and maintenance of shareholder accounts, the handling of certain communications between shareholders and the 1290 Funds, and the payment of dividends and distributions payable by the Funds. Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, BFDS receives a monthly fee comprised of a fixed base fee plus a fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the 1290 Funds during the month.

The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into an organizational expenses agreement (the “Organizational Expenses Agreement”) with the Adviser. Pursuant to the Organizational Expenses Agreement, the Adviser shall pay all of the organizational expenses of the Trust (including expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the Organizational Expenses Agreement). The Adviser is entitled to be reimbursed for organizational costs paid by the Adviser within one year after the commencement of a public offering of shares subject to the expense limitation agreement noted below.

The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into an expense limitation agreement (the “Expense Limitation Agreement”) with the Adviser whereby the Adviser has contractually agreed to waive fees and/or reduce its fees to the extent that the aggregate expenses incurred by a Fund in any fiscal year, including but not limited to organizational and offering costs and investment management fees of the Adviser (but excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, fees and expenses of other investment companies in which a Fund invests, other expenditures that are capitalized in accordance with generally


1290 FUNDS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

OCTOBER 31, 2014

 

accepted accounting principles (other than offering costs), other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of such Fund’s business and amounts payable pursuant to a plan adopted in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act) (“Fund Operating Expenses”), exceed the Maximum Annual Operating Expense Limit of:

 

Fund Name    Total Expense  Limited to (% of daily net assets)
     Class A    Class C    Class R    Class I
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund    1.35%    2.10%    1.60%    1.10%
1290 High Yield Bond Fund    1.05%    1.80%    1.30%    0.80%
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund    1.35%    2.10%    1.60%    1.10%

If during a Fund’s fiscal year, Fund Operating Expenses, including all organizational expenses, that at any time during the prior three fiscal years (prior one year after commencement of operations with respect to organizational expenses) received a fee waiver or reduction from the Adviser, are less than the percentage limits mentioned above, the Adviser is entitled to be reimbursed by such share class up to the lesser of (a) the amount of fees waived or reduced and (b) the amount by which the expense limit for that share class exceeds the Fund Operating Expenses of the share class for the current fiscal year. Fees per the above agreements will not be incurred by the Funds until after commencement of the public offering of shares.

Note 3. Offering and Organization Costs

Total offering costs of $337,354 incurred in connection with the offering of shares of the Funds will be amortized on a straight line basis over 12 months from the date of the Funds commencement of public offering of shares. Organizational expenses of $352,249, incurred prior to the Funds’ commencement of the public offering of shares, are payable by the Adviser and have been fully expensed.

Note 4. Subsequent Events

The Trust considered events through the date this report was issued and has concluded that no subsequent events of a material effect have occurred from the date of the financial statements through the date this report was issued.

Note 5. Legal Proceedings

In July 2011, a lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court of the District of New Jersey, entitled Mary Ann Sivolella v. AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC (“Sivolella Litigation”). The lawsuit was filed derivatively on behalf of eight portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust advised by the Adviser. The lawsuit seeks recovery under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, for alleged excessive fees paid to the Adviser and AXA Equitable (the “Defendants”) for investment management services. The Plaintiff seeks recovery of the alleged overpayments, or alternatively, rescission of the contracts and restitution of all fees paid, interest, costs and fees. In November 2011, the Plaintiff filed an Amended Complaint seeking the same relief and in December 2011, the Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Amended Complaint. In September 2012, the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey denied the motion to dismiss the Amended Complaint.

In January 2013, a second lawsuit against the Adviser was filed in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey by a group of Plaintiffs asserting substantially similar claims under Section 36(b) and seeking substantially similar damages as in the Sivolella Litigation. The lawsuit, entitled Glenn D. Sanford, et al. v. AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC (“Sanford Litigation”), was


1290 FUNDS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

OCTOBER 31, 2014

 

filed derivatively on behalf of certain portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust advised by the Adviser. The Sanford Litigation does not involve any of the Funds. In light of the similarities of the allegations in the Sivolella and Sanford Litigations, the court consolidated the two lawsuits.

In April 2013, the Plaintiffs in the Sivolella and Sanford Litigations amended the complaints to add additional claims under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act for recovery of alleged excessive fees paid to the Adviser in its capacity as the Administrator of the EQ Advisors Trust. The Plaintiffs seek recovery of the alleged overpayments, or alternatively, rescission of the contract and restitution of the excessive fees paid, interest, costs, and fees.

None of the Funds within the Trust are a party to the Sivolella or Sanford Litigations and any potential damages would be the responsibility of the Defendants. Therefore, no liability for litigation relating to these matters has been accrued in the financial statements of the Funds.


 

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Trustees and Shareholder of 1290 Funds

In our opinion, the accompanying statements of assets and liabilities and the related statements of operations (hereafter referred to as “financial statements”) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 1290 Gamco Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, 1290 High Yield Bond Fund and 1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund (collectively referred to as the “Trust”) at October 31, 2014, and the results of each of their operations for the period from June 6, 2014 to October 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Trust’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC

New York, New York

November 3, 2014

 

 

 

LOGO


APPENDIX A

RATINGS OF CORPORATE DEBT SECURITIES

DESCRIPTION OF COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

S&P’s ratings are as follows:

 

   

A-1 is the highest rating and indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong or, where the obligation is rated A-1+, extremely strong.

 

   

Issues or issuers rated A-2 are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories; however, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

   

Issues or issuers rated A-3 exhibit adequate protection parameters. Adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

   

Issues or issuers rated B are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor of a B-rated short-term obligation currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation but faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to its inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

   

Issues or issuers rated C are currently vulnerable to nonpayment. The obligor of a C-rated short-term obligation is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

   

The D rating is used when a short-term obligation is in payment default or upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty.

Moody’s ratings are as follows:

 

   

The rating Prime-1 (P-1) is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody’s. Issues or issuers rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

   

Issues or issuers rated Prime-2 (P-2) have a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

   

Issues or issuers rated Prime-3 (P-3) have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

   

Issues or issuers rated Not Prime (NP) do not fall within any of the above Prime rating categories.

Fitch’s ratings are as follows:

 

   

Issues or issuers rated F1 exhibit the highest short-term credit quality and strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. Issues or issuers with any exceptionally strong credit feature may be rated F1+.

 

   

Issues or issuers rated F2 exhibit good short-term credit quality and good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

 

   

Issues or issuers rated F3 exhibit fair short-term credit quality and an adequate intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

 

   

Issues or issuers rated B exhibit speculative short-term credit quality with a minimal capacity for timely repayment of financial commitments, plus a heightened vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

   

Issues or issuers rated C exhibit high short-term default risk, and default is a real possibility.

 

A-1


   

RD typically applies to entities only and indicates that the entity has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations.

 

   

D indicates a broad-based default event for an entity or the default of a specific short-term obligation.

DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

Bonds are considered to be “investment grade” if they are in one of the top four ratings.

S&P’s ratings are as follows:

 

   

Bonds rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by S&P’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

   

The obligor of a bond rated AA has a very strong capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

   

The obligor of a bond rated A has a strong capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Bonds rated A are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

 

   

Bonds rated BBB exhibit adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

   

Bonds rated BB, B, CCC, CC or C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such bonds will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

   

Bonds rated D are in payment default. This rating is also used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty.

The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Moody’s ratings are as follows:

 

   

Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

 

   

Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

 

   

Bonds which are rated A are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations and are subject to low credit risk.

 

   

Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, are subject to moderate credit risk and may possess certain speculative characteristics.

 

   

Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

   

Bonds which are rated B are considered speculative and subject to high credit risk.

 

   

Bonds which are rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

   

Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are highly speculative. Such issues are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

 

   

Bonds which are rated C are the lowest class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

A-2


Moody’s applies modifiers to each rating classification from Aa through Caa to indicate relative ranking within its rating categories. The modifier “1” indicates that a security ranks in the higher end of its rating category, the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking and the modifier “3” indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its rating category.

Fitch ratings are as follows:

 

   

AAA — This is the highest rating assigned by Fitch, denoting the lowest expectation of default risk relative to other issues or issuers. This rating is assigned only to issues or issuers with an exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments that is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

   

AA — This rating is assigned to issues or issuers that present very low default risk and have a very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments that is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

   

A — This rating is assigned to issues or issuers that present a low default risk and have a strong capacity for payment of financial commitments; however, this capacity may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than higher rated issues or issuers.

 

   

BBB — This rating indicates expectations of default risk are currently low. Issues or issuers assigned this rating have an adequate capacity for payment of financial commitments; however, adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

   

BB — This rating indicates an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time.

 

   

B — This rating indicates a material default risk is present but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are being met but the capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

 

   

CCC — This rating is assigned to issues or issuers with a substantial credit risk, and default is a real possibility.

 

   

CC — This rating is assigned to issues or issuers with very high levels of credit risk, and default of some kind appears probable.

 

   

C — This rating is assigned to issues or issuers with exceptionally high levels of credit risk, and default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill.

 

   

RD — This rating indicates that, in Fitch’s opinion, an issuer has experienced an uncured default but has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and has not otherwise ceased business.

 

   

D — This rating indicates that, in Fitch’s opinion, an issuer has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or has otherwise ceased business.

PLUS (+) or MINUS (-) — The ratings above may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major categories.

 

A-3


APPENDIX B

1290 FUNDS

PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION

 

AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC d/b/a 1290 Asset Managers (The “Adviser”)
Portfolio Manager   Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts of the Adviser managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category as of December 31, 2013.   Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts and the total assts in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
  Registered Investment Companies   Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
  Other Accounts   Registered Investment Companies   Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
  Other Accounts
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total

Assets

  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total

Assets

  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski   112   146.2
Billion
  6   $614
Million
  0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A
Alwi Chan   112   146.2
Billion
  6   $614
Million
  0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A
1290 High Yield Bond Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski   112   146.2
Billion
  6   $614
Million
  0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A
Alwi Chan   112   146.2
Billion
  6   $614
Million
  0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund
Kenneth T. Kozlowski   112   146.2
Billion
  6   $614
Million
  0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A
Alwi Chan   112   146.2
Billion
  6   $614
Million
  0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A

Description of any Material Conflicts

Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account, such as devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts, inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad band of accounts and incentive to allocate opportunities to an account where the portfolio manager or Adviser has a greater financial incentive, such as a performance fee account. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts and that serve to operate in a manner that is fair and equitable among its clients, including the Funds.

In addition, certain registered investment companies for which the Portfolio Managers serve as the portfolio manager are generally structured as a “fund of funds,” which invest in other registered investment companies for which the Adviser serves as the investment adviser and/or in registered investment companies that are exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). Each Portfolio Manager also serves as a portfolio manager to allocated portions which invest in ETFs for certain funds that are not “fund of funds”. None of these funds or allocated portions is subject to an advisory fee that is based on the performance of the fund or allocated portion. Given the structure of these funds and allocated portions and the absence of performance-based advisory fee, as well as the lack of any impact of portfolio performance on individual portfolio manager’s compensation as further described below, each Portfolio Manager is not, as a general matter and in relation to these funds or allocated portions, subject to the potential conflicts of interest that may arise in connection with his management of the Funds, on the one hand, and the other funds and allocated portions, on the other, such as material differences in the investment strategies or allocation of investment opportunities.

Compensation for the year completed December 31, 2013

Because each Portfolio Manager serves as officer and employee of the Adviser and their respective roles are not limited to serving as the portfolio manager of the Funds and other accounts they manage their

 

B-1


compensation is based on the Adviser’s compensation program as it applies to the firm’s officers in general. The Adviser’s compensation program consists of a base salary, short-term incentive compensation and long-term incentive compensation. Individual jobs are defined based on scope, responsibility and market value and assigned to a specific level within the firm’s base salary structure. An individual’s base salary is then established within the range of such structure based on a combination of experience, skills, job content and performance and periodically evaluated based on survey data and market research. Annual short-term incentive compensation opportunities, granted in cash, are made available depending on whether firm-wide objectives were met during the year, as measured by various performance objectives such as underlying and adjusted earnings, expense management and sales. Once the target level of the short-term incentive compensation, granted in the form of stock options, restricted stocks, and/or performance units, is offered in a manner similar to the short-term incentive compensation and is based on the combination of firm-wide performance and individual performance. Annual long-term incentive compensation, granted in the form of stock options, restricted stocks and/or performance units, is offered in a manner similar to the short-term incentive compensation and is based on the combination of firm-wide performance and individual performance.

Ownership of Shares of the Fund as of December 31, 2013

 

Portfolio Manager   None  

$1-

$10,000

  $10,001-
$50,000
  $50,001-
$100,000
  $100,001-
$500,000
  $500,001 -
$1,000,000
 

over

$1,000,000

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund
Kenneth Kozlowski   X                        
Alwi Chan   X                        
1290 High Yield Bond Fund
Kenneth Kozlowski   X                        
Alwi Chan   X                        
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund
Kenneth Kozlowski   X                        
Alwi Chan   X                        

 

B-2


1290 FUNDS

PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION

 

AXA Investment Managers, Inc. (“AXA IM”)
Portfolio Manager   Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts of the Sub-Adviser managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category as of December 31, 2013   Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account
  Registered

Investment

Companies

  Other Pooled

Investment

Vehicles

  Other Accounts   Registered
Investment
Companies
  Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
  Other Accounts
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total

Assets

  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total

Assets

1290 High Yield Bond Fund
Carl Whitbeck   0   N/A   7   $26
Billion
  23   $8.4
Billion
  0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A

Description of any Material Conflicts

No material conflicts exist.

Compensation for the year completed December 31, 2013

As part of its staff retention strategy, AXA IM has adopted a competitive compensation policy which is linked to both overall performance and individual achievements. Professional development also serves as a key retention tool. The financial compensation package is composed of a fixed salary, based mainly on qualifications and experience, and a discretionary bonus. Bonus payments can be structured with a combination of cash immediately payable and vesting programs that are tied to overall firm performance. In this manner, the company can influence short term, medium term and long term value creation for both parties. Total compensation is benchmarked against industry standards to ensure we retain our highly competent team members.

We constantly monitor the employment market in our area for talented investment professionals with an eye for both new investment talent as well as market-competitive compensation packages. As an additional retention strategy for certain key individuals in the US high yield team, contractual arrangements have also been secured

Feedback from the market and our extremely low turnover indicate that we are offering competitive compensation. AXA IM consistently attempts to align employee compensation with overall firm goals. Incentive pools are based on several factors, but focus on the following categories:

 

   

Employee performance with respect to objectives and responsibilities set (50%)

 

   

Employee contribution to overall firm performance (15-25%)

 

   

Overall firm profitability (25-35%)

Retention strategies for our team members are multifaceted. AXA IM believes compensation should be viewed as a total reward approach. In addition to industry competitive compensation structures as detailed above, AXA IM’s retention strategies include career development and international mobility opportunities, an appropriate work-life balance, and benefit programs that are viewed as investments in a team member (e.g., employee stock purchase program, health club reimbursement, corporate discounts, etc.). For our investment staff at AXA IM their incentive compensation is specifically guided depending on their roles within the firm, as described below.

Portfolio Managers or Strategists

The performance of our portfolio managers is assessed at mid-year and year-end against stated objectives set at the start of the year with a senior manager. The criteria taken into consideration are:

 

   

Their role in the investment process

 

B-3


   

Overall client satisfaction relating to portfolios under management as measured by overall client dialogue and retention for external clients)

Credit Analysts

The performance of our analysts is judged on their ability to translate information into practical recommendations for the portfolio managers. The criteria taken into consideration are:

 

   

Quality of industry and issuer coverage

 

   

Ability to react swiftly to market information

 

   

Speed with which information is integrated into recommendations

Traders

The performance of our traders is judged on their ability to deliver trading solutions that enhance performance for our clients. The criteria taken into consideration are:

 

   

Trade execution and access to liquidity in the market

 

   

Synthesis and dissemination of important information flow to the investment team, and

 

   

Ability to deliver qualitative and quantitative analysis

Ownership of Shares of the Fund as of December 31, 2013

 

Portfolio Manager   None   $1-
$10,000
  $10,001-
$50,000
  $50,001-$100,000   $100,001-
$500,000
  $500,001- $1,000,000  

over

$1,000,000

Carl Whitbeck   X                        

 

B-4


1290 FUNDS

PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION

 

AXA Rosenberg Investment Management LLC (“AXA Rosenberg”)
Portfolio Manager   Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts of the Sub-Adviser managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category, as of December 31, 2013   Presented below for each of the categories is the number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.
  Registered Investment Companies   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts   Registered Investment Companies   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
1290 SmartBeta Equity Fund
Gideon Smith   0   N/A   20   $5.16
Billion
  56   $17.3
Billion
  0   N/A   0   N/A   3   $627.8
Million
Will Jump   1   $10.9
Billion
  1   $11.6
Million
  5   $532.7
Million
  0   N/A   0   N/A   1   $51.6
Million
Kevin Chen   0   N/A   1   $51.6
Million
  24   $3.4
Billion
  0   N/A   0   N/A   0   N/A

Description of any Material Conflicts

AXA Rosenberg strives to avoid conflicts of interest. We have implemented procedures to ensure that our trading, soft dollar, and directed brokerage policies are impartial and fair. All completed trades are systematically allocated to the accounts previously designated by the optimizer. If the full position that the optimizer recommends for purchase or sale (from the aggregation of individual account recommendations) is not executed, the partial position is allocated across accounts in proportion to each account’s recommended position.

The pool of soft dollar credits that accrues from trades on behalf of those clients that choose to participate in soft dollars is used only to purchase services that are beneficial to all clients’ accounts within a strategy. In evaluating directed brokerage arrangements, best execution will be the determinant of whether a trade goes to a certain broker or not; thus AXA Rosenberg cannot guarantee a fixed dollar amount of commission will be paid to a specific directed broker.

In addition, our Employee Trading and Insider Trading Policy establishes specific procedures to preclude conflicts of interest and to ensure fair treatment for our clients. This policy is designed to ensure that no employee may trade for his or her personal account ahead of clients. AXA Rosenberg Group uses a personal trading application to provide an automated and streamlined mechanism for managing employees’ personal trading practices, in accordance with regulatory requirements, the Firm’s Code of Ethics and compliance policies. Integrated within the application is an automated cross-check of the requested covered security against real-time recommendations of AXA Rosenberg’s investment modeling. Employees covered by the Policy are required to certify quarterly compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and compliance policies. The firm does not trade on its own account.

Compensation for the year completed December 31, 2013.

Compensation is not directly tied to the performance of the Funds. AXA Rosenberg’s total employee compensation package is a combination of financial and non-financial rewards. Our goal is to provide competitive overall compensation through financial rewards, which include base salary, discretionary bonus, long-term incentives and employee benefit programs. We do not compensate employees based on the performance of individual portfolios. Discretionary bonuses and long-term incentive awards vary depending on company and individual performance in any given year. We have long-term incentives in place for key professionals. Discretionary rewards are determined annually based on several factors including an individual’s performance and positive contribution to our culture. Core members of our research and investment teams may also receive annual long-term incentives as part of their total remuneration package.

 

B-5


Additionally, AXA Rosenberg provides market-competitive benefit packages to employees in each of our geographic locations. Non-financial awards include access to training and development programs, career development, opportunities for international assignments and work-life balance programs. For key investment professionals, our goal is to ensure competitive overall compensation that has a significant (25%+) long-term component. Because performance bonuses will vary significantly depending on individual company performance in any year, this percentage will vary significantly from year to year.

Ownership of Securities of the Funds as of December 31, 2013

 

Portfolio Manager   None   $1-
$10,000
  $10,001-$50,000   $50,001-$100,000   $100,001-$500,000   $500,001 - $1,00,000  

Over

$1,000,000

Gideon Smith   X                        
Will Jump   X                        
Kevin Chen   X                        

 

B-6


1290 FUNDS

PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION

 

GAMCO Asset Management Inc. (“Sub-Adviser”)
Portfolio Manager   Presented below for each portfolio manager is the number of other accounts of the Sub-Adviser managed by the portfolio manager and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category as of December 31, 2013   Presented below for each of the categories is the  number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account
  Registered
Investment
Companies
  Other Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
  Other Accounts   Registered
Investment
Companies
  Other Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
  Other Accounts
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total

Assets

  Number
of
Accounts
  Total
Assets
  Number
of
Accounts
  Total

Assets

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund
Mario J. Gabelli   26   $25.6
Billion
  9   $686.0
Million
  1,515   $18.6
Billion
  8   $5.3
Billion
  9   $686.0
Million
  20   $2.3

Billion

Description of any Material Conflicts

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when the portfolio manager also has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other accounts. These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention.    Because the portfolio manager manages many accounts, he may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as if he were to devote substantially more attention to the management of only a few accounts.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities.    If the portfolio manager identifies an investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple accounts, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity because the opportunity may need to be allocated among all or many of these accounts.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies.    At times, the portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the accounts for which he exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of these accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may execute differing or opposite transactions for one or more accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transactions, or both, to the detriment of one or more of his accounts.

Selection of Broker/Dealers.    Because of the portfolio manager’s position with an affiliated broker/dealer and his indirect majority ownership interest in such affiliate, he may have an incentive to use the affiliate to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund even if using the affiliate is not in the best interest of the Fund.

Variation in Compensation.    A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the accounts that he manages. If the structure of the Sub-Adviser’s management fee or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager may be motivated to favor certain accounts over others. The portfolio manager also may be motivated to favor funds or accounts in which he has an investment interest, or in which the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates have investment interests. In Mr. Gabelli’s case, the Sub-Adviser’s compensation (and expenses) for the Fund are marginally greater as a percentage of assets than for certain other accounts and is less than for certain other accounts managed by Mr. Gabelli, while his personal compensation structure varies with near-term performance to a greater degree in certain performance fee based accounts than with non-performance based accounts. In addition he has investment interests in several of the funds managed by the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates. The Sub-Adviser has adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address the various

 

B-7


conflicts of interest that may arise for the Sub-Adviser and its staff members. However, there is no guarantee that such policies and procedures will be able to identify and address every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may arise.

Compensation for the year completed December 31, 2013

Mr. Gabelli receives incentive-based variable compensation based on a percentage of net revenues received by the Sub-Adviser for managing the Fund. Net revenues are determined by deducting from gross investment management fees the firm’s expenses (other than Mr. Gabelli’s compensation) allocable to the Fund. Additionally, he receives similar incentive-based variable compensation for managing other accounts within GAMCO Investors, Inc. This method of compensation is based on the premise that superior long-term performance in managing a portfolio should be rewarded with higher compensation as a result of growth of assets through appreciation and net investment activity. One of the other registered investment companies managed by Mr. Gabelli has a performance (fulcrum) fee arrangement for which his compensation is adjusted up or down based on the performance of the investment company relative to an index. Five closed-end registered investment companies managed by Mr. Gabelli have arrangements whereby the Sub-Adviser will only receive its investment advisory fee attributable to the liquidation value of outstanding preferred stock (and Mr. Gabelli would only receive his percentage of such advisory fee) if certain performance levels are met. Mr. Gabelli manages other accounts with performance fees. Compensation for managing these accounts has two components. One component is based on a percentage of net revenues received by the Sub-Adviser for managing the account. The second component is based on absolute performance of the account, with respect to which a percentage of such performance fee is paid to Mr. Gabelli. As an executive officer of the Sub-Adviser’s parent company, GAMCO Investors, Inc., Mr. Gabelli also receives ten percent of the net operating profits of the parent company. He receives no base salary, no annual bonus and no stock options.

Ownership of Securities of the Fund as of December 31, 2013

 

Portfolio Manager   None   $1-
$10,000
  $10,001-
$50,000
  $50,001-
$100,000
  $100,001-
$500,000
  $500,001-
$1,000,000
 

over

$1,000,000

1290 GAMCO Small/Mid Cap Value Fund
Mario J. Gabelli   X                        

 

B-8


APPENDIX C

1290 FUNDS

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

I.   TRUST’S POLICY STATEMENT

1290 Funds (“Trust”) is firmly committed to ensuring that proxies relating to the Trust’s portfolio securities are voted in the best interests of the Trust. The following procedures have been established to implement the Trust’s proxy voting program.

 

II.   TRUST’S PROXY VOTING PROGRAM

AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC d/b/a 1290 Asset Managers (“1290 Asset Managers”) serves as the investment adviser of the Trust’s portfolios. 1290 Asset Managers is responsible for the selection and ongoing monitoring of investment sub-advisers (the “Sub-Advisers”) who provide the day-to-day portfolio management for each portfolio. The Trust has delegated proxy voting responsibility with respect to each portfolio to 1290 Asset Managers. Because 1290 Asset Managers views proxy voting as a function that is incidental and integral to portfolio management, it has in turn delegated the proxy voting responsibility with respect to each sub-advised portfolio or sub-advised portion of a portfolio (“Sub-Advised Portion”) to the applicable Sub-Adviser, except as described in Section III below. The primary focus of the Trust’s proxy voting program as it relates to the sub-advised portfolios or Sub-Advised Portions, therefore, is to seek to ensure that the Sub-Advisers have adequate proxy voting policies and procedures in place and to monitor each Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting. These policies and procedures may be amended from time to time based on experience as well as changing environments, especially as new and/or differing laws and regulations are promulgated, and need not be identical.

 

III.   1290 ASSET MANAGERS PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

1290 Asset Managers provides the day-to-day portfolio management services to certain portfolios, or an allocated portion of a portfolio (“Allocated Portion”) of the Trust, each of which seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in other mutual funds managed by 1290 Asset Managers (“Underlying Portfolios”) or by investing in exchange-traded funds (“Underlying ETFs”). As a result of this direct portfolio management by 1290 Asset Managers, 1290 Asset Managers is responsible for proxy voting for these portfolios or Allocated Portions. In light of the fact that the holdings of the portfolios or Allocated Portions managed by 1290 Asset Managers are Underlying Portfolios or Underlying ETFs, 1290 Asset Managers has determined it to be appropriate to vote the portfolios’ or Allocated Portions’ shares in these securities either for or against approval of a proposal, or as an abstention, in the same proportion as the vote of all other securities holders of the applicable Underlying Portfolio or Underlying ETF (whether or not the proposal presents an issue as to which 1290 Asset Managers or its affiliates could be deemed to have a conflict of interest). These policies and procedures may be amended from time to time.

 

IV.   1290 ASSET MANAGERS’S DUE DILIGENCE AND COMPLIANCE PROGRAM

As part of its ongoing due diligence and compliance responsibilities, with respect to the sub-advised portfolios or Sub-Advised Portions, 1290 Asset Managers will seek to ensure that each Sub-Adviser maintains proxy voting policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to comply with applicable laws and regulations. 1290 Asset Managers will review each Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures (including any proxy voting guidelines) in connection with the initial selection of the SubAdviser to manage a portfolio or Sub-Advised Portion and on at least an annual basis thereafter.

 

C-1


V.   SUB-ADVISERS’ PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Each Sub-Adviser will be required to maintain proxy voting policies and procedures that satisfy the following elements:

 

  A.

Written Policies and Procedures:    The Sub-Adviser must maintain written proxy voting policies and procedures in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and must provide to the Trust and 1290 Asset Managers, upon request, copies of such policies and procedures.

 

  B.

Fiduciary Duty:    The Sub-Adviser’s policies and procedures must be reasonably designed to ensure that the Sub-Adviser votes client securities in the best interest of its clients.

 

  C.

Conflicts of Interest:    The Sub-Adviser’s policies and procedures must include appropriate procedures to identify and resolve as necessary, before voting client proxies, all material proxy-related conflicts of interest between the Sub-Adviser (including its affiliates) and its clients.

 

  D.

Voting Guidelines:    The Sub-Adviser’s policies and procedures must address with reasonable specificity how the Sub-Adviser will vote proxies, or what factors it will take into account, when voting on particular types of matters, e.g., corporate governance proposals, compensation issues and matters involving social or corporate responsibility.

 

  E.

Monitoring Proxy Voting:    The Sub-Adviser must have a system and/or process that is reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted on behalf of its clients in a timely and efficient manner.

 

  F.

Record Retention and Inspection:    The Sub-Adviser must have an established system for creating and retaining all appropriate documentation relating to its proxy voting activities as required by applicable laws and regulations. The SubAdviser must provide to the Trust and 1290 Asset Managers such information and records with respect to proxies relating to the Trust’s portfolio securities as required by law and as the Trust or 1290 Asset Managers may reasonably request.

 

VI.   DISCLOSURE OF TRUST’S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES AND VOTING RECORD

1290 Asset Managers, on behalf of the Trust, will take reasonable steps as necessary to seek to ensure that the Trust complies with all applicable laws and regulations relating to disclosure of the Trust’s proxy voting policies and procedures and its proxy voting record. 1290 Asset Managers (including, at its option, through third-party service providers) will maintain a system that is reasonably designed to ensure that its actual proxy voting record and the actual proxy voting record of the Sub-Advisers with respect to the Trust’s portfolio securities are collected, processed, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and made available to the Trust’s shareholders as required by applicable laws and regulations.

 

VII.   REPORTS TO TRUST’S BOARD OF TRUSTEES

1290 Asset Managers will periodically (but no less frequently than annually) report to the Board of Trustees with respect to the Trust’s implementation of its proxy voting program, including summary information with respect to the proxy voting record of the Sub-Advisers with respect to the sub-advised portfolios’ and Sub-Advised Portions’ portfolio securities and any other information requested by the Board of Trustees.

Adopted: June 10, 2014

Effective: June 10, 2014

 

C-2


AXA INVESTMENT MANAGERS, INC.

PROXY VOTING

Purpose of These Procedures

Rule 204(4)-6 of the rules promulgated under the Advisers Act requires an investment adviser registered with the SEC that exercises voting authority over its advisory client proxies (i) to adopt written policies reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of clients, (ii) to disclose to clients information about those policies and procedures, and (iii) to disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser has voted their proxies.

Sub-Adviser does not currently invest in equity securities for its clients. As such, it does not ever have, or has exceedingly rarely, the opportunity to vote proxies on behalf of clients. If Sub-Adviser begins to invest in securities that would give it the authority to vote proxies it will amend this policy appropriately.

Policy Details

Sub-Adviser invests primarily in debt securities of U.S. corporations on behalf of its advisory clients. Sub-Adviser does not, as a general rule, invest in common equity securities. Accordingly, it rarely receives voting proxies outside of corporate restructurings of debt issuers or other exceptional circumstances. Unless a client specifically reserves the right, in writing, to vote its own proxies, Sub-Adviser will vote all proxies in a timely manner as part of its discretionary authority over client assets in accordance with this policy. At all times Sub-Adviser will vote any proxy it receives over which it has voting discretion in the best interest of its clients.

Each proxy vote will be brought to the immediate attention of the CCO for review for potential conflicts of interest. At any time, a client may request a copy of this policy and Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting record. Within seven days of receiving the client’s request, Sub-Adviser will send to the client the requested information by overnight mail or comparable delivery method.

Regarding clients subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), the Department of Labor takes the position that proxy voting decisions are “fiduciary” decisions subject to ERISA’s standards. These standards generally require fiduciaries to act prudently and to discharge their duties solely in the interests of participants and beneficiaries. When applicable, Sub-Adviser will exercise the authority to vote proxies appurtenant to the securities acquired on behalf of an ERISA client except to the extent that such authority is restricted by such client’s investment management agreement with Sub-Adviser.

Conflicts of Interest

Sub-Adviser may experience conflicts of interest with respect to proxy voting. If the CCO determines that any particular proxy vote raises a conflict of interest, Sub-Adviser will not vote such a proxy without bringing such conflict of interest to the relevant client for purposes of determining the client’s voting directions.

Recordkeeping

For five years (the first two of which in the offices of Sub-Adviser or an affiliated company), Sub-Adviser will maintain copies of this policy, copies of proxy statements or solicitations received, records of votes cast on behalf of advisory clients, written requests by clients of proxy voting information and any documents prepared by Sub-Adviser that were material to making a voting decision or memorialized the basis for the decision.

 

C-3


1.    INTRODUCTION

1.1. Definition

Proxy voting is an important right of shareholders, and reasonable care and diligence must be undertaken to ensure that such rights are properly and timely exercised. Investment advisers that exercise voting authority with respect to client securities are required by various regulatory agencies to:

 

   

Adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that client securities are voted in the best interest of clients, which must include how an adviser addresses material conflicts that may arise between an adviser’s interests and those of its clients

 

   

Disclose to clients how they may obtain information from the adviser with respect to the voting of proxies for their securities

 

   

Describe to clients a summary of its proxy voting policies and procedures and, upon request, furnish a copy to its clients

 

   

Maintain certain records relating to the adviser’s proxy voting activities when the adviser does have proxy voting authority.

1.2. Objectives

The objectives of this policy are to:

 

   

Vote clients’ proxy proposals in the best interest of clients

 

   

Arrange for proxies of its clients to be voted in accordance with the AXA IM Responsible Investment Corporate Governance and Voting Policy (the “AXA IM CG Policy”)

 

   

Avoid and/or disclose any potential conflicts of interests

1.3. Scope

Within the AXA Investment Managers Group, the AXA Rosenberg business (collectively referred to as “AXA Rosenberg”) provides investment management services based on fundamental equity analysis using quantitative methods.

This global policy applies to all employees of AXA Rosenberg investment management entities responsible for providing investment management or ancillary services on behalf of the AXA Rosenberg expertise in the following departments: Portfolio Management, Operations, Client Portfolio Management, and Account Activity Coordinator. Or serving in certain specified control or shared operational functions directly supporting the AXA Rosenberg expertise in Compliance.

This policy acts as a guide to the requirements and expectations of AXA Rosenberg when voting proxy proposals on its clients’ behalf.

Where local regulatory requirements prescribe practices that are different from what is contained in this Policy, employees should consult with Compliance and adhere to the most restrictive policy or standard as determined by Compliance.

2.    DETAILED DESCRIPTION

AXA Rosenberg will, when requested in writing, vote proxies for client accounts. Clients always have the right to vote proxies themselves. Clients can exercise this right by instructing us in writing how to vote proxies in their account which we will do on a best efforts basis

In the cases where we are asked to vote proxies, it is our policy and the policy of the other international investment adviser affiliates to vote proxy proposals (proxies) on behalf of our clients in a manner which is reasonably anticipated to further the best economic interests of our clients and consistent with the goal of enhancing shareholder value.

 

C-4


AXA Rosenberg has adopted a Global Proxy policy as well as AXA IM’s Corporate Governance and Voting Policy (“AXA IM Voting Policy”). AXA Rosenberg has delegated certain responsibilities for voting proxies of its clients to the Corporate Governance team within an AXA IM advisory affiliate (“AXA IM CG team”). The AXA IM CG team has developed customized guidelines to assist in performing their duties on behalf of AXA Rosenberg. Currently, the AXA IM CG team retains the services of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS” or “Service Provider”), a third party proxy research and voting service, to assist in coordinating and voting proxies with respect to client securities in accordance with the AXA Rosenberg Global Proxy Policy and the AXA IM Voting Policy. Please see Appendix 1 for the AXA IM Voting Policy.

As a fully-owned subsidiary of AXA IM, and by adopting the AXA IM Voting Policy, AXA Rosenberg can leverage AXA IM’s extensive expertise and resources committed to corporate governance issues. In addition, AXA Rosenberg will have a representative on the AXA IM Corporate Governance Committee.

AXA IM’s approach to corporate governance – namely their proxy voting and shareholder engagement work – derives from their strongly held belief that company management, directors and investors all have critical yet unique roles to play in sustaining the health of financial markets and ensuring the efficient allocation of capital. AXA IM developed their Voting Policy to help guide them in performing their duties on behalf of AXA Rosenberg. ISS votes are subject to review and approval by the AXA IM CG team, and AXA IM CG team retains the right to override any vote from the customized guidelines where it deems appropriate, in accordance with its proxy voting policy

AXA Rosenberg’s policies include the responsibility to arrange for proxies of those clients who have delegated proxy voting responsibility to proxy voting service providers, to disclose any potential conflicts of interest, to make information available to clients about the voting of proxies for their portfolio, and to maintain relevant and required records.

For those advisory clients who did not delegate or who have expressly retained proxy voting responsibility, AXA Rosenberg has no authority and will not vote any proxies for the portfolios of those clients. However, with respect to clients that are subject to ERISA, AXA Rosenberg is presumed to retain voting discretion unless explicitly reserved by a named fiduciary of the ERISA plan to itself or to another fiduciary.

NOTE: If the plan document or investment management agreement does not require AXA Rosenberg to vote proxies, but does not expressly preclude it from doing so, AXA Rosenberg would have the exclusive responsibility for voting proxies. However, if the documents expressly preclude AXA Rosenberg from voting proxies, the responsibility would lie exclusively with the trustee (although, as indicated above, the trustee may be subject to the direction of a named fiduciary).

2.1. Proxy Voting Procedures

2.1.1. Voting Procedures

AXA Investment Managers has retained a third-party service provider (the “Service Provider”) to assist AXA Rosenberg and AXA IM in coordinating and voting proxies with respect to client securities. After it is deemed that AXA Rosenberg will vote proxies on behalf of a client, AXA Rosenberg will instruct Northern Trust to notify the Service Provider of this delegation, thereby enabling the Service Provider to automatically receive proxy information.

The Service Provider will:

 

   

Maintain a record of each vote cast by AXA Rosenberg on behalf of a client, the policy/instructions followed when determining how to cast the vote, and any proposals that were not voted for which the client was entitled to vote.

 

   

Determine which accounts managed by AXA Rosenberg hold the security to which the proxy relates

 

C-5


   

Compile a list of accounts that hold the security, together with the number of votes each account controls and the date by which AXA Rosenberg must vote the proxy in order to allow enough time for the completed proxy to be returned to the issuer before the vote takes place.

If a client determines that AXA Rosenberg should no longer be responsible for voting their proxies, AXA Rosenberg will discontinue to vote proxies on their behalf unless we receive a written statement from the client explicitly instructing us to vote the proxies we receive on their behalf (if the ex-date is during the time AXA Rosenberg was responsible for proxy voting).

2.1.2. Procedures for Implementing the AXA IM Corporate Governance & Proxy Voting Policy Oversight

Members of the AXA IM CG team have worked with the Service Provider to develop a customized approach to applying the AXA IM CG Policy and continue to interact with the Service Provider as particular proxy voting issues arise during the year. Furthermore this team monitors the Service Provider to ensure that proxies are being voted in accordance with the AXA Rosenberg Global Proxy Policy and the AXA IM Voting Policy.

AXA Rosenberg will periodically monitor the AXA IM CG team and Service Provider to assure that the proxies are being properly voted and appropriate records are being retained.

2.1.3. Procedures for Non-Standard Proxy Voting

Where a client has directed AXA Rosenberg to vote a proxy or proxies for its account in a specific way, AXA Rosenberg will vote these proxies on a best-effort basis. In the absence of specific voting guidelines from the client, AXA Rosenberg’s policy generally is to vote proxies in accordance with the AXA IM CG Policy. AXA Rosenberg will abstain from voting a proxy if we are required to make an affirmative representation of a client’s ownership percentage of a particular issuer.

2.1.4. Procedures for Voting Proxies for Registered Investment Company Clients

Client Services should coordinate with the contact person designated by the client to provide voting records required by a registered investment company in order to file their Form N-PX. This includes proxies voted for the registered investment company clients that are advised or sub-advised by AXA Rosenberg, if requested.

2.1.5. Procedures for Client Requests for Information

Client request for information regarding proxy voting records should be forwarded to the Account Activity Coordinator or local equivalent. In response to a request, the Account Activity Coordinator will work the AXA IM CG team and Client Services to provide the client with the information requested and, as applicable, will include the name of the issuer, the proposal voted upon, and how AXA Rosenberg voted the client’s proxy with respect to each proposal. The Account Activity Coordinator should maintain records of client requests provided.

2.2. Disclosure/Client Reporting

AXA Rosenberg reports its proxy voting policy and procedures in its Disclosure Documents. Additionally, clients may also request information regarding how AXA Rosenberg voted their proxies and may request a copy of AXA Rosenberg’s policy. Employees will follow the procedures outlined in Section 2.1.5 above.

2.3. Conflicts of Interest

AXA Rosenberg realizes that situations may occur whereby an actual or apparent conflict of interest arises. For example, AXA Rosenberg may manage a portion of assets of a pension plan of a company

 

C-6


whose management is soliciting proxies. AXA Rosenberg believes its duty is to vote proxies in the best interest of its clients. By voting in accordance with the AXA IM Voting Policy, AXA Rosenberg generally avoids conflicts of interest because it votes pursuant to a predetermined policy which has been established by the AXA IM CG team and the Service Provider, an independent third party.

Nevertheless, when votes are cast in accordance with the AXA Rosenberg Global Proxy Policy, the AXA IM Voting Policy, corporate governance principles in the relevant market, and in a manner that we believe to be consistent with our fiduciary obligations, actual proxy voting decisions made may have the effect of favoring or harming the interests of other clients, AXA or its affiliates.

In the event any potential or actual conflict of interest that may arise, AXA Rosenberg may either disclose the circumstances of any such conflict to client(s) and forward the proxy materials to the client to vote, vote according to ISS recommendations or otherwise in a pre-determined manner or take such other action as may be appropriate under the particular circumstances. The AXA IM CG team does not take voting decisions on behalf of third party clients who hold AXA shares. Decisions on AXA shareholder meetings have been contracted out to a third party service provider, Deminor. Deminor recommendations are implemented for all third party clients holding AXA shares.

Material conflicts may exist in situations where AXA Rosenberg is called to vote on a proxy involving an issuer or proponent of a proxy proposal regarding the issuer where AXA Rosenberg or an affiliated person of AXA Rosenberg also manages money for an employee group.

Additional material conflicts may exist if an executive of AXA Rosenberg or its control affiliates is a close relative of, or has a personal or business relationship with:

 

   

An executive of the issuer or proponent;

 

   

A director of the issuer or proponent;

 

   

A person who is a candidate to be a director of the issuer;

 

   

A participant in the proxy contest; or

 

   

A proponent of a proxy proposal.

Material conflicts based on business relationships or dealings of affiliates of AXA Rosenberg will only be considered to the extent that the AXA IM Governance team or applicable portfolio management area has actual knowledge of such business relationships. Whether a relationship creates a material conflict will depend on the facts and circumstances. Even if these parties do not attempt to influence AXA IM Governance team or AXA Rosenberg with respect to voting, the value of the relationship to AXA Rosenberg can create a material conflict.

The AXA IM CG team is responsible for documenting processes for how votes will be determined when there is a conflict present, managing conflicts across affiliates and for escalating potential conflicts to AXAR for further consideration.

ERISA Issues

As an ERISA fiduciary, AXA Rosenberg may consider only those factors that relate to the economic value of an ERISA plan’s investment in voting proxies on behalf of such ERISA plans. If the cost of voting (including the cost of research, if necessary, to determine how to vote) is likely to exceed the economic benefit of voting, AXA Rosenberg has an obligation to refrain from voting.

The US Department of Labor has issued Interpretive Bulletins essentially prohibiting the promotion of policy or political issues through proxy voting, investment policies or shareholder activism unless they are likely to enhance the economic value of an ERISA plan’s investments. Where AXA Rosenberg exercises its authority on behalf of an ERISA plan in an attempt to further legislative, regulatory, or public policy issues, it must be prepared to articulate a clear basis for concluding that the proxy vote,

 

C-7


investment policy or the activity intended to monitor or influence the management of the corporation is more likely than not to enhance the economic value of the ERISA plan’s investment before doing so.

If AXA Rosenberg is managing a pooled investment vehicle that holds assets of more than one ERISA plan, there is a possibility of being subject to conflicting proxy voting policies. If compliance with one plan’s policy would violate ERISA § 404(a) as regards to another plan’s policy (e.g., by being imprudent or not solely in the economic interest of the plan), AXA Rosenberg should ignore the policy and vote in accordance with ERISA. However, if the conflicting policies do not violate ERISA, AXA Rosenberg would generally be required to vote the proxies in accordance with each plan’s interest in the pooled investment vehicle.

2.4. Proxies of Certain Non-U.S. Issuers

Proxy voting in certain countries requires “share blocking.” Shareholders wishing to vote their proxies must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the meeting with a designated depository. During this blocking period, shares that will be voted at the meeting cannot be sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares are returned to the clients’ custodian. AXA Rosenberg generally believes that the benefit to the client of exercising the vote does not outweigh the cost of voting (that is, not being able to sell the shares during this period). Accordingly, if share blocking is required, AXA Rosenberg will generally abstain from voting these shares unless there is a compelling reason to the contrary as determined by the CIO and CCO.

In addition, voting proxies of issuers in non-US markets may give rise to a number of administrative issues that prevent AXA Rosenberg from voting those proxies. For example, AXA Rosenberg (or its Service Providers) may receive meeting notices without enough time to fully consider the proxy or after the cut-off date for voting. Other markets require AXA Rosenberg (or its Service Providers) to provide local agents with a power of attorney prior to implementing the Service Provider’s voting instructions. Although it is AXA Rosenberg’s policy to try to vote all proxies for securities held in client accounts for which AXA Rosenberg has proxy voting authority, in the case of non-US issuers, AXA Rosenberg will vote proxies on a best-effort basis.

2.5. Oversight Responsibilities

The AXA Rosenberg Group Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (“Sub-Committee”) is responsible for implementing and monitoring this Policy and its procedures. The Sub-Committee has specific oversight responsibilities for services provided by both AXA IM and the Service Provider. Specifically the Sub-Committee is responsible for:

 

   

Review of proxy voting records and management reports on behalf of AXA Rosenberg clients

 

   

Annual Service Provider and AXA IM due diligence written review and quality of service

 

   

Annual review and approval of the Global Proxy Policy as well as AXA IM’s Voting Policy and Guidelines

 

   

Review corporate governance and proxy voting non-routine issues or events as requested (i.e., M&A, capital distribution)

 

   

Review of material conflicts identified, reported and resolved by AXA IM GC team

2.6. Record Maintenance and Retention

AXA Rosenberg shall keep copies of all policies and procedures required by applicable record keeping rules including Rule 206(4)-6. AXA Rosenberg intends to satisfy this requirement for certain records by relying on the Service Provider and AXA IM.

The Sub-Committee Chair will maintain copies of the documents reviewed to satisfy its monitoring responsibilities including AXA Rosenberg’s voting records and copies of client reports issued annually.

 

C-8


The Service Provider shall keep a copy of each proxy received, a record of each vote cast by AXA Rosenberg on behalf of a client, the policy/instructions followed when determining how to cast the vote, and any proposals that were not voted for which the client was entitled to vote.

The Service Provider and/or AXA IM CG team shall keep a copy of any document created by AXA IM that was material to making a non-routine decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that non-routine decision; as well as a copy of any instruction given to the Service Provider as to how to vote a proposal in a particular manner.

AXA Investment Managers or the AXA Rosenberg Account Activity Coordinator shall keep a copy of each written client request for information on how AXA Rosenberg voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by AXA Investment Managers to any (written or oral) client request for information on how AXA Rosenberg voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.

AXA IM CG team is responsible for maintaining documentation for all AXA Rosenberg votes cast in which there are no relevant pre-determined guidelines by AXA IM or the independent service provider. AXA IM should document rationale or methodology for evaluating issues manually and casting votes cast in accordance with AXA IM governance views.

2.6.1. ERISA Issues

In order to facilitate the monitoring required by named fiduciaries under ERISA §404(a), accurate records must be maintained by AXA Rosenberg regarding the proxy voting decisions made by AXA Rosenberg, including, where appropriate, cost-benefit analyses. The records must enable the named fiduciary to monitor AXA Rosenberg, and should enable review not only of AXA Rosenberg’s voting procedure but also the actions taken in individual proxy voting situations.

2.7. Annual Review / Periodic Testing

This policy may be revised as needed to accommodate any changes in practices consistent with applicable regulations. Compliance, with the assistance of the business unit(s), will review this policy annually pursuant to regulatory requirements requiring AXA Rosenberg to have written policies and procedures in place to detect and prevent violations of securities laws and to review policies at least annually to ensure that they remain adequate and effective.

Compliance will perform periodic testing of this policy to determine the operating effectiveness in accordance with annual risk-based compliance monitoring plans.

3.    RELATED POLICIES

AXA Rosenberg Group Record Retention Policy

AXA IM Responsible Investment Corporate Governance and Voting Policy

AXA IM Stewardship Policy

 

C-9


Appendix 1

AXA IM Responsible Investment Policy

Corporate Governance & Voting

AXA IM Responsible Investment Policy / Corporate Governance & Voting Policy

Preamble

AXA IM’s approach to corporate governance – namely our proxy voting and shareholder engagement work – derives from our strongly held belief that company management, directors and investors all have critical yet unique roles to play in sustaining the health of financial markets and ensuring the efficient allocation of capital.

The effective governance of individual corporations by directors and the attentiveness of institutional investors, as the primary owners of public companies, are required to produce sustainable performance that serves the best interests of all marketplace stakeholders. Accordingly, we believe that institutional investors have an obligation to exercise their rights as owners and engage with portfolio companies in a responsible way.

As an investor with a widely diversified portfolio and long-term horizons, we can best enhance our investment performance and reduce unwanted risk exposures by focusing both our investment and portfolio monitoring activities on generation of sustainable shareholder value at portfolio companies. We consider this to be part of the fiduciary duty for a fund manager like AXA IM with our large size and diversified exposure.

Therefore, we have developed this Policy to help guide us in performing our duties and to communicate the principles which underpin this aspect of our responsible investment activity to the marketplace1. It is a living document that is intended to be flexible and evolve as investor and corporate governance practices change over time.

This policy provides the foundation for AXA IM’s proxy voting and company engagement activities, as well as for participation in related public policy discussions.

We believe that the principles included in this policy provide a robust framework for the proper governance of companies. However, in applying these principles, we are cognisant of the fact that companies are dynamic and a “one size fits all” approach is not appropriate. Our preferred approach is to resolve any issues of concern through dialogue and to attain a proper understanding of each company’s particular circumstances.

The core principles of AXA IM’s Corporate Governance and Voting Policy include the following:

1. Responsible investment and the link with the corporate objective

There is growing consensus that the principal objective of a corporation should be to deliver wealth creation for shareholders, that is there should be a long-term perspective to shareholder value creation and also there should be due regard to risk.

This connects well with the needs of AXA IM’s direct clients, i.e. pension funds and insurance companies who, despite the varying interests of their individual customers, ultimately function by adopting a long-term investment horizon. To this end, our aim is to invest in companies which have strategies consistent with the aim of improving franchise value in the longer-term.

In light of growing evidence that long-term value creation is best achieved by management paying due regard to the extra-financial drivers of risk and reward in addition to traditional financial metrics, our

 

1 

See also AXA IM Responsible Investment Policy (Integration) - forthcoming

 

C-10


investment approach will seek to integrate these extra-financial considerations into investment management processes and ownership practices, the latter being the particular focus of this document.

We believe that a company’s management of extra-financial issues is a lead indicator of success or failure. Therefore, we expect companies to take into consideration the legitimate interests of stakeholders who grant it the licence to operate such as employees, customers, suppliers and the wider community. In addition, companies which operate without due regard to environmental and social impact of their activities are unlikely to deliver sustainable long-term shareholder value.

To achieve this aim the Board has oversight responsibility for development and implementation of strategies for the corporation consistent with the aim of improving shareholder value in the long-term.

2. Reporting

In a well functioning market which enables investors to perform their fiduciary role vis a vis clients’ assets, it is critical that investment decisions which impact the allocation of capital be based on full and accurate information. We therefore expect the Board to regularly report to shareholders, setting out its analysis of the business, with a forward-looking orientation in order to assist shareowners to assess the strategies adopted and the potential for those strategies to succeed. The report should include the resources, principal risks and uncertainties and the relationships that may affect the company’s long-term value.

Full company accounts, audited by independent external auditors, should be presented to a company’s annual general meeting for shareholders’ approval.

The company’s management of material extra-financial factors should be integrated into these reports. These are aspects of corporate performance, sometimes known as “intangibles” or “non-traditional”, which drive risk and reward especially — but not exclusively — over the medium and longer term. Such issues are considered by a significant number of shareholders in evaluating the company’s long-term prospects. Examples of extra-financial factors include environmental, social and governance issues such as regulatory change risks, reputation concerns, product obsolescence cycles, human rights, employee turnover and training, employment law compliance, status of CEO succession plans, climate change and other environmental liabilities and political contribution or lobbying payments. Directors and senior managers have a critical role in guiding investors as to which, extra-financial factors are material to that particular company — AXA IM does not favour reporting to investors of extra-financial data for data’s sake.

Issues of concern

Reporting

We may withhold support from in the Report & Accounts in the following instances:

 

   

Non provision of the audited accounts in a timely manner:

 

   

Non-reporting of material extra-financial performance, particularly in high risk sectors and or where sectoral peers are able to report;

 

   

Concerns about the integrity of the information reported

Companies might want to consider using common frameworks for enhanced reporting on sustainability issues, such as the Global Reporting Initiative or the Enhanced Business Reporting Consortium guidelines to facilitate better quality and consistency of reporting. This is important if shareholders are to be able to assess and compare this aspect of a company’s performance with that of sectoral peers. Where proprietary or competitive concerns limit the information which can be disclosed without harming shareholder interests, the company should explain its thinking further since, in general, we consider this to be an over-stated risk.

 

C-11


Boards should take responsibility for establishing effective company communications with shareholders. All directors should attend the annual general meeting (AGM) and provide a process for regular communications with shareholders apart from the AGM. Boards should proactively seek out opportunities to encourage communication with long-term shareholders.

3. Company boards

We consider the board to be the cornerstone of good corporate governance as it is the decision-making body charged with overseeing a company’s affairs on behalf of its owners. In some countries this will be a unitary board where executive and non-executive directors are members of a single decision making body. Others follow a ‘supervisory model’ where a supervisory board composed of non-executive directors oversee a management board made up of key executives.

Under both unitary and supervisory board structures, directors have, either by law or in defacto terms, fiduciary responsibility for acting in the best interests of the company and are accountable to the shareholders as a whole.

3.1. Board balance

The interests of shareholders are best served where the Board is structured in a manner to ensure that there is an appropriate diversity of skills, knowledge and experience amongst the directors on the board which is suitable for the requirements of the business.

The Board should also be structured to ensure that there is a balance of power and authority such that no particular individual or group has unfettered powers of decision over the company’s affairs.

The potential for such concentration of powers can occur in several instances including where the position of chairman and chief executive are held by one person; where the majority of non-executive directors are affiliated to management; or where the board is dominated by the representatives of a major shareholder(s).

The risk of such arrangements is that the interest of the particular individual or group is substituted for that of the company and the directors may not exercise their stewardship responsibilities objectively.

We are not in favour of direct proportionality between the holdings of major shareholders and the number of representatives they are allowed to nominate to the board. Major shareholder representatives should not be allowed to dominate the board simply by virtue of the holdings they represent.

We are also not in favour of one person holding the combined roles of chairman and chief executive. In such a situation, there would be no independent person charged with supervising management’s execution of its responsibilities. Moreover, we do not consider it possible for one person to be both responsible for leading executives in implementing board strategy as well as leading the board’s supervision of executive performance. These are two distinct roles and consequently we favour having an independent chairman who is dedicated to this important role. To guard against the domination of the board by a particular group, a significant number of directors should be independent and, at a minimum, we expect national norms for independent directors to be respected. We also believe it important for boards to appoint a senior independent director to act as an additional contact point for shareholders to bring issues to the attention of the board especially if this cannot easily by done via the Chairman. This role is particularly important in cases where the offices of Chairman and Chief Executive have been combined.

3.2. Non-executive directors

The key role of non-executive directors is to ensure that management concentrate on optimising long-term shareholder value. The detachment of non-executive directors from the day-to-day management of the company means that they have the capacity to look at the interests of the company as a whole over the longer term.

 

C-12


It is vital that non-executive directors are truly engaged with the business and able to bring a long-term perspective to deliberations so that management decisions are not dominated by short-term considerations.

Non-executive directors must exercise effective oversight of the executives in relation to their achievement of strategy and targets as well as managing situations where there may be real or potential conflicts between the interests of management and those of shareholders.

We consider that the role of non-executive directors includes:

 

   

contributing to the right strategy for the company;

 

   

participating in board discussions on major issues of business development;

 

   

appraising the performance of key executives, including the chief executive;

 

   

monitoring results and pressing for appropriate corrective action when necessary;

 

   

ensuring that the company has the right executive leadership and appropriate succession plans;

 

   

safeguarding shareholders’ funds by using the ability to challenge management and initiate change when necessary;

 

   

ensuring effective company communication with shareholders;

 

   

carrying out specific corporate governance functions, principally via board committees which deal with real or apparent conflicts of interests in the areas of financial reporting, remuneration and nomination of new members to the board.

Market integrity also requires that key participants exercise their responsibilities with diligence and honesty. Events of the last decade have highlighted the ramifications to companies, investors and society of inattention to these basic principles.

3.3. Independence

Boards have to manage the company’s relationship with a wide range of interests including the executives, significant shareholders, employees, suppliers and governments. Oftentimes, these stakeholders have directors representing their interest on the board. Notwithstanding the particular interest they represent, directors have a fiduciary duty to act in the best interest of the collective shareholder body and to exercise independent judgement when deliberating on the company’s affairs.

Due to inherent conflicts that may occur, we require that there should be a significant number of directors on the Board who are independent in a strict sense. Such independent directors provide assurance that the interests of a particular group are not allowed to dominate the affairs of a company.

An independent director is one who is free from relationships or circumstances which could affect, or appear to affect, the director’s judgement. No checklist of descriptive characteristics will suffice to capture whether a director is likely to behave in an independent fashion. Nevertheless, factors we believe may affect a director’s judgement and therefore independence include where the director:

 

   

is a former employee of the company within the last five years;

 

   

has (had within the last thee years) a material business relationship with the company or is a representative of such interests;

 

   

receives additional remuneration from the company other than in the capacity of a director;

 

   

has close family ties with any of the company’s directors, senior employees or company’s advisers;

 

   

holds cross directorships with an executive director;

 

C-13


   

is or represents a significant shareholder;

 

   

has served on the board for a significant length of time.

3.4. Board committees

It is now established practice in many jurisdictions for boards to establish key committees of independent directors to oversee the Board’s responsibilities in relation to audit, remuneration and nomination. This is principally to manage conflicts of interests with executive directors and to provide assurance that there is appropriate and independent oversight of these matters on shareholders’ behalf.

Due to the sensitive nature of the issues covered by these committees, we require that the committees are dominated by independent directors.

3.4.1. Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is responsible for exercising oversight of the company’s process for internal controls and financial reporting. Acting independently from management, it has a particular role to ensure that the interests of shareholders are protected in relation to financial reporting.

The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing and providing assurances to shareholders on the integrity, objectivity and independence of the external audit process. The Audit Committee should pay particular attention to the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor and the risks that the provision of such services may compromise the integrity of external audit.

Issues of concern

Boards

We may withhold support from director elections in the following instances:

 

   

Insufficient information on the board or where biographical details on proposed directors are not provided;

 

   

The nominee is not considered to be independent; the number of independent directors on the Board is less than the number recommended by the local best practice standard, or independent directors constitute less than one-third of the board;

 

   

The position of chairman and chief executive are held by one person;

 

   

The number of directorships held by the nominee is excessive and/or the director has not devoted sufficient time to the company during the relevant year;

 

   

Where a Board has not established audit, remuneration or nomination committees;

 

   

The nominee is a non-independent director on an audit, remuneration or nomination committee which does not have the required number of independent director;

 

   

Directors do not stand for election by shareholders on a regular basis;

 

   

The election of several directors is bundled into one resolution;

 

   

Concerns about a director(s) execution of their responsibilities;

 

   

To signal concerns about the company’s governance or performance.

3.4.2. Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining the Board’s policy and practices on executive remuneration. The role of the Committee includes ensuring that the remuneration policy and practices are aligned with the strategies adopted by the Board to optimise shareholder value.

 

C-14


Remuneration policies should also align the interests of management with long-term shareholders and be structured to reward sustainable performance. Where restatements of financial results occur, the Committee or Board should seek to recover any improperly paid remuneration to the extent practicable.

The Committee should directly retain and supervise any external consultant used to develop remuneration policies. Preferably, the consultant should not provide other services to or be supervised by management.

3.4.3. Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee leads the process for the appointment of directors to the board and for ensuring that there is an appropriate diversity of skills, knowledge and experience amongst the directors on the board. The Nomination Committee should ensure that appointments to the Board are made on merit and that directors have sufficient time to devote to the role and that their track record, and that of the companies they have been associated, is a good one. The Committee should also ensure that the company has a strategy for executive succession.

3.4.4. Extra-Financial or Enterprise Risk Committee

We welcome the move by many companies to establish a standing board committee to oversee the company’s management of its material extra-financial risks and opportunities and to ensure that the company fulfils its reporting obligation to enable shareholders to assess this aspect of the company’s performance. We are aware that there is not yet an established formula for what this work should be called or indeed, where responsibility should rest amongst board committees but we consider it increasingly important that boards address this activity as seriously as they do their other functions.

4. Remuneration

Boards, through the Remuneration Committee, are responsible for adopting remuneration policies and practices that promote the success of companies in creating value for the longer term. The policies and practices should be demonstrably aligned with corporate objectives and business strategy and reviewed regularly.

It is necessary to ensure that remuneration policies encourage high standards of performance, aligning the interest of management with those of long-term shareholders. Levels of remuneration should be sufficient to attract, motivate and retain management of a high calibre but should not be excessive by the standards of employment conditions within the company, sector or the executive’s country of residence.

Remuneration arrangements should not entitle executives to rewards when this is not justified by performance.

4.1. Remuneration disclosure

We expect companies to provide full and comprehensive information on the company’s remuneration policy and practices in the Annual Report. The information provided should cover all the elements of remuneration, including salary, annual bonus, benefits, share-based compensation, pensions and details of executive service contracts including notice periods and compensation payable on termination. This information should be provided on an individual basis.

There is a growing trend for transparency and accountability by the Board in its oversight of executive remuneration on shareholders’ behalf. Many jurisdictions provide shareholders with the opportunity to vote on the remuneration policy and its application during the year at the general meeting. We welcome this trend towards accountability and encourage all companies to adopt this practice.

 

C-15


Issues of concern

Remuneration

We may withhold support from remuneration proposals in the following instances:

 

   

Poor disclosure of remuneration policy and practices;

 

   

Incomplete disclosure of performance metrics underpinning performance-related remuneration;

 

   

Performance targets which are not relevant or challenging;

 

   

Executive options are granted at a discount i.e. priced below prevailing market practice;

 

   

Repricing of ‘underwater’ stock options;

 

   

The company engaged in option award backdating;

 

   

Excessive dilution of shareholder equity through the issuance of shares for share incentive schemes;

 

   

Compensation payable on termination is excessive or not in line with market practice;

 

   

Pay packages dominated by perquisites;

 

   

Contains gratuitous retirement payments or unearned retirement sweeteners not provided to employees generally;

 

   

Allows triggering of change in control payouts without loss of job or substantial diminution of duties;

 

   

Enhanced compensation on change of control of the company;

 

   

Remuneration is based on inappropriate peer comparisons;

 

   

Internal pay inequity is excessive.

4.2. Performance related remuneration

Annual bonuses and grants of options or conditional shares to executives should be subject to defined and relevant performance criteria which should be disclosed to shareholders.

It is the responsibility of the Remuneration Committee, working with the Audit Committee, to ensure that rewards reflect performance against target. The Board should consider means of reclaiming rewards where performance achievements are subsequently found to have been significantly misstated so that bonuses and other incentives should not have been paid.

4.3. Annual bonus

Annual bonuses reward performance during the relevant business year. Both individual and corporate performance targets are relevant and should be tailored to the requirements of the business. Such targets should be reviewed in line with the evolution of the company’s strategy.

We do not support the payment of bonuses that reward executives for executing transactions (such as mergers or acquisitions) irrespective of their future financial implications for the company.

4.4. Long-term share schemes

Share-based incentives link reward to performance over the longer term. Their purpose is to motivate executives to create sustainable shareholder value. The receipt of rewards under these schemes should therefore be based on disclosed and challenging performance conditions measured over a period appropriate to the strategic objectives of the company. We prefer that performance should be measured

 

C-16


over a period of at least three years. All new share-based incentives or any substantive changes to existing schemes should be subject to prior approval by shareholders by means of a separate and binding resolution. Their operation, rationale and cost should be fully explained so that shareholders can make an informed judgement.

The operation of share incentive schemes represents a cost to shareholders. The operation of such schemes should not lead to dilution of shareholder equity in excess of the limits acceptable to shareholders.

We support initiatives to encourage executives to hold shares in the company equivalent to at least one year’s salary. This further aligns the interest of the executive with those of the company and its shareholders. Many companies require executives to retain awards accruing to them under long-term share schemes until they meet the share ownership requirement.

5. Shareholder rights

The ownership of shares in a company entitles shareholders to corresponding rights in the company. We expect boards to protect and facilitate the exercise of shareholders’ ownership rights. This includes giving shareholders reasonable notice of all matters in respect of which they are required to take action in the exercise of voting rights, or which they may elect to take action on. Major changes to the core businesses of a corporation and other corporate changes which may in substance or effect, dilute the equity or erode the economic interests or share ownership rights of existing shareholders, including mergers, acquisitions, disposals, and issuance of equity should not be made without prior shareholder approval.

We are fundamentally opposed to measures that seek to restrict, undermine, dilute or limit the exercise of ownership rights. In particular, we are concerned about restrictions which seek to limit the rights of minority shareholders to the benefit of management or a particular shareholder(s).

Barriers to the exercise of shareholders’ rights come in different forms. These include restrictions on shareholders’ voting rights; dilution of economic interests through excessive issuance of shares; and provisions which aim to limit the right of shareholders to influence a company’s governance, or their ability to consider transformational transactions such as mergers, acquisitions or disposals.

5.1. Voting rights

In a shareholder democracy, the shareholder vote at general meeting is the principal manner through which shareholders can influence a company’s governance and its strategic direction. Due to its fundamental importance, we believe that shareholders should have voting rights in direct proportion to their economic interest (and risk exposure) in a company. This is normally expressed as the one share, one vote principle. We are therefore opposed to:

 

   

measures that dilute the voting rights of any shareholder by giving certain shareholders voting rights in excess of their economic interests;

 

   

proposals that cap shareholders’ voting rights once ownership of a certain percentage of shares is reached;

 

   

multi-class capitalisation structures created to provide a particular class of shareholders with disproportionate voting rights;

 

   

supermajority voting requirements intended to limit the ability of shareholders to effect change by effectively providing a veto to a large minority or a group of minority shareholders;

 

   

voting schemes that do not provide for confidentiality of a shareholders’ vote during the election;

 

   

unduly restrictive shareholder disclosure policies which have the potential to deprive shareholders of their voting rights.

 

C-17


5.2. Anti-takeover provisions

The Board has an important role in ensuring that the company is properly valued during change of control transactions. However, we have concerns about anti-takeover devices that have the effect of discouraging transactions that may be attractive to shareholders or which limit shareholders’ ability to voice their opinion on a change of control transaction. Many of these devices serve to entrench management and do not allow shareholders the opportunity to judge the performance and prospects of the company under its management relative to the proposal from the bidder.

Devices that cause concerns include:

 

   

poison pills which deter takeovers by granting the board the ability to issue additional dilutive shares in the event of a bid;

 

   

transactions which transfer the legal title of a key asset to a friendly foundation and have the effect of frustrating a takeover bid;

 

   

proposed repurchase of the company’s shares during a bid period at a price that is significantly higher than the fair market value of the shares;

 

   

blank-cheque preferred shares which may be used as a takeover defence or may be placed in friendly hands to help block a potential takeover bid.

Points Importants

Shareholder rights

 

   

measures that dilute the voting rights of any shareholder by giving certain shareholders voting rights in excess of their economic interests;

 

   

proposals that cap shareholders’ voting rights once ownership of a certain percentage of shares is reached;

 

   

multi-class capitalisation structures created to provide a particular class of shareholders with disproportionate voting rights;

 

   

supermajority voting requirements intended to limit the ability of shareholders to effect change by effectively providing a veto to a large minority or a group of minority shareholders;

 

   

unduly restrictive shareholder disclosure policies which have the potential to deprive shareholders of their voting rights;

 

   

poison pills which deter takeovers by granting the board to ability to issue additional dilutive shares in the event of a bid;

 

   

transactions which transfer the legal title of a key asset to a friendly foundation and have the effect of frustrating a takeover bid;

 

   

proposed repurchase of the company’s shares during a bid period at a price that is significantly higher than the fair market value of the shares;

 

   

blank-cheque preferred shares which may be used as a takeover defence or may be placed in friendly hands to help block a potential takeover bid;

 

   

proposed issuance of new shares with or without pre-emptive rights that are either in excess of the market norms or are not justified.

5.3. Pre-emptive rights

Issuance of new shares presents a risk of dilution to shareholders economic interests. It is established practice in many jurisdictions to grant shareholders the right to approve the issuance of new shares to guard against inappropriate dilution of their economic interest in a company.

 

C-18


The issuance of new shares may be on a pre-emptive basis (new shares are offered to existing shareholders in proportion to their holdings in the company) or on a non pre-emptive basis (where the pre-emption rights of shareholders are excluded).

We are vigilant in reviewing resolutions to issue new shares, particularly if such requests are in excess of the norms in the relevant market. Factors we will take into consideration in reaching a decision include:

 

   

the level of dilution of value and control for existing shareholders;

 

   

the strength of the business case: in order to make a reasoned assessment shareholders need to receive a clear explanation of the purpose to which the capital raised will be put and the benefits to be gained - for example in terms of product development or the opportunity cost of not raising new finance to exploit new commercial opportunities - and how the financing or proposed future financing fits in with the life-cycle and financial needs of the company;

 

   

the size and stage of development of the company and the sector within which it operates;

 

   

the stewardship and governance of the company. If the company has a track record of generating shareholder value, clear planning and good communications, this may give shareholders additional confidence in its judgement;

 

   

availability of financing options that do not involve the issue of new shares.

6. Mergers and acquisitions

Mergers and acquisitions present complex issues for large investors with broadly diversified portfolios, like AXA IM. Shareholders like AXA IM often hold investments in both target company and bidder, which could present a difficult situation where the transaction is good for one company but not the other. Mergers and acquisitions require that we closely evaluate the expected long-term success of the transaction and may require a balancing of interests on both sides of the transaction.

In addition, with increasing numbers of companies going private, there are concerns that in some situations company management and private equity firms participating in the buyout may be capturing value at the expense of public shareholders who by definition, have access to less information. Such transactions can often involve conflicts of interest when management is offered generous remuneration awards and large equity stakes as part of the transaction.

When evaluating a transaction, factors we take into consideration will include:

 

   

short-term and long-term valuations, taking the company’s strategic potential into consideration;

 

   

ability of the acquirer to successfully implement the acquisition and integrate the companies;

 

   

strategic fit of the companies and extra-financial factors bearing on future success;

 

   

views of significant shareholders;

 

   

impact of the transaction on customers and other stakeholders;

 

   

competitive landscape for the relevant entities before and after the transaction;

 

   

leverage embedded into the transaction and leverage after completion;

 

   

degree of management remuneration misalignment with shareholder interests, including change in control, bonus, consulting and incentive award payments;

 

   

advisor conflicts resulting from success fees, investment banking opportunities and future interests in the surviving entity;

 

   

fairness of the process, such as whether there was a fair auction, alternatives were considered and he deal was evaluated by an independent committee with independent advisors;

 

C-19


   

market reaction to announcement of the transaction;

 

   

corporate governance profile of any surviving entity in which we will retain an interest.

Companies should approach mergers and acquisitions or going private transactions with these factors in mind. Fund managers retain discretion to instruct votes on change of control transactions in line with the interests of their clients.

7. Implementation

7.1. Oversight:

AXA IM has a Corporate Governance Committee which guides and oversees the application of this policy.

Members include senior AXA IM personnel who have a well established corporate governance profile in their respective markets. The Committee also includes representatives of fund management teams who bring their hands-on investment perspective to the deliberations and liaise with colleagues on the Committee’s behalf.

The Responsible Investment team implements this policy under the direction of the Committee.

7.2. Company Dialogue:

AXA IM holds regular discussions with the Board and management of investee companies on a range of topics including the company’s strategy, operational performance, acquisition and disposal strategy; executive/board performance, and management of extra-financial drivers of risk and reward.

Our general policy is to be supportive of companies in which we invest. However, where we have concerns that have not been or cannot be adequately addressed by a company’s management, we will bring the issue to the attention of the Chairman and other non-executive directors. We may also act in conjunction with other shareholders.

If we are unable to resolve the issue through engagement, we may consider using our clients’ ownership rights to submit resolutions at shareholders’ meetings or requisition of an extraordinary general meeting.

7.3. Voting :

We believe that voting at company meetings is an important part of the dialogue between a company and its shareholders and a fundamental aspect of our fiduciary duty to our clients. We actively monitor resolutions proposed for shareholder approval at general meetings and exercise voting rights on behalf of clients.

We recognise that practices vary in different jurisdictions and that the companies in which we invest are subject to different local laws and regulations on governance matters. When reviewing resolutions proposed at general meetings we judge resolutions against fundamental principles of good corporate governance, while taking account of best practice standards pertinent to the relevant market and the Company’s particular circumstances.

In addition, AXA IM will implement specific voting decisions as instructed by clients.

7.4. Share blocking and other voting restrictions:

A number of markets require that shares are blocked from trading for a specified period if shareholders wish to exercise their voting rights at general meetings. The blocking of shares puts additional constraints on our ability to exercise our clients’ voting rights and manage the underlying portfolio in our clients’ best interests. Other markets impose additional costs or administrative requirements which outweigh the potential benefits of voting.

 

C-20


AXA IM will generally not vote in markets where share blocking applies or where administrative requirements or additional costs are burdensome. In such situations, we may vote in exceptional circumstances or on specific demand from our clients.

7.5. Stock Lending:

A number of clients have decided to participate in stock lending programmes. Stock lending aids market liquidity and allow clients to maximise revenues from their holdings. However, the attendant transfer of voting rights along with the lent shares means that additional scrutiny is required to ensure that lent shares are not put to purposes that are detrimental to the long-term interests of the shareowner. Shares will not be lent where the objective of such activities is to vote at general meetings. We will recall shares in advance of general meetings in the following circumstances:

 

   

where we wish to register our full voting interests, even if the issues are not deemed to be controversial;

 

   

where we have engaged or are engaging actively with a company;

 

   

where companies are seeking shareholder approval for transformational transactions such as mergers and acquisitions, face hostile actions including takeover bids, where shareholders have requisitioned general meetings or put items on the agenda which we consider to be detrimental to our interests or where we wish to support such items; or

 

   

where the issue at stake represents a serious threat to shareholder rights or interests.

7.5. Conflicts of Interest

The Corporate Governance Committee has the sole responsibility for determining the voting decisions of clients who have given AXA IM full discretion to vote on their behalf. Voting decisions are made within the context of the fiduciary duty owed to clients.

Use of an independent fiduciary has been adopted for voting the proxies of our third party clients at the general meetings of AXA SA.

This policy applies to the general meetings of companies held by clients of AXA Investment Managers’ judgemental equity divisions. AXA Rosenberg has a separate voting function through which it exercises its clients’ voting rights - www.axarosenberg.com

This document is for informational purposes only and does not constitute, on AXA Investment Managers Paris part, an offer to buy or sell or a solicitation or investment advice. AXA Investment Managers Paris disclaims any and all liability relating to a decision based on or for reliance on this information.

 

C-21


GAMCO INVESTORS, INC. AND AFFILIATES

THE VOTING OF PROXIES ON BEHALF OF CLIENTS

Rules 204(4)-2 and 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 require investment advisers to adopt written policies and procedures governing the voting of proxies on behalf of their clients.

These procedures will be used by GAMCO Asset Management Inc., Gabelli Funds, LLC, Gabelli Securities, Inc., and Teton Advisors, Inc. (collectively, the “Advisers”) to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by their clients, including the procedures that the Advisers use when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of the shareholders of an investment company managed by one of the Advisers, on the one hand, and those of the Advisers; the principal underwriter; or any affiliated person of the investment company, the Advisers, or the principal underwriter. These procedures will not apply where the Advisers do not have voting discretion or where the Advisers have agreed to with a client to vote the client’s proxies in accordance with specific guidelines or procedures supplied by the client (to the extent permitted by ERISA).

 

I.   PROXY VOTING COMMITTEE

The Proxy Voting Committee was originally formed in April 1989 for the purpose of formulating guidelines and reviewing proxy statements within the parameters set by the substantive proxy voting guidelines originally published in 1988 and updated periodically, a copy of which are appended as Exhibit A. The Committee will include representatives of Research, Administration, Legal, and the Advisers. Additional or replacement members of the Committee will be nominated by the Chairman and voted upon by the entire Committee.

Meetings are held on an as needed basis to form views on the manner in which the Advisers should vote proxies on behalf of their clients.

In general, the Director of Proxy Voting Services, using the Proxy Guidelines, recommendations of Institutional Shareholder Corporate Governance Service (“ISS”), other third-party services and the analysts of Gabelli & Company, Inc., will determine how to vote on each issue. For non-controversial matters, the Director of Proxy Voting Services may vote the proxy if the vote is: (1) consistent with the recommendations of the issuer’s Board of Directors and not contrary to the Proxy Guidelines; (2) consistent with the recommendations of the issuer’s Board of Directors and is a non-controversial issue not covered by the Proxy Guidelines; or (3) the vote is contrary to the recommendations of the Board of Directors but is consistent with the Proxy Guidelines. In those instances, the Director of Proxy Voting Services or the Chairman of the Committee may sign and date the proxy statement indicating how each issue will be voted.

All matters identified by the Chairman of the Committee, the Director of Proxy Voting Services or the Legal Department as controversial, taking into account the recommendations of ISS or other third party services and the analysts of Gabelli & Company, Inc., will be presented to the Proxy Voting Committee. If the Chairman of the Committee, the Director of Proxy Voting Services or the Legal Department has identified the matter as one that (1) is controversial; (2) would benefit from deliberation by the Proxy Voting Committee; or (3) may give rise to a conflict of interest between the Advisers and their clients, the Chairman of the Committee will initially determine what vote to recommend that the Advisers should cast and the matter will go before the Committee.

 

A.   Conflicts of Interest.

The Advisers have implemented these proxy voting procedures in order to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing their proxy voting decisions. By following the Proxy Guidelines, as well as the recommendations of ISS, other third-party services and the analysts of Gabelli & Company, the Advisers are able to avoid, wherever possible, the influence of potential conflicts of interest. Nevertheless,

 

C-22


circumstances may arise in which one or more of the Advisers are faced with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest in connection with its vote. In general, a conflict of interest may arise when an Adviser knowingly does business with an issuer, and may appear to have a material conflict between its own interests and the interests of the shareholders of an investment company managed by one of the Advisers regarding how the proxy is to be voted. A conflict also may exist when an Adviser has actual knowledge of a material business arrangement between an issuer and an affiliate of the Adviser.

In practical terms, a conflict of interest may arise, for example, when a proxy is voted for a company that is a client of one of the Advisers, such as GAMCO Asset Management Inc. A conflict also may arise when a client of one of the Advisers has made a shareholder proposal in a proxy to be voted upon by one or more of the Advisers. The Director of Proxy Voting Services, together with the Legal Department, will scrutinize all proxies for these or other situations that may give rise to a conflict of interest with respect to the voting of proxies.

 

B.   Operation of Proxy Voting Committee

For matters submitted to the Committee, each member of the Committee will receive, prior to the meeting, a copy of the proxy statement, any relevant third party research, a summary of any views provided by the Chief Investment Officer and any recommendations by Gabelli & Company, Inc. analysts. The Chief Investment Officer or the Gabelli & Company, Inc. analysts may be invited to present their viewpoints. If the Director of Proxy Voting Services or the Legal Department believe that the matter before the committee is one with respect to which a conflict of interest may exist between the Advisers and their clients, counsel will provide an opinion to the Committee concerning the conflict. If the matter is one in which the interests of the clients of one or more of the Advisers may diverge, counsel will so advise and the Committee may make different recommendations as to different clients. For any matters where the recommendation may trigger appraisal rights, counsel will provide an opinion concerning the likely risks and merits of such an appraisal action.

Each matter submitted to the Committee will be determined by the vote of a majority of the members present at the meeting. Should the vote concerning one or more recommendations be tied in a vote of the Committee, the Chairman of the Committee will cast the deciding vote. The Committee will notify the proxy department of its decisions and the proxies will be voted accordingly.

Although the Proxy Guidelines express the normal preferences for the voting of any shares not covered by a contrary investment guideline provided by the client, the Committee is not bound by the preferences set forth in the Proxy Guidelines and will review each matter on its own merits. Written minutes of all Proxy Voting Committee meetings will be maintained. The Advisers subscribe to ISS, which supplies current information on companies, matters being voted on, regulations, trends in proxy voting and information on corporate governance issues.

If the vote cast either by the analyst or as a result of the deliberations of the Proxy Voting Committee runs contrary to the recommendation of the Board of Directors of the issuer, the matter will be referred to legal counsel to determine whether an amendment to the most recently filed Schedule 13D is appropriate.

 

II.   SOCIAL ISSUES AND OTHER CLIENT GUIDELINES

If a client has provided special instructions relating to the voting of proxies, they should be noted in the client’s account file and forwarded to the proxy department. This is the responsibility of the investment professional or sales assistant for the client. In accordance with Department of Labor guidelines, the Advisers’ policy is to vote on behalf of ERISA accounts in the best interest of the plan participants with regard to social issues that carry an economic impact. Where an account is not governed by ERISA, the Advisers will vote shares held on behalf of the client in a manner consistent with any individual investment/voting guidelines provided by the client. Otherwise the Advisers will abstain with respect to those shares.

 

C-23


III.   CLIENT RETENTION OF VOTING RIGHTS

If a client chooses to retain the right to vote proxies or if there is any change in voting authority, the following should be notified by the investment professional or sales assistant for the client.

 

   

Operations

 

   

Proxy Department

 

   

Investment professional assigned to the account

In the event that the Board of Directors (or a Committee thereof) of one or more of the investment companies managed by one of the Advisers has retained direct voting control over any security, the Proxy Voting Department will provide each Board Member (or Committee member) with a copy of the proxy statement together with any other relevant information including recommendations of ISS or other third-party services.

 

IV.   PROXIES OF CERTAIN NON-U.S. ISSUERS

Proxy voting in certain countries requires “share-blocking.” Shareholders wishing to vote their proxies must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the meeting with a designated depository. During the period in which the shares are held with a depository, shares that will be voted at the meeting cannot be sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares are returned to the clients’ custodian. Absent a compelling reason to the contrary, the Advisers believe that the benefit to the client of exercising the vote is outweighed by the cost of voting and therefore, the Advisers will not typically vote the securities of non-U.S. issuers that require share-blocking.

In addition, voting proxies of issuers in non-US markets may also give rise to a number of administrative issues to prevent the Advisers from voting such proxies. For example, the Advisers may receive the notices for shareholder meetings without adequate time to consider the proposals in the proxy or after the cut-off date for voting. Other markets require the Advisers to provide local agents with power of attorney prior to implementing their respective voting instructions on the proxy. Although it is the Advisers’ policies to vote the proxies for its clients for which they have proxy voting authority, in the case of issuers in non-US markets, we vote client proxies on a best efforts basis.

 

V.   VOTING RECORDS

The Proxy Voting Department will retain a record of matters voted upon by the Advisers for their clients. The Advisers will supply information on how they voted a client’s proxy upon request from the client.

The complete voting records for each registered investment company (the “Fund”) that is managed by the Advisers will be filed on Form N-PX for the twelve months ended June 30th, no later than August 31st of each year. A description of the Fund’s proxy voting policies, procedures, and how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities is available without charge, upon request, by (i) calling 800-GABELLI (800-422-3554); (ii) writing to Gabelli Funds, LLC at One Corporate Center, Rye, NY 10580-1422; or (iii) visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Question should we post the proxy voting records for the funds on the website.

The Advisers’ proxy voting records will be retained in compliance with Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act.

 

VI.   VOTING PROCEDURES

 

  1.

Custodian banks, outside brokerage firms and clearing firms are responsible for forwarding proxies directly to the Advisers.

 

C-24


Proxies are received in one of two forms:

 

   

Shareholder Vote Instruction Forms (“VIFs”) - Issued by Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”). Broadridge is an outside service contracted by the various institutions to issue proxy materials.

 

   

Proxy cards which may be voted directly.

 

  2.

Upon receipt of the proxy, the number of shares each form represents is logged into the proxy system, electronically or manually, according to security.

 

  3.

Upon receipt of instructions from the proxy committee (see Administrative), the votes are cast and recorded for each account on an individual basis.

Records have been maintained on the Proxy Edge system.

Proxy Edge records include:

Security Name and Cusip Number

Date and Type of Meeting (Annual, Special, Contest)

Client Name

Adviser or Fund Account Number

Directors’ Recommendation

How the Adviser voted for the client on item

 

  4.

VIFs are kept alphabetically by security. Records for the current proxy season are located in the Proxy Voting Department office. In preparation for the upcoming season, files are transferred to an offsite storage facility during January/February.

 

  5.

If a proxy card or VIF is received too late to be voted in the conventional matter, every attempt is made to vote including:

 

   

When a solicitor has been retained, the solicitor is called. At the solicitor’s direction, the proxy is faxed.

 

   

In some circumstances VIFs can be faxed to Broadridge up until the time of the meeting.

 

  6.

In the case of a proxy contest, records are maintained for each opposing entity.

 

  7.

Voting in Person

 

  a)

At times it may be necessary to vote the shares in person. In this case, a “legal proxy” is obtained in the following manner:

 

   

Banks and brokerage firms using the services at Broadridge:

Broadridge is notified that we wish to vote in person. Broadridge issues individual legal proxies and sends them back via email or overnight (or the Adviser can pay messenger charges). A lead-time of at least two weeks prior to the meeting is needed to do this. Alternatively, the procedures detailed below for banks not using Broadridge may be implemented.

 

   

Banks and brokerage firms issuing proxies directly:

The bank is called and/or faxed and a legal proxy is requested.

All legal proxies should appoint:

“Representative of [Adviser name] with full power of substitution.”

 

  b)

The legal proxies are given to the person attending the meeting along with the limited power of attorney.

 

C-25


Appendix A

Proxy Guidelines

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT

It is the policy of GAMCO Investors, Inc, and its affiliated advisers (collectively “the Advisers”) to vote in the best economic interests of our clients. As we state in our Magna Carta of Shareholders Rights, established in May 1988, we are neither for nor against management. We are for shareholders.

At our first proxy committee meeting in 1989, it was decided that each proxy statement should be evaluated on its own merits within the framework first established by our Magna Carta of Shareholders Rights. The attached guidelines serve to enhance that broad framework.

We do not consider any issue routine. We take into consideration all of our research on the company, its directors, and their short and long-term goals for the company. In cases where issues that we generally do not approve of are combined with other issues, the negative aspects of the issues will be factored into the evaluation of the overall proposals but will not necessitate a vote in opposition to the overall proposals.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

We do not consider the election of the Board of Directors a routine issue. Each slate of directors is evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

Factors taken into consideration include:

 

 

Historical responsiveness to shareholders

This may include such areas as:

-Paying greenmail

-Failure to adopt shareholder resolutions receiving a majority of shareholder votes

 

 

Qualifications

 

 

Nominating committee in place

 

 

Number of outside directors on the board

 

 

Attendance at meetings

 

 

Overall performance

SELECTION OF AUDITORS

In general, we support the Board of Directors’ recommendation for auditors.

BLANK CHECK PREFERRED STOCK

We oppose the issuance of blank check preferred stock.

Blank check preferred stock allows the company to issue stock and establish dividends, voting rights, etc. without further shareholder approval.

CLASSIFIED BOARD

A classified board is one where the directors are divided into classes with overlapping terms. A different class is elected at each annual meeting.

 

C-26


While a classified board promotes continuity of directors facilitating long range planning, we feel directors should be accountable to shareholders on an annual basis. We will look at this proposal on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration the board’s historical responsiveness to the rights of shareholders.

Where a classified board is in place we will generally not support attempts to change to an annually elected board.

When an annually elected board is in place, we generally will not support attempts to classify the board.

INCREASE AUTHORIZED COMMON STOCK

The request to increase the amount of outstanding shares is considered on a case-by-case basis.

Factors taken into consideration include:

 

 

Future use of additional shares

-Stock split

-Stock option or other executive compensation plan

-Finance growth of company/strengthen balance sheet

-Aid in restructuring

-Improve credit rating

-Implement a poison pill or other takeover defense

 

 

Amount of stock currently authorized but not yet issued or reserved for stock option plans

 

 

Amount of additional stock to be authorized and its dilutive effect

We will support this proposal if a detailed and verifiable plan for the use of the additional shares is contained in the proxy statement.

CONFIDENTIAL BALLOT

We support the idea that a shareholder’s identity and vote should be treated with confidentiality.

However, we look at this issue on a case-by-case basis.

In order to promote confidentiality in the voting process, we endorse the use of independent Inspectors of Election.

CUMULATIVE VOTING

In general, we support cumulative voting.

Cumulative voting is a process by which a shareholder may multiply the number of directors being elected by the number of shares held on record date and cast the total number for one candidate or allocate the voting among two or more candidates.

Where cumulative voting is in place, we will vote against any proposal to rescind this shareholder right.

Cumulative voting may result in a minority block of stock gaining representation on the board. When a proposal is made to institute cumulative voting, the proposal will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. While we feel that each board member should represent all shareholders, cumulative voting provides minority shareholders an opportunity to have their views represented.

DIRECTOR LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

We support efforts to attract the best possible directors by limiting the liability and increasing the indemnification of directors, except in the case of insider dealing.

 

C-27


EQUAL ACCESS TO THE PROXY

The SEC’s rules provide for shareholder resolutions. However, the resolutions are limited in scope and there is a 500 word limit on proponents’ written arguments. Management has no such limitations. While we support equal access to the proxy, we would look at such variables as length of time required to respond, percentage of ownership, etc.

FAIR PRICE PROVISIONS

Charter provisions requiring a bidder to pay all shareholders a fair price are intended to prevent two-tier tender offers that may be abusive. Typically, these provisions do not apply to board-approved transactions.

We support fair price provisions because we feel all shareholders should be entitled to receive the same benefits.

Reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

GOLDEN PARACHUTES

Golden parachutes are severance payments to top executives who are terminated or demoted after a takeover.

We support any proposal that would assure management of its own welfare so that they may continue to make decisions in the best interest of the company and shareholders even if the decision results in them losing their job. We do not, however, support excessive golden parachutes. Therefore, each proposal will be decided on a case-by- case basis.

Note: Congress has imposed a tax on any parachute that is more than three times the executive’s average annual compensation

ANTI-GREENMAIL PROPOSALS

We do not support greenmail. An offer extended to one shareholder should be extended to all shareholders equally across the board.

LIMIT SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS TO CALL SPECIAL MEETINGS

We support the right of shareholders to call a special meeting.

CONSIDERATION OF NONFINANCIAL EFFECTS OF A MERGER

This proposal releases the directors from only looking at the financial effects of a merger and allows them the opportunity to consider the merger’s effects on employees, the community, and consumers.

As a fiduciary, we are obligated to vote in the best economic interests of our clients. In general, this proposal does not allow us to do that. Therefore, we generally cannot support this proposal.

Reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

MERGERS, BUYOUTS, SPIN-OFFS, RESTRUCTURINGS

Each of the above is considered on a case-by-case basis. According to the Department of Labor, we are not required to vote for a proposal simply because the offering price is at a premium to the current market price. We may take into consideration the long term interests of the shareholders.

MILITARY ISSUES

Shareholder proposals regarding military production must be evaluated on a purely economic set of criteria for our ERISA clients. As such, decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis.

 

C-28


In voting on this proposal for our non-ERISA clients, we will vote according to the client’s direction when applicable. Where no direction has been given, we will vote in the best economic interests of our clients. It is not our duty to impose our social judgment on others.

NORTHERN IRELAND

Shareholder proposals requesting the signing of the MacBride principles for the purpose of countering the discrimination of Catholics in hiring practices must be evaluated on a purely economic set of criteria for our ERISA clients. As such, decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis.

In voting on this proposal for our non-ERISA clients, we will vote according to client direction when applicable. Where no direction has been given, we will vote in the best economic interests of our clients. It is not our duty to impose our social judgment on others.

OPT OUT OF STATE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW

This shareholder proposal requests that a company opt out of the coverage of the state’s takeover statutes. Example: Delaware law requires that a buyer must acquire at least 85% of the company’s stock before the buyer can exercise control unless the board approves.

We consider this on a case-by-case basis. Our decision will be based on the following:

 

 

State of Incorporation

 

 

Management history of responsiveness to shareholders

 

 

Other mitigating factors

POISON PILL

In general, we do not endorse poison pills.

In certain cases where management has a history of being responsive to the needs of shareholders and the stock is very liquid, we will reconsider this position.

REINCORPORATION

Generally, we support reincorporation for well-defined business reasons. We oppose reincorporation if proposed solely for the purpose of reincorporating in a state with more stringent anti-takeover statutes that may negatively impact the value of the stock.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS

Director and Employee Stock incentive plans are an excellent way to attract, hold and motivate directors and employees. However, each incentive plan must be evaluated on its own merits, taking into consideration the following:

 

 

Dilution of voting power or earnings per share by more than 10%.

 

 

Kind of stock to be awarded, to whom, when and how much.

 

 

Method of payment.

 

 

Amount of stock already authorized but not yet issued under existing stock plans.

 

 

The successful steps taken by management to maximize shareholder value.

SUPERMAJORITY VOTE REQUIREMENTS

Supermajority vote requirements in a company’s charter or bylaws require a level of voting approval in excess of a simple majority of the outstanding shares. In general, we oppose supermajority-voting

 

C-29


requirements. Supermajority requirements often exceed the average level of shareholder participation. We support proposals’ approvals by a simple majority of the shares voting.

LIMIT SHAREHOLDERS RIGHT TO ACT BY WRITTEN CONSENT

Written consent allows shareholders to initiate and carry on a shareholder action without having to wait until the next annual meeting or to call a special meeting. It permits action to be taken by the written consent of the same percentage of the shares that would be required to effect proposed action at a shareholder meeting.

Reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

SAY ON PAY AND SAY WHEN ON PAY

We will generally abstain from advisory votes on executive compensation (Say on Pay) and will also abstain from advisory votes on the frequency of voting on executive compensation (Say When on Pay) and will also abstain on advisory votes relating to extraordinary transaction executive compensation (Say on Golden Parachutes). In those instances when we believe that it is in our clients’ best interest, we may cast a vote for or against executive compensation and/or the frequency of votes on executive compensation and/or extraordinary transaction executive compensation advisory votes.

 

C-30


PART C: OTHER INFORMATION

Item 28. Exhibits

 

(a)(1)  

Certificate of Trust.1

(a)(2)  

Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Trust.1

(a)(3)  

Agreement and Declaration of Trust.2

(a)(4)  

Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust.2

(b)(1)  

By-Laws.2

(b)(2)  

Amended and Restated By-Laws.2

(c)  

None, other than Exhibits (a) and (b).

(d)  

Investment Advisory Contracts

(d)(1)  

Investment Advisory Agreement between 1290 Funds and AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC d/b/a 1290 Asset Managers (“FMG LLC “or” 1290 Asset Managers”). (filed herewith)

(d)(2)  

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between 1290 Asset Managers and AXA Investment Managers, Inc. (“AXA IM”). (filed herewith)

(d)(3)  

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between 1290 Asset Managers and AXA Rosenberg Investment Management LLC (“AXA Rosenberg”). (filed herewith)

(d)(4)  

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between 1290 Asset Managers and GAMCO Asset Management, Inc. (“GAMCO”). (filed herewith)

(e)  

Underwriting Contracts

(e)(1)  

Distribution Agreement between 1290 Funds and ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ALPS”) with respect to Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares. (filed herewith)

(g)  

Custodian Agreements

(g)(1)  

Global Custody Agreement between 1290 Funds and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (filed herewith)


(h)

  

Other Material Contracts

(h)(1)

  

Mutual Funds Service Agreement between 1290 Funds and FMG LLC. (filed herewith)

(h)(2)

  

Expense Limitation Agreement between 1290 Funds and 1290 Asset Managers. (filed herewith)

(h)(3)

  

Organizational Expenses Agreement between 1290 Funds and FMG LLC. (filed herewith)

(h)(4)

  

Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between 1290 Funds and Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”). (filed herewith)

(i)

  

Legal Opinion

(i)(1)

  

Opinion and Consent of K&L Gates LLP with respect to the Funds. (filed herewith)

  

Other Consents

(j)(1)

  

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. (filed herewith)

(k)

  

None

(l)

  

Initial Capital Agreement.2

(m)

  

Distribution Plans

(m)(1)

  

Distribution Plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”) for 1290 Funds’ Class A, Class C and Class R shares adopted as of June 10, 2014.3

(n)

  

Multiple Class Plan

(n)(1)

  

Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act. (filed herewith)

(p)

  

Codes of Ethics

(p)(1)

  

Code of Ethics for 1290 Funds and FMG LLC.2

(p)(2)

  

Code of Ethics of AXA IM.2

(p)(3)

  

Code of Ethics of AXA Rosenberg.2

(p)(4)

  

Code of Ethics of GAMCO, effective March 21, 2013.2

(p)(5)

   Code of Ethics of ALPS. (filed herewith)

Other Exhibits:

  
  

Powers of Attorney.2

 

 

1.

Incorporated by reference to and/or previously filed with Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on
April 18, 2014. (File No. 333-195390).

2.

Incorporated by reference to and/or previously filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on June 27, 2014. (File No. 333-195390).

3.

Incorporated by reference to and/or previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on August 27, 2014. (File No. 333-195390).


Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Trust

None

 

Item 30. Indemnification

Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (“Declaration of Trust”).

Article VII, Section 7.2 of the Declaration of Trust of 1290 Funds states, in relevant part, that a “Trustee shall be liable to the Trust and to any Shareholder solely for his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office of Trustee, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of any officer, agent, employee, Manager, adviser, sub-adviser or Principal Underwriter of the Trust or any Series.” Article VII, Section 7.4 of 1290 Funds’ Declaration of Trust further states, in relevant part, that the “Trustees shall be entitled and empowered to the fullest extent permitted by law to purchase with Trust assets insurance for liability and for all expenses reasonably incurred or paid or expected to be paid by a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he or she becomes involved by virtue of his or her capacity or former capacity with the Trust.”

Article VII, Section 7.5, subsection (a) of the Declaration of Trust of 1290 Funds further states, in relevant part, that “[s]ubject to the exceptions and limitations contained in subsection (b) below, every person who is, or has been, a Trustee or an officer or employee of the Trust or is or was serving at the request of the Trust as a trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (“Covered Person”) shall be indemnified by the Trust and each Series to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him or her in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he or she becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his or her being or having been a Covered Person and against amounts paid or incurred by him or her in the settlement thereof.” Article VII, Section 7.5 subsection (b) of 1290 Funds’ Declaration of Trust states, in relevant part, that “no indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person: (i) who shall have been adjudicated by a court or body before which the proceeding was brought to be liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office; or (ii) in the event of a settlement, unless there has been a determination that such Covered Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office: (A) by the court or other body approving the settlement; (B) by at least a majority of those Trustees who are neither Interested Persons of the Trust nor are parties to the matter based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry); or (C) by written opinion of independent legal counsel based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry).” Article VII, Section 7.5, subsection (c) of 1290 Funds’ Declaration of Trust also states, in relevant part, that the “rights of indemnification herein provided may be insured against by policies maintained by the Trust, shall be severable, shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may now or hereafter be entitled and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of a Covered Person.”


The Registrant’s Investment Advisory Agreement states:

Limitations on Liability. The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, but will be liable only for willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties to the Trust as specified in this Agreement.

The Registrant’s Investment Sub-Advisory Agreements generally state:

 

5.

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

A. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Investment Company Act or any other federal securities law, neither the Sub-Adviser nor any of its officers, members or employees (together its “Affiliates”) shall be liable for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including legal and other expenses) incurred or suffered by the Adviser or the Trust as a result of any error of judgment or mistake of law by the Sub-Adviser or its Affiliates with respect to the Fund, except that nothing in this Agreement shall operate or purport to operate in any way to exculpate, waive or limit the liability of the Sub-Adviser or its Affiliates for, and the Sub-Adviser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the Adviser, all affiliated persons thereof (within the meaning of Section 2(a)(3) of the Investment Company Act) and all controlling persons (as described in Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”)) (collectively, “Adviser Indemnitees”) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses) to which any of the Adviser Indemnitees may become subject under the 1933 Act, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, or under any other statute, or at common law, if the losses or claims arise out of or are based on (i) any willful misconduct, bad faith, reckless disregard or gross negligence of the Sub-Adviser in the performance of any of its duties or obligations hereunder or (ii) any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus and SAI, proxy materials, reports, advertisements, sales literature, or other materials pertaining to the Fund or the omission to state therein a material fact known to the Sub-Adviser which was required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Adviser or the Trust by the Sub-Adviser Indemnitees (as defined below) for use therein. The Sub-Adviser does not make any warranty that the investment performance of the Fund will meet any particular standard, such as the performance of an index or another portfolio managed by the Sub-Adviser.

B. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Investment Company Act or any other federal securities law, the Adviser and the Trust shall not be liable for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including legal and other expenses) incurred or suffered by the Sub-Adviser as a result of any error of judgment or mistake of law by the Adviser with respect to the Fund, except that nothing in this Agreement shall operate or purport to operate in any way to exculpate, waive or limit the liability of the Adviser for, and the Adviser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Sub-Adviser, all affiliated persons thereof (within the meaning of Section 2(a)(3) of the Investment Company Act) and all controlling persons (as described in Section 15 of the 1933 Act) (collectively, “Sub-Adviser Indemnitees”) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses) to which any of the Sub-Adviser Indemnitees may become subject under the 1933 Act, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, or under any other statute, at common law or otherwise, if the losses or claims arise out of or are based on (i) any willful misconduct, bad faith, reckless disregard or gross negligence of the Adviser in the performance of any of its duties or obligations hereunder or (ii) any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus and SAI, proxy materials, reports, advertisements, sales literature, or other materials pertaining to the Fund or the omission to state therein a material fact known to the Adviser which was required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Adviser or the Trust by an Sub-Adviser Indemnitee for use therein.


C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Sub-Adviser shall not be liable to any Adviser Indemnitee, the Fund or any of its shareholders for (i) any acts of a Adviser Indemnitee or any other adviser to the Fund with respect to the portion of the assets of the Fund not allocated to Sub-Adviser under this Agreement and (ii) acts of any Adviser Indemnitee which result from or are based upon acts of a Adviser Indemnitee, including, but not limited to, failure of a Adviser Indemnitee to provide accurate and current information with respect to any records maintained by such Adviser Indemnitee, which records are not also maintained by Sub-Adviser or, to the extent such records relate to the Fund, otherwise available to the Sub-Adviser upon reasonable request. Adviser shall indemnify the Sub-Adviser Indemnitees from any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses) arising from the conduct of a Adviser Indemnitee and any other adviser to the Fund with respect to the portion of the Fund’s assets not allocated to Sub-Adviser and with respect to any other portfolio of the Trust.

Section 7(b) of the Registrant’s Distribution Agreement states:

In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard by ALPS in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities set forth in this Agreement, ALPS and its affiliates, including their respective officers, directors, agents and employees, shall not be liable for, and the Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless such persons from, all taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under applicable federal and state laws) arising directly or indirectly from the following:

 

  (i)

any untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact required to be stated or necessary in order to make the statements not misleading under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or any other statute or the common law, in any registration statement, prospectus, statement of additional information, shareholder report or other information filed or made public by the Trust (as amended from time to time), except to the extent the statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to the Trust by or on behalf of ALPS;

 

  (ii)

any wrongful act of the Trust or any of its officers;

 

  (iii)

any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Funds in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates;

 

  (iv)

ALPS’s reliance on any instruction, direction, notice, instrument or other information from the Trust or its duly appointed agents that ALPS reasonably believes to be genuine; or

 

  (v)

loss of data or service interruptions caused by equipment failure.


Section 6 of the Registrant’s Mutual Funds Service Agreement states:

(a) FMG LLC shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss or expense suffered by the Trust, in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except for a loss or expense caused by or resulting from or attributable to willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on FMG LLC’s part (or on the part of any third party to whom FMG LLC has delegated any of its duties and obligations pursuant to Section 4(c) hereunder) in the performance of its (or such third party’s) duties or from reckless disregard by FMG LLC (or by such third party) of its obligations and duties under this Agreement (in the case of FMG LLC) or under an agreement with FMG LLC (in the case of such third party) or, subject to Section 10 below, FMG LLC’s (or such third party) refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (in the case of FMG LLC) or an agreement with FMG LLC (in the case of such third party) or its breach of any representation or warranty under this Agreement (in the case of FMG LLC) or under an agreement with FMG LLC (in the case of such third party). In no event shall FMG LLC (or such third party) be liable for any indirect, incidental special or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if FMG LLC (or such third party) has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(b) Except to the extent that FMG LLC may be held liable pursuant to Section 6(a) above, FMG LLC shall not be responsible for, and the Trust shall indemnify and hold FMG LLC harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, payments, expenses and liabilities including, but not limited to, those arising out of or attributable to:

(i) any and all actions of FMG LLC or its officers or agents required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement;

(ii) the reliance on or use by FMG LLC or its officers or agents of information, records, or documents which are received by FMG LLC or its officers or agents and furnished to it or them by or on behalf of the Trust, and which have been prepared or maintained by the Trust or any third party on behalf of the Trust;

(iii) the Trust’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or the Trust’s lack of good faith, or its actions, or lack thereof, involving gross negligence or willful misfeasance;

(iv) the breach of any representation or warranty of the Trust hereunder;

(v) the reliance on or the carrying out by FMG LLC or its officers or agents of any proper instructions reasonably believed to be duly authorized, or requests of the Trust;

(vi) any delays, inaccuracies, errors in or omissions from information or data provided to FMG LLC by data services, including data services providing information in connection with any third party computer system licensed to FMG LLC, and by any corporate action services, pricing services or securities brokers and dealers;

(vii) the offer or sale of shares by the Trust in violation of any requirement under the Federal securities laws or regulations or the securities laws or regulations of any state, or in violation of any stop order or other determination or ruling by any Federal agency or any state agency with respect to the offer or sale of such shares in such state (1) resulting from activities, actions, or omissions by the Trust or its other service providers and agents, or (2) existing or arising out of activities, actions or omissions by or on behalf of the Trust prior to the effective date of this Agreement;


(viii) any failure of the Trust’s registration statement to comply with the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act (including the rules and regulations thereunder) and any other applicable laws, or any untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact necessary to make any statement therein not misleading in a Trust’s prospectus;

(ix) except as provided for in Schedule B.III., the actions taken by the Trust, its Adviser, its investment advisers, and its distributor in compliance with applicable securities, tax, commodities and other laws, rules and regulations, or the failure to so comply, and

(x) all actions, inactions, omissions, or errors caused by third parties to whom FMG LLC or the Trust has assigned any rights and/or delegated any duties under this Agreement at the specific request of or as required by the Trust, its Fund, investment advisers, or Trust distributors.

The Trust shall not be liable for any indirect, incidental, special or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits) even if the Trust has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action, except when the Trust is required to indemnify FMG LLC pursuant to this Agreement.

The Registrant’s Global Custody Agreement.

Section 3.2 of 1290 Funds’ Global Custody Agreement states, in relevant part, that the “Customer authorizes J.P. Morgan to accept, rely upon and/or act upon any Instructions received by it without inquiry. The Customer will indemnify [J.P. Morgan, its Affiliates, its Subcustodians, and their respective nominees, directors, officers, employees and agents] against, and hold each of them harmless from, any Liabilities that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against [J.P. Morgan, its Affiliates, its Subcustodians, and their respective nominees, directors, officers, employees and agents] as a result of any action or omission taken in accordance with any Instruction.”

Section 6.1 of 1290 Funds’ Global Custody Agreement states, in relevant part, that “J.P. Morgan may rely upon the certification of such other facts as may be required to administer J.P. Morgan’s obligations under this Agreement and the Customer shall indemnify J.P. Morgan against all losses, liability, claims or demands arising directly or indirectly from any such certifications.”

Section 7.1 of 1290 Funds’ Global Custody Agreement states, in relevant part, that the “Customer will indemnify [J.P. Morgan, its Affiliates, its Subcustodians, and their respective nominees, directors, officers, employees and agents] against, and hold them harmless from, any Liabilities that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of [J.P. Morgan, its Affiliates, its Subcustodians, and their respective nominees, directors, officers, employees and agents] in connection with or arising out of (i) J.P. Morgan’s performance under this Agreement, provided [J.P. Morgan, its Affiliates, its Subcustodians, and their respective nominees, directors, officers, employees and agents] have not acted with negligence or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct in connection with the Liabilities in question or (ii) [J.P. Morgan, its Affiliates, its Subcustodians, and their respective nominees, directors, officers, employees and agents] status as a holder of record of the Customer’s Financial Assets. Nevertheless, the Customer will not be obligated to indemnify [J.P. Morgan, its Affiliates, its Subcustodians, and their respective nominees, directors, officers, employees and agents] under the preceding sentence with respect to any Liability for which J.P. Morgan is liable under Section 5.2(a) of this Agreement.”


UNDERTAKING

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Adviser and Sub-Advisers

1290 Asset Managers is a registered investment adviser and serves as investment manager for all funds of the Registrant. The descriptions of 1290 Asset Managers and each of the advisers, as applicable, under the caption “Management of the Funds - The Adviser” or “About the Funds” in the Prospectus and under the caption “Investment Management and Other Services” in the Statement of Additional Information constituting Parts A and B, respectively, of 1290 Funds’ Registration Statement are incorporated herein by reference.

The information as to the directors and officers of 1290 Asset Managers is set forth in its Form ADV filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (File No. 801-72220) and is incorporated herein by reference.

1290 Asset Managers, with the approval of the Registrant’s Board of Trustees, selects sub-advisers for certain funds of the Registrant. The following companies, all of which are registered investment advisers, serve as sub-advisers for such funds.

The information as to the directors and officers of GAMCO is set forth in its Form ADV filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (File No. 801-14132) and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information for AXA IM is set forth in its Form ADV filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (File No. 801-60374) and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information for AXA Rosenberg is set forth in its Form ADV filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (File No. 801-56080) and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 32. Principal Underwriters.

(a) ALPS Distributors, Inc. acts as the distributor for the Registrant and the following investment companies: 13D Activist Fund, ALPS Series Trust, Arbitrage Funds, AQR Funds, Babson Capital Funds Trust, BBH Trust, BLDRS Index Funds Trust, BPV Family of Funds, Broadview Funds Trust, Brown Management Funds, Caldwell & Orkin Funds, Inc., Campbell Multi-Strategy Trust, Centaur Mutual Funds Trust, Century Capital Management Trust, Columbia ETF Trust, CornerCap Group of Funds, Cortina Funds, Inc., CRM Mutual Fund Trust, Cullen Funds, DBX ETF TRUST, db-X Exchange-Traded Funds Inc., Centre Funds, EGA Emerging Global Shares Trust, EGA Frontier Diversified Core Fund, Financial Investors Trust, Firsthand Funds, Griffin Institutional Access Real Estate Fund, Heartland Group, Inc., Henssler Funds, Inc., Holland Balanced Fund, IndexIQ Trust, Index IQ ETF Trust, James Advantage Funds, Laudus Trust, Laudus Institutional Trust, Longleaf Partners Funds Trust, Mairs & Power Funds Trust, Oak Associates Funds, Pax World Series Trust I, Pax World Funds Trust III, PowerShares QQQ 100 Trust Series 1, RiverNorth Funds, Russell Exchange Traded Funds Trust, SPDR Dow Jones Industrial Average ETF Trust, SPDR S&P 500 ETF Trust, SPDR S&P MidCap 400 ETF Trust, Stadion Investment Trust, Stone Harbor Investment Funds, Transparent Value Trust, Wakefield Alternative Series Trust, Wasatch Funds, WesMark Funds, Westcore Trust, Whitebox Mutual Funds, Wilmington Funds and WisdomTree Trust.


(b) To the best of Registrant’s knowledge, the directors and executive officers of ALPS Distributors, Inc., are as follows:

 

     

Name*

 

Position with Underwriter

 

Positions with Fund

     

Edmund J. Burke

 

Director

  None
     

Jeremy O. May

  President, Director   None
     

Thomas A. Carter

  Executive Vice President, Director   None
     

Bradley J. Swenson

  Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer   None
     

Robert J. Szydlowski

  Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer   None
     

Aisha J. Hunt

  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary   None
     

Eric Parsons

  Vice President, Controller and Assistant Treasurer   None
     

Randall D. Young**

  Secretary   None

 

Gregg Wm. Givens**

 

Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

  None

 

Douglas W. Fleming**

 

Assistant Treasurer

  None

* Except as otherwise noted, the principal business address for each of the above directors and executive officers is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203.

** The principal business address for Messrs. Young, Givens and Fleming is 333 W. 11th Street, 5th Floor, Kansas City, Missouri 64105.

 


Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records

Books or other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the Rules promulgated thereunder, are maintained as follows:

 

(a)

With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1); (2)(a) and (b); (3); (6); (8); (12); and 31a-1(d), the required books and records are maintained at the offices of Registrant’s Custodian:

JPMorgan Chase Bank

4 New York Plaza, Floor 15

New York, New York 10004-2413

 

(b)

With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1), (4); (2)(C) and (D); (4); (5); (6); (8); (9); (10); (11) and 31a-1(f), the required books and records are currently maintained at the offices of the Registrant’s Adviser or Sub-Administrator:

 

JPMorgan Investors Services Co.

  AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC

70 Fargo Street

  1290 Avenue of the Americas

Boston, MA 02210

  New York, New York 10104*

 

(c)

With respect to Rules 31a-1(b)(5), (6), (9) and (10) and 31a-1(f), the required books and records are maintained at the principal offices of the Registrant’s Adviser or Sub-Advisers:

 

 

* AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC may maintain certain books and records at offsite storage facilities, including: (1) Diversified Records and Diversified Information Technologies, Inc., 123 Wyoming Avenue, Scranton, PA 18503; (2) Iron Mountain 660 Distribution Drive SW, Atlanta, GA 30336 or 70 Twinbridge Drive, Pennsauken, NJ 08110; (3) Comprehensive Microfilm and Scanning Services, Inc., 66-68 Plymouth Street, Edwardsville, PA 18704; (4) Eagle Transfer Corporation, 23-03 49th Avenue, Long Island City, NY 11101.


AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10104

 

GAMCO Asset Management Inc.

One Corporate Center

Rye, NY 10580

AXA Investment Managers, Inc.

One Fawcett Place

Greenwich, CT 06830

 

AXA Rosenberg Investment Management LLC

Orinda Way, Building E

Orinda, CA 94563

 

(d)

With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1); 31a-1(c) and 31a-1(d), the required books and records are currently maintained at the offices of the Registrant’s Distributor:

 

ALPS Distributors, Inc.

 

1290 Broadway, #1100

 

Denver, CO 80203

 

 

(e)

With respect to Rules 31a-1(a), 31a-1(b)(1), (2), the required books and records are currently maintained at the offices of the Registrant’s Transfer Agent:

 

Boston Financial Data Services

 

2000 Crown Colony Drive

 

Quincy, MA 02169

 

 

Item 34. Management Services

None.

 

Item 35. Undertakings

Inapplicable.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that this Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A (“Post-Effective Amendment”) meets all of the requirements for effectiveness under Rule 485(b) under the 1933 Act and that the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and the State of New York on the 4th day of November 2014.

 

1290 FUNDS

 

By:

 

/s/ Steven M. Joenk

Name: Steven M. Joenk

Title: Trustee

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Post-Effective Amendment has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

  /s/ Steven M. Joenk

Steven M. Joenk

   Trustee, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    November 4, 2014

  /s/ Jettie M. Edwards*

Jettie M. Edwards

   Trustee    November 4, 2014

  /s/ William M. Kearns, Jr.*

William M. Kearns, Jr.

   Trustee    November 4, 2014

  /s/ Christopher P. A. Komisarjevsky*

Christopher P.A. Komisarjevsky

   Trustee    November 4, 2014

  /s/ Gary S. Schpero*

Gary S. Schpero

   Trustee    November 4, 2014

  /s/ Harvey Rosenthal*

Harvey Rosenthal

   Trustee    November 4, 2014

  /s/ Kenneth L. Walker*

Kenneth L. Walker

   Trustee    November 4, 2014

  /s/ Caroline L. Williams*

Caroline L. Williams

   Trustee    November 4, 2014

  /s/ Donald E. Foley*

Donald E. Foley

   Trustee    November 4, 2014

  /s/ H. Thomas McMeekin*

H. Thomas McMeekin

   Trustee    November 4, 2014

  /s/ Brian Walsh*

Brian Walsh

   Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer    November 4, 2014

 

*By:

 

/s/ Steven M. Joenk

 

Steven M. Joenk

 

(Attorney-in-Fact)


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

(d)(1)   Investment Advisory Agreement between 1290 Funds and 1290 Asset Managers.
(d)(2)   Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between 1290 Asset Managers and AXA IM.
(d)(3)   Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between 1290 Asset Managers and AXA Rosenberg.
(d)(4)   Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between 1290 Asset Managers and GAMCO.
(e)(1)   Distribution Agreement between 1290 Funds and ALPS.
(g)(1)   Global Custody Agreement between 1290 Funds and JPMorgan Chase Bank.
(h)(1)   Mutual Funds Service Agreement between 1290 Funds and FMG LLC.
(h)(2)   Expense Limitation Agreement between 1290 Funds and 1290 Asset Managers.
(h)(3)   Organizational Expenses Agreement between 1290 Funds and FMG LLC.
(h)(4)   Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between 1290 Funds and Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.
(i)(1)   Opinion and Consent of K&L Gates LLP with respect to the Funds.
(j)(1)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
(n)(1)   Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act.
(p)(5)   Code of Ethics of ALPS.

Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘485BPOS’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
12/31/16
2/28/16
12/31/14
Filed on / Effective on:11/4/14
11/3/14
10/31/14N-CSR,  NSAR-B
8/27/14485APOS
6/27/14N-1A/A
6/10/14
6/9/14
6/6/14
4/18/14N-1A,  N-8A
1/1/14
12/31/13
10/1/13
3/21/13
3/1/13
12/31/12
4/24/12
2/11/11
7/21/10
1/1/00
 List all Filings 


10 Subsequent Filings that Reference this Filing

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

 2/22/24  1290 Funds                        485BPOS     3/01/24   48:93M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 2/07/24  1290 Funds                        485BXT                 2:416K                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA
12/11/23  1290 Funds                        485APOS               53:44M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 2/23/23  1290 Funds                        485BPOS     3/01/23   58:95M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 2/01/23  1290 Funds                        485BXT                 1:270K                                   Donnelley … Solutions/FA
12/12/22  1290 Funds                        485APOS               15:14M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 7/08/22  1290 Funds                        485BPOS     7/11/22   27:22M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 4/25/22  1290 Funds                        485APOS                6:13M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 2/24/22  1290 Funds                        485BPOS     3/01/22   52:57M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
 2/25/21  1290 Funds                        485BPOS     3/01/21  149:49M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA
Top
Filing Submission 0001193125-14-396485   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Fri., May 17, 6:19:36.2pm ET